Approved by Government of Nepal, Ministry of Education,Science and Technology,

Curriculum Development Center(CDC), Sanothimi, Bhaktapur, Nepal

Infinity
Optional Mathematics
Grade

9
Authors
Nil Prasad Ghimire
Shakti Prasad Acharya
Sujit Shrestha

Editors
Ramesh Subedi
Jibnath Sharma

Shubharambha Publication Pvt.Ltd.

Kathmandu, Nepal
Published by:

Shubharambha Publication Pvt. Ltd.

Kathmandu, Nepal
URL: www.shubharambhapublication.com.np
E-mail: shubharambha.publication@gmail.com
www.facebook.com/shubharambhapublication

Book : Infinity Optional Mathematics-Book 9

Authors : Nil Prasad Ghimire

Shakti Prasad Acharya
Sujit Shrestha

Layout Design
: Zeeta Computer Service Pvt. Ltd.
Ghantaghar, Kathmandu
Mobile No. 9841418545

Copyright © : Publisher
Edition : First: 2077 B.S.

© : Publisher
No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted by means (electronic,
photocopying, recording or otherwise) without prior written permission from the
publisher. Any breach of this condition will entail legal action and prosecution.

Printed in Nepal
Preface
Infinity Optional Mathematics is a set of 5 books tailored to teach optional mathematics
to the students in the grades between 6 and 10. It is developed in strict compliance with
the recent school syllabus prescribed by the Curriculum Development Centre (CDC),
Ministry of Education, Science and Technology, Government of Nepal.

The text-books in the series are a result of a painstaking effort from a team of dedicated
and hard-working authors who have devised the lesson units with fitting ingenuity
and the acumen derived from years of experience as teachers.

The chapters in the books feature a fundamental theory and sufficiently-worked-out

examples right at the beginning as a ready reference for students. The classification
and the order of the chapters in each book are systematic and are put in a proper
sequence so that students can learn better and comprehend the progression of topics
and subject-matter with clarity. The authors are also confident that the books in their
present form are comprehensive, and helpful to the students in their preparation,
which is consistent with the exam requirements of the new question model (grid).

We thank the management team of Shubharambha Publication for their help in the
publication of this series. We also remain indebted to Mr Ananda Prasad Poudel,
Managing Director of Zeeta Computer Service, and his team for their expertly typing,
layout and cover design. Last but not least, our gratitude is due to Mr Nil Prasad
Ghimire for his help with the conceptual framework, and motivation throughout this
undertaking.

While every effort has been made to keep the series error-free, it is still possible for
some errors to have unwittingly crept into the work. If the beneficiaries of these books,
the reviewers and the others concerned bring to our notice any discrepancies, or areas
for potential improvement, we shall be extremely grateful to you. We would love to
receive your valuable suggestion, feedback, or queries via email at shubharambha.
publication@gmail.com.

Once again, we hope that this new edition of Infinity Optional Mathematics does
more than meet the expectations of students and teachers alike.

Authors
Contents
Unit 1
Algebra 5
1.1 Relation and Function 5
1.2 Polynomial 30
1.3 Sequence and Series 39
Unit 2
2.1 Limit 50

Unit 3
3.1 MATRIX 65

Unit 4
CO–ORDINATE GEOMETRY 94
4.1 Locus 94
4.2 Section Formulae 102
4.3 Equation of Straight lines 117
4.4 Area of triangle 158

Unit 5

TRIGONOMETRY 167

5.1 Measurement of Angle 167

5.2 Trigonometric Ratios 187
5.3 Compound angle 226
Unit 6
6.1 VECTORS 237

Unit 7
7.1 TRANSFORMATION 272

Unit 8
STATISTICS 305
8.1 Partition Values 305
8.2 Measures of Variability or Dispersion 316
Answer Sheet 335
 UNIT

1 ALGEBRA

1.1 Relation and Function

Review
Discuss the following questions.
(a) Plot the points (1,3), (–3,2), (5, 3), (3, 5), (–3, –5) and (4, –6) in a graph.
(b) Are (5, 3) and (3, 5) equal? Observe the graph and discuss.
(c) Complete the following tables.
x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
y = 2x + 1
x
y = 3x – 5 –14 –11 –8 –5 –2 1 4

Ordered pair
Pair set
Suppose, in a school, two students should be selected for quiz contest. Ram and Sita
are selected for it. Are there any differece if Ram is selected first and then Sita or if
Sita is selected first and then Ram. Of course not, either Ram is selected first and
then Sita or Sita is selected first and then Ram. Both are same as the participants
of the quiz contest that means there is no role of order of selection of Ram and Sita
i.e. {Ram, Sita} = {Sita, Ram}. From the above example, it is concluded that

A set containing of any two elements is called a pair. For example, {p, q} is a pair
and {p, q} = {q, p}.

Ordered pair
Suppose, you have to wear shoes and socks. In this situation, you first wear shoes
and then socks or you wear first socks and then shoes are different and they give
different senses. You wear first socks and then shoes is usual but you wear first
shoes and then socks is unusual. That means the order of wearing shoes and socks
is important.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 5

 Y

Let's consider two co-ordinates (2, 3) and (3, 2). Are

(2, 3) = (3, 2)? Of course not because in the adjoining
graph, it is clear that (2, 3) and (3, 2) are different. In (2,3)
(2, 3) and (3, 2), the orders of 2 and 3 are different. (3, 2)
Form the above examples, it is concluded that
X
O

A set containing of any two elements in definite order is called ordered pair.
In ordered pair, the elements are separated by comma (,) and are enclosed by
paranthesis. For example, (a, b) is an ordered pair and (a, b) ≠ (b, a).

In the ordered pair (a, b), a is called first component or x - coordinate or antecedent
and b is called second component or y-coordinate or consequence.

Equality of ordered pair

Two ordered pairs are said to be equal if corresponding components of both the
ordered pairs are equal.
Note:
That is two ordered pairs (a, b) = (c, d) if and • In set, {a, b} = {b, a}
only if a = c and b = d. For examples, (2, 8) = • In ordered pair, (a, b) ≠ (b, a)
9
(2, 8), (3, 2 × 3) = , 6 etc.
3

Can you write four differences between set and ordered pair?

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the values of x and y if

(a) (x + 3, y – 2) = (1, 2) (b) (2x – 1, x + 4) = (3, 2y)
Solution:
(a) (x + 3, y – 2) = (1, 2)
By comparing the corresponding elements, we get

x+3=1 y–2=2
or, x = 1 – 3 or, y = 2 + 2
∴ x=–2 ∴ y=4

6 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(b) (2x – 1, x + 4) = (3, 2y)
By comparing the corresponding elements, we get,
2x – 1 = 3 x + 4 = 2y
or, 2x = 3 + 1 or, 2 + 4 = 2y
4 6
or, x = or, =y
2 2
∴ x=2 ∴ y=3
2. If x ∈ {2, 3, 4} and y ∈ {2, 4, 6, 8}, find all the possible ordered pairs
(x, y) such that
(i) x = y
(ii) y is multiple of x.
(iii) x is half of y.
Solution:
Here, x ∈ {2, 3, 4} and y ∈ {2, 4, 6, 8}
(i) For x = y, the ordered pairs are (2, 2), (4, 4)
(ii) For y is multiple of x, the ordered pairs are (2, 2), (2, 4), (4, 4), (2, 6),
(3, 6), (2, 8), (4, 8)
(iii) For x is half of y, the ordered pairs are (2, 4), (3, 6), (4, 8).

Exercise 1.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define ordered pair with an example.
(b) Under what condition, two ordered pairs are equal.
2. Which of the following ordered pairs are equal? Write with reason.
(a) (3, 7) and (7, 3) (b) (–2, 5) and (– 2, 5)
(c) (– 4, 5) and (4, –5) (d) (–5 + 8, 6 – 3) and (3, 3)
(e) (15 ÷ 5, 5 × 2) and (8 – 5, 7 + 2) (f) (4 + 3, 16 ÷ 2) and (14 ÷ 2, 4 × 2)

Section 'B'
3. Find the values of x and y if
(a) (x, 5) = (–3, y) (b) (x + 2, y – 1) = (6, 2)
(c) (5x – 3, x + y) = (2, –6) (d) (2x – 5, 4) = (9, y + 3)
x 1 4
(e) – 1, y + = 2, (f) (2x + y, x + 3) = (3, 4y)
2 3 3
(g) (2x–1, 5y + 2 ) = (2, 5) (h) (3x + y , 72y) = (27, 49)

4. If x ∈ {2, 4, 6, 8} and y ∈ {2, 3, 8, 10, 12}, find all the possible ordered
pairs (x, y) such that
(a) x is equal to y. (b) x is half of y.
(c) y is multiple of x. (d) y is factor of x.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 7

5. Plot the following ordered pairs in the graph.

(0, 2), (–3, 0), (4, 3), (–2, 4), (–6, –1), (7, –5)

Cartesian Product
Consider two sets A = {Ram, Sita} and B = {12, 14}. Let us form all possible
ordered pairs such that first component of each ordered pair from the set A and
the second component from the set B. The all possible ordered pairs formed are
(Ram, 12), (Ram, 14), (Sita, 12) and (Sita, 14). The set of all possible ordered pairs
i.e. {(Ram, 12), (Ram, 14), (Sita, 12), (Sita, 14)} can be written as product of sets i.e.
A × B.

Let A and B be two given non-empty sets. Then the set of all possible ordered
pairs (a, b) such that first element i.e. a belongs to the set A and second
element i.e. b belongs to the set B is called the Cartesian product of the sets
A and B. It is denoted by A × B. Thus, A × B = {(a, b) : a ∈ A and b ∈ B} and
B × A = {(b, a): b ∈ B and a ∈ A}

For example, if A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a, b} then

A × B = {1, 2, 3} × {a, b}= {(1, a), (1, b), (2, a), (2, b), (3, a), (3, b)}
B × A = {a, b} × {1, 2, 3} = {(a, 1), (a, 2), (a, 3), (b, 1), (b, 2), (b, 3)}

Note
• In general A × B ≠ B × A. If A × B = B × A then A = B.
• If A × B = f then A = f or B = f.
• If A and B are two finite sets then n(A × B) = n(A) × n(B).

Representation of Cartesian Product

The Cartesian product of two sets can be represented in the different methods.
They are :

Tabulation method
Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a, b} be the two sets. We can find the cartesian products
A × B and B × A by this method as follow.

Sets B Sets A
× a b × 1 2 3
A 1 (1, a) (1, b) B a (a, 1) (a, 2) (a, 3)
2 (2, a) (2, b) b (b, 1) (b, 2) (b, 3)
3 (3, a) (3, b)
\ B × A = {(a, 1), (a, 2), (a, 3), (b, 1), (b, 2), (b, 3)}
\A × B = {(1, a), (1, b), (2, a), (2, b), (3, a), (3, b)}
8 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
Tree diagram method
Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a, b} be the two sets. The cartesian product A × B and
B × A can be obtained by this method as follows.

A B A × B B A B×A

a (1, a) 1 (a, 1)

1 a 2 (a, 2)
b (1, b)
3 (a, 3)
a (2, a)
1 (b, 1)
2
b (2, b) b 2 (b, 2)

a (3, a) 3 (b, 3)

3
b (3, b) ∴ B × A = {(a, 1), (a, 2), (a, 3), (b,1)
(b, 2), (b, 3)}
∴ A × B = {(1, a), (1, b), (2, a),
(2,b) (3, a), (3, b)}

Arrow diagram method

Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a, b}be the two sets. The cartesian product A × B and
B × A can be obtained by drawing arrow diagram as follows.
A B B A
1 a a 1

2
2
b 3
3 b
∴ A × B = {(1, a), (1, b), (2,a), ∴ B × A = {(a, 1), (a, 2), (a, 3), (b,1)
(2, b), (3, a), (3, b)} (b, 2), (b, 3)}

Graph method
Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {4, 5} be the two sets. Then A × B = {(1, 4), (1, 5), (2, 4),
(2, 5), (3, 4), (3, 5)} and B × A = {(4, 1,), (4, 2), (4, 3), (5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3)} can be
represented in the graph as follows.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 9

 Y Y
A×B B×A
6 6
5 5
4 4
B 3 A 3
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 X X
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
A B

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. If A = {a, b} and B = {5} then find the A × B and B × A.

Solution: Here,
A = {a, b} and B ={5}
\ A × B = {a, b} × {5} = {(a, 5), (b, 5)}
\ B × A = {5} × {a, b} = {(5, a), (5, b)}
2. If P = {x : x < 4, x ∈ N} and Q = {x : x2 – 3x + 2 = 0} then find P × Q and
Q × P.
Solution: Here,
P = {x : x < 4, x ∈N} = {1, 2, 3}
Q = {x : x2 – 3x + 2 = 0}
Now, x2 – 3x + 2 = 0
or, x2 – 2x – x + 2 = 0
or, x(x – 2) – 1(x – 2) = 0
or, (x – 2) (x – 1) = 0
Either,
x–2=0 \ x=2
or, x – 1 = 0 \ x=1
\ Q = {1, 2}
Again, P × Q = {1, 2, 3} × {1, 2}
= {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 2), (3, 1), (3, 2)}

10 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Q × P = {1, 2} × {1, 2, 3}
= {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3)}
3. If A = {Ashok, Yugesh} and B = {Kathmandu, Lalitpur, Bhaktapur},
find A × B and present it in arrow diagram.
Solution: Here,
A = {Ashok, Yugesh}
B = {Kathmandu, Bhaktapur, Lalitpur}
\ A × B = {(Ashok, Kathmandu), (Ashok, Bhaktapur), (Ashok, Lalitpur),
(Yugesh, Kathmandu), (Yugesh, Bhaktapur), (Yugesh, Lalitpur)}
Again, showing A × B in arrow diagram.

Ashok Kathmandu

Lalitpur

Yugesh Bhaktapur

4. If A = {1, 2}, B = {1, 2, 3} and C = {2, 3} then show that

A × (B∩C) = (A × B) ∩ (A × C).
Solution: Here, A = {1,2}, B = {1, 2, 3} and C = {2, 3}
LHS = A × (B ∩ C)}
= {1, 2} × {2, 3}
= {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 2), (2, 3)}
\ A × (B ∩ C) = {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 2), (2, 3)}.
R.H.S. = (A × B) ∩ (A × C)
A × B = {1, 2} × {1, 2, 3}
= {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3)}
A × C = {1, 2} × {2, 3}
= {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 2), (2, 3)}
∴ (A × B) ∩ (A × C) = {(1, 2), {1, 3), (2, 2), (2, 3)}
Hence, L.H.S. = R.H.S
5. If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {4, 5} then verify that n(A × B) = n(A) × n(B).
Solution: Here, A = {1, 2, 3} and B ={4, 5}
∴ A × B = {1, 2, 3} × {4, 5}
= {(1, 4), (1, 5), (2, 4), (2, 5), (3, 4), (3, 5)}

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 11

 so, n(A × B) = 6
Again, n(A) × n(B) = 3 × 2 = 6
∴ n (A × B) = n(A) × n(B)

Exercise 1.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define cartesian product.
(b) If n(A) = 3 and n(B) = 4, find n(A × B) and n(B × A).

2. (a)
If A × B = {(2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6), (3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6)} then find A, B, n(A),
n(B), B × A and n(B × A).
(b) If P × Q = {(a, x), (a, y), (a, z), (b, x), (b, y), (b, z), (c, x), (c, y), (c, z)} then
find P, Q, n(P), n(Q), Q × P and n(Q × P).
3. From the following arrow diagram, find A × B.
(a) (b)
A B A B
1 a Anju Nepal

2 India

3 b Manju China

Section 'B'
4. Find A × B, B × A, A × A and B × B from the given sets.
(a) A = {a, b}, B = {m} (b) A = {a, b}, B = {m, n}
(c) A = {a, b, c}, B = {m, n} (d) A = {a, b, c}, B = {m, n, o}
5. (a) If A = {1, 2} and B = {2, 3, 4} then find A × B and B × A and also show
that A × B ≠ B × A.
(b) If P = {x, y, z} and Q = {a, b} then find P × Q and Q × P and also show
that P × Q ≠ Q × P.
6. (a) Given that A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {3, 4}, find A × B and B × A and also
present them (i) on the graph (ii) by arrow diagram.
(b) Given that A = {Bindu, Subi} and B = {Mango, Apple, Banana}. Find
A × B and B × A by drawing arrow diagram and tabulation
method.
7. (a) If A = {3, 4, 5} and B = {6, 7} then verify that n(A × B) = n(A) × n(B).
(b) If Y = {a, b, c} and Z = {x} then verify that n(Y × Z) = n(Y) × n(Z).

12 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Section 'C'
8. (a) If A = {x : x = 0, 1, 2} and B = {y : y = 2x} then find A × B and B × A.
(b) If A = {x : 2 ≤ x < 5, x∈N} and B = {x : x2 = 9} then find A × B and B × A.
(c) If A = {x : x < 3, x ∈W} and B = {x:x2 –x –6 = 0} then find A×B and B × A.
9. (a) If A = {a, b}, B = {b, c, d} and C = {c, d}, verify that
(i) A × (B∩C) = (A × B) ∩ (B × C)
(ii) A × (B∪C) = (A × B) ∪ (B × C)
(b) If A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {2, 3} and C = {3, 4} then show that
A × (B – C) = (A × B) – (A × C).

Relation
Let A = {Kathmandu, Tokyo, Delhi} and B = {Nepal, India, Japan}.
Then A × B = {(Kathmandu, Nepal), (Kathmandu, India), (Kathmandu, Japan),
(Tokyo, Nepal), ( Tokyo, India), (Tokyo, Japan), (Delhi, Nepal), (Delhi, India),
(Delhi, Japan)}
Let us consider the relation "is the capital of". So, Kathmandu is the capital of
Nepal, Tokyo is the capital of Japan and Delhi is the capital of India.
∴ R = {(Kath, Nepal), (Tokyo, Japan), (Delhi, India)} which is a subset of A × B. i.e.
R ⊂ A × B. So R is relation from A to B.

Let A and B be the two non empty sets. Then any subset of A × B is a relation 'R'
from A to B. Symbolically, R = {(x, y) : x∈A, y∈B} and R ⊆ A × B
A ralation from A to B is denoted by R : A → B or simply R. If (a, b) ∈R then we
write the relation between a and b as aRb which is read as a is related to b. A
relation from A to A is said to be a relation on A.

Representation of a Relation
If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {2, 3, 4} then
A × B = {1, 2, 3} × {2, 3, 4}
= {(1, 2), (1, 3,), (1, 4), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4)}
Let us consider a relation from A to B such that y is greater than x by 1. Such
relation 'R' can be presented in the various ways.
(i) Set of ordered pairs method
R = {(1, 2), (2, 3), (3, 4)}

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 13

(ii) Tabulation method (iv) Graphical method
x 1 2 3
Y
y 2 3 4

(iii) Arrow diagram method

R
A B
1 2 X
0
2 3
3 4

(v) Set builder method

R = {(x, y) : y = x + 1, x∈A, x∈B}

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {2, 3, 4} then find A × B. Also find the following

relation in A × B.
(a) is equal to (b) is more than
(c) is half of (d) is square of
Solution: Here, A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {2, 3, 4}
A × B = {1, 2, 3} × {2, 3, 4}
= {(1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4)}
(a) Let R1 be the relation from A to B such that x is equal to y.
Then, R1 = {(2, 2), (3, 3)}
(b) Let R2 be the relation from A to B such that x is more than y.
Then, R2 = {(3, 2)}
(c) Let R3 be the relation from A to B such that x is half of y.
Then, R3 = {(1, 2), (2, 4)}
(d) Let R4 be the relation from A to B such that x is square of y.
Then, R4 = { }
2. If A = {2, 3, 4}, find the relation R = {(x, y) : x + y ≥ 6} from A to A.
Solution: Here, A = {2, 3, 4}
∴ A × A = {2, 3, 4} × {2, 3, 4}

14 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 = {(2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4)}
∴ R = {(x, y) : x + y ≥ 6}
= {(2, 4), (3, 3), (3, 4), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4)}

Exercise 1.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define relation.
(b) Write the methods of representing relation.
2. Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a, b, c}. Which of the following set of ordered pairs
represent the relation from A to B?
(a) {(1, a), (2, b), (3, c)} (b) {(2, a), (2, b), (3, c)}
(c) {(1, a), (b, 2), (3, b), (3, c)} (d) {(1, a), (1, b), (1, c), (2, a), (c, 2), (c, 3)}
3. Explain the following relation by the set of ordered pairs.
(a)
R (b) R2
1

A B A B
1 4 a x
2 5 b y
3 6 c z

R
(c)
A
3 B (d) R4
A B
Ashok Pokhara
Nepal Deilhi
Bindu Chitwan
India Tokyo
Subi Kathmandu
China Pokhara

Japan Kathmandu

4. Given that A × B = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3)}.
Write the relation on A × B satisfying the following conditions.
a. is double of b. is less than
c. is equal to d. is square of

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 15

 Section 'B'
5. Represent the following relation by arrow diagram.
a. {(a, x), (b, y), (c, z)}
b. {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 3), (2, 4)}
c. {(Ram, 12), (Shyam, 12), (Hari, 13)}
d. {(Sunday, 5°C), (Monday, 7°C), (Tuesday, 7°C), (Wednesday, 4°C),
(Thursday, 5°C), (Friday, 6°C), (Saturday, 5°C)}
6. If A = {2, 3, 4} and B = {1, 2, 3}. Find the relation from A to B satisfying
the following conditions.
a. is double of b. is half of
c. is equal to d. is square of
7. If A = {1, 2, 3}, find the relations on A satisfying the following conditions.
a. y = 2x b. y > x c. x+y> 6
d. x + y ≤ 5 e. 2x + y > 7 f. x is multiple of y

Section 'C'
8. If A = {2, 3, 4} and B = {4, 6, 8, 10}, find the following relations in A × B.
a. R1 = {(x, y) : y = 2x} b. R2 = {(x, y): x is factor of y}
Represent each of the relation in following methods.
i. Set of ordered pairs ii. Arrow diagram
iii. Graph iv. Table
9. Find the cartesian product P × Q if P = {x : x= 1, 2, 3} and Q = {y: y =
2x - 1}. Obtain a relation R from P to Q such that x + y > 4.

Domain and Range of a Relation

Consider a relation "is square of" i.e. R = {(1, 1), (4, 2), (9, 3), (16, 4)}. The set of x
-components of all ordered pairs of R = {1, 4, 9, 16} is called domain of R. The set of
y-components of all ordered pairs of R = {1, 2, 3, 4} is called range of R.
If R is a relation from A to B then the set of x-components of all ordered pairs in R is
called domain of R and the set of y-components of all ordered pairs in R is called range of
R. Symbolically, Domain of R = {x: (x, y) ∈ R}, Range of R = {y : (x, y) ∈ R}

16 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Types of Relation
Let A = {1, 2, 3}. Then
A × A = {1, 2, 3} × {1, 2, 3}
= {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3)}

Reflexive relation
A relation R1 = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3)} on A is called reflexive relation.
If R is a relation on A then R is called reflexive relation if (x, x)∈ R for all x ∈ A. That
is xRx for all x ∈ A.

Symmetric relation
A relation R2 = {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 3), (2, 1), (3, 1), (3, 2)} on A is called symmetric
relation.
A relation R on A is called symmetric relation if (x, y)∈ R then (y, x) ∈ R. That is if
xRy then yRx.

Transitive relation
A relation R3 = {(1, 3), (3, 2), (2, 1)} on A is called transitive relation.
A relation R on A is called transitive relation if (x, y)∈ R and (y, z) ∈ R then
(x, z) ∈ R. That is if xRy and yRz then xRz.

Note
A relation which satisfies reflexive, symmetric and transitive is called
an equivalence relation.

Inverse relation
Consider two relation R4 = {(1, 2), (1, 3), (3, 2)} and R5 = {(2, 1), (3, 1), (2, 3)}.
Here, domain of R = {1, 3} and range of R4 R
4 5
R4 = {2, 3} domain of R5 = {2, 3} and range of 2
1 2 1
R5 = {1, 3}. So, the relation R4 and R5 are inverse
3 3
to each other. 3 3
A new relation obtained by interchanging the ∴ R4 –1 = R5

given relation R is called as the inverse relation

of R. It is denoted by R-1.
Symbolically, it is defined as follows,
If R = {(x, y): x ∈ A and y ∈ B} then R-1 = {(y, x) : y ∈ B and x ∈ A}

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 17

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4} then find the relation on A × A determined by the

condition x + y < 5. Also find its domain, range and inverse relation.
Solution:
Here, A = {1, 2, 3, 4}
∴ A × A = {1, 2, 3, 4} × {1, 2, 3, 4}
= {(1, 1), (1,2), (1,3), (1,4), (2,1), (2,2), (2,3), (2,4), (3,1), (3,2), (3,3),
(3,4), (4,1), (4,2), (4,3), (4,4)}
∴ R(x + y < 5) = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (3, 1)}
Again, domain of R = {1, 2, 3}
range of R = {1, 2, 3}
R-1 = {(1, 1), (2, 1), (3, 1), (1, 2), (2, 2), (1, 3)}
2. Given that A = {1, 2} and B = {1, 2, 3}. Find out reflexive, symmetric and
transitive relations from A to B.
Solution:
Here, A = {1, 2} and B = {1, 2, 3}
∴ A × B = {1, 2} × {1, 2, 3}
= {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1,3 ), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3)}
Now, Reflexive relation = {(1, 1), (2, 2)}
Symmetric relation = {(1, 2), (2, 1)}
Transitive relation = {(1, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1)}

Exercise 1.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define relation.
(b) Define domain and range of a relation.
(c) Define the following.
i. Reflexive relation ii. Symmetric relation
iii. Transitive relation iv. Inverse relation
(d) Write one difference between symmetric and inverse relation.

18 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

2. From the following relations in arrow diagram, find their domain
and range.

(a) R1 (b) R2
A B A B
1 4 a w
2 5 b x
y
3 6 c z

3. From the following relations representing in a graph, find their

domain and range.

(a) Y (b) Y

4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
X X
0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4

Section 'B'
4. (a) Given that A × B = {(1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 2), (3, 3),
(3, 4). List out reflexive, transitive and symmetric relation in A × B.
(b) Given that A × B = {(2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 3), (3, 4), (4, 3), (4, 4)}. List out
reflexive, symmetric and transitive relation in A × B.
5. Find the domain, range and inverse relation of the following relations.
(a) R1 = {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 3)} (b) R2 = {(1, 4), (2, 4), (3, 4), (4, 4)}
(c) R3 = {(a, x) (b, y), (c, z)} (d) R4 = {(a, y), (b, y), (c, y), (b, z), (c, z)}

Section 'C'
6. If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {2, 3, 4} then find the relations from A to B under
the following conditions. Also find their domain and range.
(a) x = y (b) x < y
(c) x + y < 5 (d) x + y = 6
7. If A = {2, 4, 6, 8} then list out reflexive, symmetric and transitive
relations on A.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 19

Function
Consider A is a set of name of people i.e. A = {Ram, Hari, Sita, Gita} and B is the
set of days of a week i.e. B = { Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thur, Fri, Sat}. Let's make the
relations from A to B defined as the birthday of people.

R1 R2

A B A B
Ram Sun Ram Sun
Mon Mon
Tue Hari Tue
Hari
Wed Sita Wed
Sita Thur Gita Thur
Fri Fri
Gita Sat Sat
R1 is possible because every R2 is not possible because Gita
people in set A has birthday in in set A has no birthday in set
set B. So. R1 is function. B. So, R2 is not fuction.

R3 R4

A B A B
Ram Sun Ram Sun
Mon Mon
Hari Tue Hari Tue
Wed Wed
Sita Thur Sita Thur
Gita Fri Gita Fri
Sat Sat
R3 is possible because birthday R4 is not possible because
of Ram, Hari and Sita can be Ram in set A can not have two
same and every people of set birthdays in set B. So, R4 is not
A has birthday in set B. So, R3 a function.
is fuction.
From the above example, it is conducted that function is a relation between a first
set and a second set such that each member of the first set corresponds to exactly
one member of the second set.

Let A and B be two non empty sets. A relation from A to B is said to be a function if every
element of set A is related with unique element of set B. The function from set A to set B
is denoted by f : A → B.

20 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Image and pre-image of a function f
A B
1 1
Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {1, 8, 27, 64}. Consider a function
2 8
f = {(1, 1), (2, 8), (3, 27)} from A to B. In this function,
3 27
1, 2, 3 ∈ A associate with 1, 8, 27 ∈ B respectively. So, 1, 8, 27 64
are the images of 1, 2, 3 and 1, 2, 3 are pre-images of 1, 8, 27
respectively.

If A and B be two non empty sets and x ∈ A and y ∈ B then y is called image of x
and x is called pre-image of y.

Domain, co-domain and range of a function

In the above examples, the set of all pre-images of set A i.e. {1, 2, 3} is called domain
of function f and the set of all images i.e. {1, 8, 27} is called range of function f. The
set B i.e. {1, 8, 27, 64} is called co-domain of function f.
If f: A → B is a function from A to B then set A is called the domain and set B is called
co-domain of f. The set of elements of set B which are associated with the elements of set
A is called range of f.

Vertical line test

A relation can be presented in a graph. But all graphs may not be a function. To
examine whether the given graph is a function or not, we use vertical line test. For
this a vertical line is drawn. If it cuts the graph at one point only, the graph is a
function but if it cuts the graph at two or more points, the graph is not a function.
Consider the following two graphs.

Y Y

A
X' X
O
X' X A
O

B Y'
Y'
In this figure, a vertical line In this figure, a vertical line
drawn cuts the graph at two drawn cuts the graph at one
points A and B. So, it is not a point A. So, it is a function.
function.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 21

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Identify the following relations are function or not.

(a) f (b) g
A B A B
1 4 a x
2 5
b y
3 6
7 c z

Also, find the domain, Co-domain and range if it is a function.

Solution:
(a) f is a function because every element of set A associates with unique element
of set B. So,
Domain of f = {1, 2, 3}
Co-domain of f = {4, 5, 6, 7}
Range of f = {4, 5, 6}
(b) g is not a function because the element a of set A associates with two elements
x and y of B.

Exercise 1.5
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define function.
(b) Define domain of a function.
(c) Write the relation between range and co-domain of a function.
2. Identify the following relations are functions or not.

(a) R1 (b) R2 (c) R3
A B A B A B
1 1 1 4 1 4
2 4 2 5 2 5
6
3 9 3 3 6
7

22 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (d) R4 (e) R5 (f) R6

A B A B A B
a x a w a x
b x b y
b y
y
c z c z c z

If it is a function, find
(i) function in set of ordered pairs (ii) its domain
(iii) its range (iv) its co-domain.
3. Let P = {2, 3, 4} and Q = {5, 6, 7}. Examine whether the following
relations define a function from P to Q.
(a) {(2, 5), (3, 6), (4, 7)} (b) {(2, 5 ), (2, 3), (3, 5), (4, 5)}
(c) {(3, 5), (4, 6)} (d) {(2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 6)}
If it is a function then
(i) represent in arrow diagram (ii) find its domain
(iii) find its range (iv) find its co-domain
4. Using vertical line test, examine which of the following graphs
represent function.

(a) Y (b) Y (c) Y

X' O X X' X X' X

O O

Y' Y' Y'

(d) Y (e) Y (f) Y

X' X X' O X X' X

O O

Y' Y' Y'

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 23

Types of Function f
Onto function A B
In the figure alongside, f is a function. 1
The range of f = {4, 5} 4
2
The co-domain of f = {4, 5} 5
Here, range of f = co-domain of f. So, f is onto function. 3

A function f: A → B is said to be onto if every element of set B has at least one

pre-image in set A. In this case, range of f = B.

Into function f
In the figure alongside, f is a function. A B
The range of f = {4, 5}
1 4
The co-domain of f = {4, 5, 6}
Here, range of f ⊂ co-domain of f. 2 5
So, f is into function. 3 6

A function: f:A → B is said to be into if there is at least one element in B which

has no pre-image in A. In this case, range of f ⊂ B.

One to one function f f

In the figure alongside, f is a function. A B A B
In this function, every element of set A has 1 1
4 4
different image in set B. That is 5
2 2 5
image of 1 = 4 3 6 3 6
image of 2 = 5 7
image of 3 = 6 One to one and onto One to one and into
So, f is one to one function. function function

A function f: A → B is said to be one to one function if different elements of A

have different images in B.

f f
Many to one function
A B A B
In the figure alongside, f is a function
1 4 1 4
from A to B. In this function, at least
two elements of set A associate with 2 2 5
single element of set B. That is 3 6 3 6

image of 1 = 4
image of 2 = 4 Many to one and onto Many to one and into
function function
image of 3 = 6
So, f is many to one function.

24 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 A function f : A → B is said to be many to one function if element of set B have
more than one pre-images in set A. In this case, f is not one to one function.

f
Additional Functions A B
Constant function 1
In the figure alongside, f is a function from A to B. In this function, 2 3
every element of set A i.e. 1, 2, 3 and 4 associates with constant 3
element 3 of set B. So, f is constant function. 4

A function f : A → B is said to constant function if f(x) = c where c is a constant.

f
A B
Identity function 1 1
In the adjoining figure, f is a function from A to B. In this function,
2 2
images of 1, 2 and 3 are 1, 2 and 3 respectively. So, f is identity
3 3
function.
A function f : A → B is said to be identity function if f(x) = x.
Linear function f
Consider a function f : A → B defined as f(x) = 2x + 1. A B
When x = 0, f(0) = 2 × 0 + 1 = 0. 0 1
When x = 1, f(1) = 2 × 1 + 1 = 3. 1 3
When x = 2, f(2) = 2 × 2 + 1 = 5. 2 5
So, f is a linear function.

A function f : A → B is said to be linear function if f(x) = ax + b, where a and b

are constants.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Is function f : R → R defined by f (x) = x2 for x ∈ R an onto function?

Give reason.
Solution:
Here, f(x) = x2, x ∈ {............ –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, ...........}.
Put x = – 2, f(–2) = (–2)2 = 4

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 25

 Put x = – 1, f(– 1) = (–1)2 = 1 f
Put x = 0, f(0) = 0 = 0
2
R R
Put x = 1, f(1) = 1 = 1
2
–2 –2
Put x = 2, f(2) = 2 = 4
2 –1 –1
0 0
Therefore, f is not onto function because all real numbers 1
1 2
in co-domain do not have corresponding pre-images. 2 3
4

Exercise 1.6
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define one to one function.
(b) Write one difference between onto and into function.
(c) Define identity function.
(d) Write one difference between constant and identity function.
2. Write the type of function (with reason) from the following arrow
diagrams and graphs.
(a) f1 (b) f2 (c) f3
A B A B A B
a p 1 4 2 a
b q 2 5 b
3
6 c
c r 3 4
7 d

(d) f4 (e) Y (f) Y

A B
2
1 1
1
2 2
X X
3 3 O O 1 2

Section 'B'
3. Mention the types of function by drawing arrow diagrams.
(a) f1 = {(1, a), (2, a), (3, b), (4, c)}
(b) f2 = {(1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 3)}
(c) g1 = {(a, x), (b, y), (c, z)}
(d) g2 = {(4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6), (7, 7)}
4. (a) Is function f : R → R defined by f(x) = x2 – 1 into function? Give reasons.
(b) Is function f(x) = x2 + 1, x ∈ R onto function? Give reasons.

26 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

5. (a) Given that A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and B = {4, 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15}. Is the
function f : A → B defined by f(x) = 3x + 2 one to one and into? Give
reasons.
(b) If a function f : A → B is defined by g(x) = 4x2 + 1 with A = {–2, 2, –3, 3}
and B = {17, 37, 65}, find the range of g. Is the function g many to one and
onto? Give reason.

Value of a Function
Y
Consider a function f(x) = 3x – 2.
Put x = 1, f(1) = 3 × 1 - 2 = 1 9

The value of f(1) = 1 i.e. 1 is the image of 1. 8

Put x = 2, f(2) = 3 × 2 - 2 = 4 7
6
The value of f(2) = 4 i.e. 4 is the image of 2.
5
Put x = 3, f(3) = 3 × 3 – 2 = 7
4
The value of f(3) = 7 i.e. 7 is the image of 3.
3

2
So, x 1 2 3
1
f(x) 1 4 7
X
0 1 2 3 4

f
∴ f = {(1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 7)} A B
Here, the images f(1) i.e. 1, f(2) i.e. 4 and f(3) i.e. 7 are the 1 1
values of the given function. 2 4
3 7

For every x ∈ A, there exists y ∈ B such that y is the image of x. Then y is

the value of a function i.e. f(x) = y.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. If f(x) = 5x – 1 then find f(0), f(–2) and f(3).

Solution: Here, f(x) = 5x – 1
Put x = 0, f(0) = 5 × 0 – 1 = – 1
Put x = – 2, f(–2) = 5 × (–2) – 1 = – 11
Put x = 3, f(3) = 5 × 3 – 1= 14.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 27

2. If f(x + 2) = 5x – 7 then find the values of f(x) and f(3).
Solution: Here, f(x + 2) = 5x – 7
Let, x + 2 = a
∴ x = a – 2
So, f(a) = 5(a – 2) – 7 = 5a – 10 – 7 = 5a – 17
Replacing a by x, we get,
f(x) = 5x – 17
Again, put x = 3, f(3) = 5 × 3 – 17 = 15 – 17 = – 2

3. Given that f(x) = {

2x – 1 for x > 0
x + 2 for x < 0
1
Find the values of f (–2), f , f(0), f(3)
3
Solution: Here,

f(x) =

{
2x – 1 for x > 0
x + 2 for x < 0
For x = –2, f(x) = x + 2
∴ f(–2) = – 2 +2 = 0
1
For x = , f(x) = x + 2
3
1 1 7
∴ f = +2=
3 3 3
For x = 0, f(x) = 2x – 1

∴ f(0) = 2 × 0 – 1 = –1
For x = 3, f(x) = 2x – 1
∴ f(3) = 2 × 3 – 1 = 5
3. If f(x) = ax + b, f(–2) = 1 and f(3) = 9, find the values of a and b. Also find f(x).
Solution: Here, f(x) = ax + b, f(–2) = 1 and f(3) = 9
Put x = –2,
f(–2) = –2a + b
or, 1 = – 2a + b
∴ b = 2a + 1 ...(i)
Put x = 3,
f(3) = 3a + b
∴ 9 = 3a + b ... (ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
9 = 3a + 2a – 1
or, 10 = 5a
∴ a = 2
Put value of a in equation (i), we get,
b=2×2–1 =3
∴ f(x) = ax + b = 2x + 3

28 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 1.7
Section 'A'
f
1. (a) If f = {(1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 9)} then find
A B
(i) Pre-image of 4. (ii) Image of 3. a w
(b) From the given arrow diagram, find b x
(i) Image of a and c. (ii) Pre-image of w. c y
z
Section 'B'
2. ( a) If f(x) = 4x – 5, find the values of f(–3), f(0), f(2).

1
(b) If f(x) = 3x + 2, find f(–2), f , f(6).
3
(c) If f(x) = 6x – 1 and f(x) = 5, find the value of x.
(d) Given that g(x) = 2x + 3. Find the pre-image of the image 7.
3. Find the range of the given function if
(a) f(x) = 5x – 1 ; domain = {–1, 0, 1}
(b) g(x) = x2 – 3; domain = {1, 2, 3, 4}
4. Find the domain of the given function if
(a) f(x) = 2x + 1; range = {3, 5, 7}
(b) g(x) = x2 + 1; range = {5, 10, 17}
5. If f(x) = 5x – 8, find the missing element in the following ordered pairs.
(a) (1, ......) (b) (3, ......) (c) (......, 2) (d) (......, 7)
6. (a) If f(x – 3) = 4x + 5 then find f(x) and f(5).
(b) If g(2x + 1) = 4x – 3 then find f(x) and f(–2).

f(x + h) – f(h)
7. (a) If f(x) = x + 3 then find f(h), f(x + h) and (h ≠ 0)
h
(b) If f(x + 5) = f(x) + f(5), prove that f(0) = 0 and f(–5) = –f(5)
2x + 5 for x > 2
8. (a) If f(x) =
x – 3 for x < 2
5
then find the values of f(1), f(2), f(–3), f
2
2x + 1 for – 1 < x < 0
(b) If f(x) = –3x + 1 for 0 < x < 3
–2x – 1 for 3 < x < 6

then find the values of f(-1), f(0), f(2), f(5).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 29

 Section 'C'
9. (a) If f(x) = ax + b, f(–1) = -1 and f(3) = 1, find the values of a and b. Also find
f(x).
(b) If g(x) = mx + c, g(2) = 5 and g(3) = 7, find the values of m and c. Also find
g(x).

1.2 Polynomials
Review
Discuss the following questions.
(a) Distinguish constant and variable with examples.
(b) In a term 4x2, numerical coefficient is .........., literal coefficient is ............
(c) Define algebraic expression with examples.
(d) Define linear function with examples.
1
(e) What is the power of x in 3 and 4 x3 ?
x
(f) What is the degree of a term 5x3y2?

(g) The degree of an expression 3x5 – 2x2y2 + 4 is .......

Introduction of Polynomials
Consider some examples of algebraic expression.
(i) 5x2 – 3x + 2
In this expression, the numerical coefficients are 5, –3 and 2 and powers of
variable in each term are 2, 1, 0. So, it is a polynomial.
2 1
(ii) 3x3 – x2 + 4x –
5 2 –2 –1
In this expression, the numerical coefficients are 3, , 4 and and the
5 2
exponents of variable in each term are 3, 2, 1, 0. So, it is a polynomial.
(iii) 2 x4 + 3x2 + 5x
In this expression, the numerical coefficients are 2 , 3 and 5 and the
exponents of variable in each term are 4, 2 and 1. So, it is a polynomial.
4
(iv) 2x3 – + 3x3/2
x
In this expression, the numerical coefficients are 2, –4 and 3 and the exponents
3
of variable in each term are 3, –1, . So, it is not a polynomial.
2

30 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 3 2
(v) 8x3 – x + 2x 3
+1
2
–3
In this expression, the numerical coefficients are 8, , 2 and 1 and the
2
exponents of variable in each term are 3, 2, 3 and 0. So, it is not a polynomial.

An algebraic expression in which the power of variable in each term is non

negative integer is called as polynomial. The general form of polynomial is
f(x) = a0 xn + a1xn - 1 + a2 xn - 2 + ........ + an where x is a variable, a0, a1, a2,
........, an are real numbers (constants) and n is non negative integer.

Each term of the polynomial contain numeral and literal coefficients. For example,
f(x) = 4x2 + 5. In this polynomial, 4 is numerical coefficient and x2 is literal coefficient
of a term of 4x2.

Degree of a Polynomial
If the polynomial is of one variable, the highest exponent (power) of the variable
used in the polynomial is called as the degree of the polynomial. For examples, f(x)
= 5x3 – 4x2 + 3 is a polynomial. In this polynomial, the highest power of the variable
is 3. So, the degree of the polynomial f(x) is 3.
If the polynomial with two or more variables then the highest degree of a term
among the terms of a polynomial is called the degree of the polynomial. For example,
f(x, y) = 3x3y2 + 2x2y + 5xy. In this polynomial, the degree of 3x3y2 = 3 + 2 = 5, the
degree of 2x2y = 2 + 1 = 3 and the degree of 5xy = 1 + 1 = 2. The highest degree of
the first term is 5. So, the degree of the polynomial f(x, y) is 5.
If the degree of the terms of a polynomial are arranged either in ascending or in
descending order then the polynomial is said to be in standard form.
For examples,
f(x) = x4 – 3x3 + 2x2 + 6x – 1 (in descending order)
g(x) = 5 – 2x2 + 4x3 – 8x4 (in ascending order)

Types of Polynomial
The types of polynomial based on the number of terms are given below.
Types of polynomials No. of terms Examples
Monomial 1 f(x) = 3x
Binomial 2 f(x) = 4x – 1
Trinomial 3 f(x) = 3x2 – 9x + 3

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 31

 The types of polynomial based on the degree of term are given below.
Types of polynomials Degree of polynomial Examples
Constant polynomial 0 g(x) = 3 = 3.x0­
Linear polynomial 1 g(x) = 4x + 3
Quadratic polynomial 2 g(x) = 2x2 – 5x + 2
Cubic polynomial 3 g(x) = x3 + 2x2 + 5
Biquadratic polynomial 4 g(x) = 6x4 – 5x2 + 4

Equal Polynomials
Two polynomials are said to be equal if the coefficients and degree of their
corresponding terms are equal. For example,

9 2 16 8
f(x) = 4x3 –x + 4x + and g(x) = x3 – 3x2 + 4x + 1.6
3 10 2
Here, the coefficient and degree of each corresponding terms of f(x) and g(x) are
equal. So, f(x) = g(x).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. In the given monomial 5x2y, find

(a) numerical coefficient
(b) literal coefficient of y
(c) its degree
Solution:
The given monomial is 5x2y­.
(a) Its numerical coefficient = 5
(b) Literal coefficient of y = x2
(c) Its degree = 2 + 1 = 3
2. Identify which of the following algebraic expressions are polynomial.
Give reasons.
1
(a) f(x) = 4x3 – 3x2 + 2 (b) g(x) = 3x2 – +3
x
Solution:

(a) f(x) is a polynomial because the powers of x in each terms of f(x) are

whole numbers.
1
(b) g(x) is not polynomial because g(x) contains a term i.e. x-1 where – 1 is
x
not a non negative integer.

32 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 1.8

Section 'A'
1. Identify which of the following algebraic expressions are polynomial.
Give reasons.
1
(a) 4x2 – 3x + 2 (b) 2x2 – 5x +
x
(c) 3 x + 4 (d) 3 x3 + 5x2 – 2 x + 1
3 3 6
(e) x – x + 2x –
4
(f) 6x5 + 4x3 – 3x 5 + 2x – 9
5 6
2. Find the numerical and literal coefficient of the following terms.
(a) 3x3 (b) x2
(c) 3 x (d) –4x2

3. Find the numerical coefficient of the following terms.

(a) 2xy (b) – 3x2y
5
(c) 5x2yz (d) xyz
8
Also find the literal coefficient of y in each of the above terms.
4. Find the degree of the following polynomials.
(a) f(x) = 3xy2 (b) f(x) = 4x2yz
1 2
(c) g(x) = 4x5 – 3x3 + 5 (d) g(x) = 6x3 – x + 4x6 + 5
3
(e) h(x, y) = 5x3y3 – 3x2y + 4xy3 (f) h(x, y) = 3x4y + xy3 – 5x2y3
5. Write the following polynomials in descending and ascending order.
(a) 3x3 + 6x4 + 4 – 2x2 (b) 2x2 – 8 + x + 3x3
(c) x3 + 2x(x – x3) – 4x2 (d) 5 + 3x4 – 3 x3 + 5x2

6. Classify the following polynomials on the basis of their number of

terms.
(a) 3x (b) 4x2 – 6x + 2
4
(c) 2x – 5 (d) x –3
5
7. Classify the following polynomials on the basis of the degree of their
terms.
(a) 4x + 1 (b) 3x3 – 2x2 + 5x + 6
(c) 10 (d) 3x2 – 8

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 33

8. Examine whether the following pair of polynomials are equal.
(a) f(x) = 4x3 – 2x2 + 5x + 2 and g(x) = 5x – 2x2 + 4x3 + 2
8 6
(b) f(x) = 3x2 + 4x3 – 2x + 2 and g(x) = 4x3 – x2 – x + 2
3 1 2 2
(c) f(x) = 0.25x4 – 6x3 + and g(x) = x4 – 6x3 + 0.75
4 4
Section 'B'

9. Find the value of k if the following polynomials are equal.

(a) f(x) = 3x3 – (k + 1)x2 + 3 and g(x) = 3x3 + 4x2 + 3
(b) f(x) = 6x4 – ax3 + 5x – 4 and g(x) = 6x4 – 2x3 + 5x + (2k – a)

10. (a) If f(x) = 5x + 4, g(x) = 7x and f(x) = g(x), then find the value of x.

(b) Find the value of x if f(x) = 5x2 – 3x + 2 and g(x) = x2 + 2x + 8 are equal.

Operations on Polynomials
(a) Identify the like and unlike terms from the following terms.
3 3 3 8 6x3
5x3, –4x2, 8, x , x , 5x, 6x0 , 3 x2, – ,
2 5 x
(b) Using xa × xb = xa+b, simplify the following
3 9
(i) x5 × x4 = ......... (ii) x–3 × x5 = .......... (iii) x 4 × x 4 = .........

Two or more polynomials can be added, subtracted and multiplied.

Addition and subtraction of polynomials

Let g(x) = 3x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 2 and h(x) = 4x3 + 2x2 – 2x be the polynomials. The
addition of g(x) and h(x) can be done as follows:
g(x) + h(x) = (3x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 2) + (4x3 + 2x2 – 2x)
= (3 + 4)x3 + (–4 + 2)x2 + (–7 – 2) x + 2
= 7x3 – 2x2 – 9x + 2
Similarly, the subtraction of f(x) and g(x) can be done as follows:
g(x) – h(x) = (3x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 2) – (4x3 + 2x2 – 2x)
= 3x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 2 – 4x3 – 2x2 + 2x
= (3 – 4)x3 + (–4 – 2)x2 + (– 7 + 2) x + 2
= – x3– 6x2 – 5x + 2

34 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Laws of Addition of Polynomials
Addition of polynomials satisfies the following properties.

Closure property
Let f(x) and g(x) be two polynomials. Then f(x) + g(x) is also a polynomial. That
is the sum of two polynomials is also a polynomial. For example,
If f(x) = 4x2 + 5x + 3 and g(x) = x2 + 3x + 1
Then, f(x) + g(x) = (4x2 + 5x + 3) + (x2 + 3x + 1)
= (4 + 1)x2 + (5 + 3)x + (3 + 1)
= 5x2 + 8x + 4 is also a polynomial.

Commutative property
Let f(x) and g(x) be two polynomials. Then f(x) + g(x) = g(x) + f(x). For example,
If f(x) = 3x2 + 2x + 1 and g(x) = 4x2 + 2x + 3, then
f(x) + g(x) = (3 + 4)x2 + (2 + 2)x + (1 + 3) = 7x2 + 4x + 4
g(x) + f(x) = (4 + 3)x2 + (2 + 2)x + (3 + 1) = 7x2 + 4x + 4
Hence, f(x) + g(x) = g(x) + f(x).

Associative property
Let p(x), q(x) and r(x) be three polynomials. Then,
[p(x) + q(x)] + r(x) = p(x) + [q(x) + r(x)]. For example,
If p(x) = 2x2 + x + 3, q(x) = x2 + 3x + 5 and h(x) = 3x2 + 5x + 1 then,
[p(x) + q(x)] + h(x) = [(2x2 + x + 3) + (x2 + 3x + 5)] + (3x2 + 5x + 1)
= [(2 + 1)x2 + (1 + 3)x + (3 + 5)] + (3x2 + 5x + 1)
= (3x2 + 4x + 8) + (3x2 + 5x + 1)
= (3 + 3)x2 + (4 + 5) x + (8 + 1)
= 6x2 + 9x + 9
p(x) + [q(x) + h(x)] = (2x2 + x + 3) + [(x2 + 3x + 5) + (3x2 + 5x + 1)]
= (2x2 + x + 3) + [(1 + 3)x2 + (3 + 5) x + (5 + 1)]
= (2x2 + x + 3) + (4x2 + 8x + 6)
= (2 + 4) x2 + (1 + 8) x + (3 + 6)
= 6x2 + 9x + 9
Hence, [p(x) + q(x)] + h(x) = p(x) + [q(x) + h(x)].

Existence of additive identity

Let 0(x) be a zero polynomial and g(x) be a polynomial.
Then, g(x) + 0 = 0 + g(x) = g(x). For example,
If g(x) = x2 + 3x + 2 and 0(x) = 0.x2 + 0.x + 0, then

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 35

 g(x) + 0 = (1 + 0)x2 + (3 + 0) x + (2 + 0) = x2 + 3x + 2 = g(x)
0 +g(x) = (0 + 1) x2 + (0 + 3) x + (0 + 2) = x2 + 3x + 2 = g(x)
Hence, g(x) + 0 = 0 + g(x) = g(x)

Additive inverse
For any polynomial p(x), there exists a polynomial –p(x) such that p(x) +
[–p(x)] = [–p(x)] + p(x) = 0. Here, –p(x) is called the additive inverse of p(x).
For example,
If f(x) = 5x2 + 6x + 2 then –p(x) = –5x2 – 6x – 2
p(x) + [–p(x)] = (5x2 + 6x + 2) + (–5x2 – 6x – 2)
= (5 – 5)x2 + (6 – 6)x + (2 – 2)
= 0.x2 + 0.x + 0
=0
Similarly, [–p(x)] + p(x) = 0
Hence, p(x) + [–p(x)] = [–p(x)] + p(x) = 0

Multiplication of polynomials
Let f(x) = x2 – x + 1 and g(x) = x2 + x + 1 be two polynomials. The multiplication
of f(x) and g(x) can be done as follows.
f(x). g(x) = (x2 + x + 1).(x2 – x + 1)
= x2(x2 – x + 1) + x(x2 – x + 1) + 1(x2 – x + 1)
= x4 – x3 + x2 + x3 – x2 + x + x2 – x + 1
= x4 + x2 + 1

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. If f(x) = 3x2 – 2x +1, g(x) = x2 + 5x + 3 and h(x) = 5x2 – x + 4 then find f(x)
+ g(x) – h(x).
Solution;
Here, f(x) = x2 – 2x + 1
g(x) = x2 + 5x + 3
h(x) = 5x2 – x + 4
f(x) + g(x) – h(x) = (x2 – 2x + 1) + (x2 + 5x + 3) – (5x2 – x + 4)
= x2 – 2x + 1 + x2 + 5x + 3 – 5x2 + x – 4
= (1 + 1 – 5)x2 + (– 2 + 5 + 1) x + (1 + 3 – 4)
= – 3x2 + 4x + 0
= – 3x2 + 4x

36 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

2. Given that two polynomials p(y) = 3y2 – 2y + 1 and q(y) = 5y2 – y + 4.
What should be added to p(y) to get polynomial q(y)?
Solution:
Here, p(y) = 3y2 – 2y + 1
q(y) = 5y2 – y + 4
Let the polynomial added to p(y) be k. Then,
p(y) + k = q(y)
or, k = q(y) – p(y)
or, k = (5y2 – y + 4) – (3y2 – 2y + 1)
or, k = 5y2 – y + 4 – 3y2 + 2y – 1
or, k = (5 – 3)y2 + (– 1 + 2) y + (4 – 1)
or, k = 2y2 + y + 3
∴ Required polynomial is 2y2 + y + 3.
3. If f(x) = 2x – 1, g(x) = 4x2 + 2x + 1 and h(x) = 10x3 + 2x2 + 3x – 6 then find
h(x) – [ f(x) × g(x)]
Solution:
Here, f(x) = 2x – 1
g(x) = 4x2 + 2x + 1
h(x) = 10x3 + 2x2 + 3x – 6
Now, f(x) × g(x) = (2x – 1) × (4x2 + 2x + 1)
= 2x(4x2 + 2x + 1) – 1(4x2 + 2x + 1)
= 8x3 + 4x2 + 2x – 4x2 – 2x – 1
= 8x3 – 1
Again, h(x) – [f(x) × g(x)] = 10x3 + 2x2 + 3x – 6 – (8x3 – 1)
= 10x3 + 2x2 + 3x – 6 – 8x3 + 1
= 2x3 + 2x2 + 3x – 5

Exercise 1.9
Section 'B'
1. Find f(x) + g(x) from the following polynomials.
(a) f(x) = 4x2 – 5x + 7 and g(x) = 5x2 – 4x + 3
(b) f(x) = 6x3 + 4x2 – 5x + 2 and g(x) = x3 – x2 – x + 1
5 3 2 2 1 1 3 2
(c) f(x) = x + x –x+ and g(x) = x3 – x2 + 2x –
2 5 3 2 5 3
3 3 1 2 2 3 5 3 2 1 3 1
(d) f(x) = x + – x + x and g(x) = x + x + x –
2 4 5 3 3 5 3 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 37

2. Find p(x) – q(x) from the following polynomials.

(a) p(x) = 3x2 + 6x – 8 and q(x) = 5x2 – 4x + 10

(b) p(x) = 4x2 + 4x – 3 and q(x) = 2x2 – 2x + 3

(c) p( x) = 6x3 – 4x2 + 7x – 10 and q(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 3

(d) p(x) = 5x4 – 2x3 + 5x + 3 and q(x) = 4x3 + 5x2 – 10x

3. (a) If f(y) = 2y3 – 3y2 + 7y + 5, g(y) = 4y2 – 4y + 6 + 3y3 and h(y) = 3y2 + y then

find (i) f(y) + g(y) + h(y) (ii) f(y) – g(y) + h(y)

2 3 1
(b) If p(x) = 4x2 – 2x + 8, q(x) = x2 + x – 5 and r(x) = x – 5 then find
3 2 2
(i) p(x) + q(x) – r(x) (ii) p(x) – q(x) – r(x)

4. (a) What should be added to f(x) to get g(x) where f(x) = 2x2 – 9x + 6 and

g(x) = x2 + 6x – 5?

(b) Given that f(x) = 5x4 – 3x3 + 6 and g(x) = 3x4 – 4x2 + 2x3 – x. What should

be subtracted from f(x) to get g(x).

5. Find f(x) × g(x) from the following polynomials
(a) f(x) = x + 3 and g(x) = x – 3
(b) f(x) = x2 + 2x + 1 and g(x) = x – 2
(c) f(x) = x2 + x + 1 and g(x) = x2 – x + 1
(d) f(x) = 5x2 – 2x – 3 and g(x) = x2 + 4x – 1

Section 'C'
6. If f(x) = 3x4 – 8x3 + 2x2 – 5x + 1, g(x) = x4 + 3x3 – 4x2 + 2x – 5 and
h(x) = 8x4 – x3 – x2 – 4x + 9 then verify the following.
(a) f(x) + g(x) = g(x) + f(x)
(b) [f(x) + g(x)] + h(x) = f(x) + [g(x) + h(x)]
7. (a) If f(x) = (x – 2), g(x) = (x2 + 5x – 3) and h(x) = (4x3 – 2x2 + 8x + 9) then find
the polynomial [f(x) × g(x)] + h(x)
(b) If p(x) = (3x + 1), q(x) = (9x2 – 3x + 1) and r(x) = (30x3 – 20x2 + 10x – 5 )
then find r(x) – [p(x) × q(x)]

38 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

1.3 Sequence and Series
Review
Discuss the following questions.
(a) If f(x) = 2x + 1 then find the functional values of f(1), f(2), f(3), f(4), f(5).
(b) If f(x) = x2 – 2x + 5 then find the functional values of f(1), f(2), f(3), f(4).
(c) Observe the pattern of figures given below.

, , , , ...

(i) Add one more figure of the above pattern.

(ii) Express the above pattern in terms of numbers.

Sequence
Let us consider the following set of numbers.
(a) 2, 5, 8, 11, ...., ...., .... (b) 20, 15, 10, 5, , ...., ...., ....
(c) 3, 6, 12, 24, ...., ...., .... (d) 1, 5, 8, 12, , ...., ...., ....
In an example (a), each number (except first) is obtained by adding 3 to the preceding
term. So, the number next to 11 is 11 + 3 = 14.
In the example (b), each number is less than the preceding number by 5. So, the
number next to 5 is 5 – 5 = 0.
In the example (c), each number is double of the preceding number. So, the number
next to 24 is 24 × 2 = 48.
In the example (d), there is no certain rule of the formation of its each element. So,
we can not say the number next to 12.
The set of numbers in (a), (b) and (c) follow certain rule. So, they form sequence. But
the set of numbers in (d) does not follow any rule. So it does not form a sequence.

A set of numbers each of which is formed according to a certain rule is called a

sequence. Each element of a sequence is called its term.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 39

Types of Sequence
A sequence may contain finite or infinite number of terms.

Finite sequence
A sequence having finite number of terms is called finite sequence. In the finite
sequence, there is a last term. For example, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 is a finite sequence.

Infinite sequence
A sequence having infinite number of terms is called infinite sequence. In the
infinite sequence, there is no last term. For example, 1, 3, 9, 27, 81, ........ is an
infinite sequence.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Observe the pattern of figures given below.

, , , , ..., ..., ...

(a) Add one more figure with the same pattern.

(b) Write the numerical sequence of the given pattern of figure.
Solution:
(a) The 5th figure according to the given pattern is

(b) The numerical sequence of the given pattern of figures is 1, 4, 7, 10, .....,
....., ......
2. Write down next two terms in the following sequences.

(a) 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, ....., ....., ..... (b) 1 , 1, 1, ...., ....

16 8 4
Solution:

(a) Here, the given sequence is 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, ......, .....

Since each term of the given sequence is obtained by adding 4 to the preceding
term. So, the next two terms of the given sequence are 17+4=21 and 21+4= 25.

(b) Here, the given sequence is 1 , 1, 1, ......, ......

16 8 4
Since each term of the sequence is obtained by multiplying 2 to the preceding

40 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 term. So, the next two terms of the given sequences are

1 × 2 = 2 and 2 × 2 = 4
4

Exercise 1.10
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define sequence with an example.
(b) Write one example of finite sequence.
(c) Write one example of infinite sequence.
2. Identify the following set of numbers form a sequence or not. Give
reasons.
(a) 2, 4, 6, 8, ....., ..... (b) 81, 27, 9, 3, ....., .....
(c) 5, 8, 10, 15, ....., ..... (d) 10, 5, 0, – 5, ....., .....

(e) 1, 3, 5, 7 , ....., ..... (f) 1, 3, 6, 24, 48, ....., .....

2 4 8 16

3. Identify the following sequences are finite or infinite? Give reasons.

(a) 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 (b) 6, 3, –2, – 6, ......, .......
(c) 5, 10, 15, 20, ....., ..... (d) 16, 8, 4, 2, 1.

Section 'B'
4. Draw one more shape in the following sequence of figures and
represent in a numerical sequence.

(a) , , , , ..., .... (b) , , , ..., ...

(c) , , , ..., ... (d) , , , ..., ....

5. Find the next three terms of each of the following sequences.

(a) 3, 7, 11, 15, ......., ....... (b) 4, 2, 0, –2, ......., .......

(c) 15, 5, 5, 5, ......., ....... (d) 1, 1, 1, 1, ......., .......

3 9 2 4 8

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 41

General Term of a Sequence
Consider a sequence 3, 5, 7, 9, ....., ...... . The terms 3, 5, 7, 9 ...... are called first,
second, third, fourth terms, ...... of the sequence 3, 5, 7, 9, ......, ...... respectively.
Can you find the 5th term of the given sequence? Can you find 12th term of the
sequence? Can you find 50th term of that sequence? Can you find 80th term of
that sequence? The 5th term and 12th term of the sequence can be obtained just
by counting numbers. But getting 50th term and 80th term of that sequence are
difficult by counting numbers. For these, at first we find the rule of the sequence as
the specific term for nth term.
Let t1, t2, t3, ......, ......, tn, ......, ...... be a sequence then the nth term is denoted by tn.
The nth term of the given sequence is also known as the general term. The general
term of the sequence is the rule by which each term of the sequence can be obtained.

The general term of the above sequence can be obtained as follows:

t1 = 3 = 2 + 1 = 2 × 1 + 1
t2 = 5 = 4 + 1 = 2 × 2 + 1
t3 = 7 = 6 + 1 = 2 × 3 + 1
t4 = 9 = 8 + 1 = 2 × 4 + 1
....... ....... .......
∴ tn = 2 × n + 1 = 2n + 1
Alternatively,
t2 – t1 = 2 ∴ t2 = t1 + 2
t3 – t2 = 2, ∴ t3 = t2 + 2
t4 – t3 = 2 ∴ t4 = t3 + 2
............. ............
∴ tn = tn – 1 + 2

General term of linear sequence

Let tn = an + b, where a and b are constants.
Put n = 1, t1 = a + b
Put n = 2, t2 = 2a + b
Put n = 3, t3 = 3a + b
Put n = 4, t4 = 4a + b
............ ............

42 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 i.e., (a + b), (2a + b), (3a + b), (4a + b), ......, ......

First difference a a a ......

In this sequence, the first difference is same i.e. 'a'. So, first difference = a and
first term = a + b. For example, consider a sequence

1, 3, 5, 7, 9, ......., .......

2 2 2 2
Here, the first difference of the sequence is same i.e. 2.
So, the general term of that sequence is in the from of tn = an + b.

General term of quadratic sequence

Let tn = an2 + bn + c, where a, b and c are constants.
Put n = 1, t1 = a + b + c
Put n = 2, t2 = 4a + 2b + c
Put n = 3, t3 = 9a + 3b + c
Put n = 4, t4 = 16a + 4b + c
.............. ..............

i.e. ( a + b + c), (4a + 2b + c), (9a + 3b + c), (16a + 4b + c), ......., .......

First difference 3a + b 5a + b 7a + b .......

Second difference 2a 2a .......

In this sequence the second difference is same i.e. 2a.
So, second difference = 2a
First term of first difference = 3a + b
First term of the sequence = a + b + c,
For example, consider a sequence 1, 7, 17, 31, ......., .......

Here, 1, 7, 17, 31, ......., .......

First difference 6 10 14 ....

Second difference 4 4 ......

Here, the second difference of the sequence is same. So, the general term of
that sequence is in the form of tn = an2 + bn + c.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 43

General term of other sequence
Consider a sequence 1, 8, 27, 64, ........, .........
Let's check the first and second difference of the above sequence.
1, 8, 27, 64, ......., .......

First difference 7 19 37 ......

Second difference 12 16
Here, the first and second differences of the sequence are not same. So, the general
term of that sequence is not in the form of tn = an + b and tn = an2 + bn + c. In such
situation, the general term of the sequence is obtained by observing and guessing.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the general term of the following sequences.

(a) 1, 3, 5, 7, ......., ........ (b) 1, 7, 17, 31, ......., ........
(c) 1, 8, 27, 64, ......., ........
Solution:
(a) The given sequence is
1, 3, 5, 7, ......., .......

First difference 2 2 2
The general term of the sequence is tn = an + b.
Here, first difference = 2
∴ a = 2
Again, first term = 1
or, a + b = 1
∴ b = –1
Hence, tn = an + b = 2n –1.

(b) The given sequence is

1, 7, 17, 31, ......., .......

First difference 6 10 14 ......

Second difference 4 4

So, the general term of the sequence is tn = an2 + bn + c.

44 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Here, second difference = 4.
or, 2a = 4.
∴ a = 2.
First term of first difference = 6.
or, 3a + b = 6.
or, 3 × 2 + b = 6.
∴ b = 0.
First term of the sequence = 1
or, a + b + c = 1
or, 2 + 0 + c = 1
∴ c = –1.
Hence, tn = an2 + bn + c = 2n2 + 0 × n – 1 = 2n2 – 1.
(c) The given sequence is
1, 8, 27, 64, ......., .......
Here, t1 = 1 = (1)3
t2 = 8 = (2)3
t3 = 27 = (3)3
t4 = 64 = (4)3
...... ......
The general term of the given sequence (tn) = n3

–1 4 –9 16
2. Find the general term of the sequence , , , , ....., .....
4 9 16 25
Solution:

The given sequence is -1, 4, -9 , 16, ....., .....

4 9 16 25
1 2 1 2
Here, t1 = -1 = (–1)1 × = (–1)1 ×
4 2 1+1

2 2 2 2
t2 = 4 = (–1)2 × = (–1)2 ×
9 3 2+1

9 3 2 3 2
t3 = – = (–1)3 × = (–1)3 ×
16 4 3+1

4 2 4 2
t4 = 16 = (–1)4 × = (–1)4 ×
25 5 4+1

............ ............. .............

n 2 n2
∴ The general term of the sequence (tn) = (–1)n = (–1)n
n+1 (n + 1)2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 45

 Exercise 1.11
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the general term of a linear sequence?
(b) What is the general term of a quadratic sequence?
Section 'B'
th
2. From the given n term of the sequences, find first four terms in each
of the following.

(a) tn = 2n + 1 (b) tn = 4n – 3

(c) tn = n2 + 3 (d) tn = n2 + 2n – 1
n +1 n+3
(e) tn = (–1)­n + 1 (f) tn =
n 2n
3. Find the first four terms of the given sequence using the following
relations.

(a) a1 = 2, an + 1 = 3an (b) a1 = 1, an – 1 = 3an

(c) a1 = – 1, an – 1 = 2an – 1 (d) a1 = 1, a2 = 2, an + 2 = an + 1 + an

Section 'C'

4. Find the nth term of the following sequences and use it to find 15th
term.
(a) 2, 6, 10, 14, ......., ....... (b) 8, 3, – 2, –7, ......., .......
(c) 4, 7, 12, 19, ......., ....... (d) 2, 7, 14, 23, ......., .......

1 4 10 2 -4 6 -8
(e) , , 1, , ......., ....... (f) , , , , ......., .......
3 5 9 5 7 9 11
Series
Consider a sequence 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ......., ........ Then the symbolic expression
2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + ........ is corresponding series of the given sequence
2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ......., .......
A series of a sequence is the representation of the terms of a sequence in the sum or
addition.

A series is finite or infinite according as the number of terms in the corresponding

sequence is finite or infinite. In general, if a1, a2, a3, ......, ......, an be a finite sequence
then its corresponding finite series a1 + a2 + a3 + ...... + an. In the same way, if a1,
a2, a3, ......., an, ....... be an infinite sequence, then its corresponding infinite series is
a1 + a2 + a3 + ...... + an + ....... . For example, 1, 3, 5, 7, ......, 15 is a finite sequence.

46 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Then 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + ....... + 15 is the finite series corresponding to 1, 3, 5, 7, ......., 15.
Similarly, 5, 10, 15, 20, ....... is an infinite sequence. Then 5 + 10 + 15 + 20 + ....... is
the infinite series corresponding to 5, 10, 15, 20, ....... .
Sigma notation
Consider a finite series 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + ....... to 10 terms.
Here, t1 = 1 = 20 = 21 – 1
t2 = 2 = 21 = 22 – 1
t3 = 4 = 22 = 23 –1

t4 = 8 = 23 = 24 – 1
......... ......... .........

∴ tn = 2n – 1
Thus, the sum of first 10 terms is represented as
10
1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + ....... to 10 terms = Σ 2
n=1
n–1

If a1, a2, a3, ........, ......., an be a sequence of n terms then its corresponding series is
a1 + a2 + a3 + ....... + an. This sum can be written in sigma rotation as:

n
a1 + a2 + a3 + ....... + an = Σ
k=1
ak.

Partial Sum
Consider a series 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13. Then
the sum of first term = S1 = 1
the sum of first two terms = S2 = 1 + 3 = 4
the sum of first three terms = S3 = 1 + 3 + 5 = 9
the sum of first four terms = S4 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 = 16
the sum of first five terms = S5 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 = 25
the sum of first six terms = S6 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 = 36
the sum of first seven terms = S7 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 = 49.
If a1, a2, a3, ......., an be the n terms of a sequence and Sn be their sum, the sum of n
terms of the given sequence is
n
Sn = a1 + a2 + a3 + ....... + an =
k=1
ak. Σ

4 n
Then, S4 = a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 = Σ
k=1
ak is said to be partial sum of Σ
k=1
ak.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 47

 Note
Sn – Sn - 1 = (a1 + a2 + a3 + ....... + an-1 + an) – (a1 + a2 + a3 + ....... + an-1) = an
For example, S6 – S5 = a6

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

-2 4 6 8 10 12
1. Find the general term of + – + – + . Also write it with
5 7 9 11 13 15
sigma rotation.
Solution:

-2 4 6 8 10 12
The given series is + – + – +
5 7 9 11 13 15

2 2×1
Here,
t1 = – = (–1)1 ×
5 2×1+3
4 2×2
t2 = = (–1)2 ×
7 2×2+3
6 2×3
t3 = – = (–1)3 ×
9 2×3+3
8 2×4
t4 = = (–1)4 ×
11 2×4+3
10 2×5
t5 = – = (–1)5 ×
13 2×5+3
............ ................
2×n 2n
∴ tn = (–1)n = (–1)n
2×n+3 2n + 3
2n
Hence, the general term (tn) = (–1)n
2n + 3
6 6
Again,
-2 4 6
5
+ – +
8 10 12
– + = t =
7 9 11 13 15 n = 1 n n = 1
(–1)nΣ 2n
2n + 3
.Σ
4
2. Evaluate: Σ
n=1
3n – 2

4
Solution: Σ
n=1
(3n – 2) = (3 × 1 – 2) + (3 × 2 – 2) + (3 × 3 – 2) + (3 × 4 – 2)

48 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9


= (3 – 2) + (6 – 2) + (9 – 2) + (12 – 2)
= 1 + 4 + 7 + 10
= 22

Exercise 1.12
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define series with an example.
(b) Write one difference between sequence and series.
2. Identify which of the following are sequence or series.

(a) 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + ....... (b) (3n – 1), n ∈ N

6
-1 2 -3 4 -5
(c) , , , ,
3 5 7 9 11
(d) Σ
k=1
(5n + 3)

3. Identify which of the following series are finite or infinite.

(a) 5 + 8 + 11 + 14 + 17 (b) 1 + 2 + 4 + ...... + 128
10
(c) Σ k
k = 3 2k + 1
(d) – 1 + 2 – 3 + 4 – 5 + 6 – .......

4. (a) If S8 = 115 and S7 = 100 then find the value of t8.

(b) If S6 = 56 and S7 = 65 then find the value of t7.

Section 'B'
5. Evaluate:
5 8
(a) Σ (2n + 3) (b) Σ (5n – 4)
n=1 n=3
4 6
(c) Σ (k2 + 1) (d) Σ k (k + 2)
k=1 k=3
4
6
(e) Σ n+
1
(f) Σ
n = 1 (–1)
n+1 1
n=2 n 2n
Section 'C'
6. Express the following series by using sigma rotation.
(a) 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 (b) – 15 – 10 – 5 + 0 + 5 + 10
(c) – 2 + 4 – 6 + 8 ....... to 10 terms (d) 3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + ....... to 8 terms
1 3 5 7 9
(e) – + – + (f) 2 + 6 + 26 + 126 + 626
5 9 13 17 21
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 49
 UNIT

2 LIMIT

2.1 Limit
Review
Discuss the following questions.
(a) Find the domain and range of a function f = {(1, 5), (2, 8), (3, 13)}
(b) If f(x) = 3x + 2 then find f(2), f(5) and f(20).
(c) Give examples of increasing and decreasing sequences.
1
(d) What is the value of when the value of x is increasing?
x 1
(e) A ball is dropped from a height of 48m and it rebounds with the height of of
3
previous height. Make a sequence from the given information if the ball is left
until it comes to rest.

Limit of a Sequence of Numbers

Consider the following sequence of numbers

(a) 2, 4, 6, 8, ......, ....... (b) 1, 3, 9, 27, 81, ......, .......

1 1 1 1
(c) 42, 30, 18, 6, –6, –18, ......, ....... (d) , , , , ......, .......
2 4 8 16
(e) 0.9, 0.99, 0.999, 0.9999, , ......, .......

(f) 0.01, 0.001, 0.0001, 0.00001, ......, .......

Can you find two more terms in each of above sequences?

How many terms are there in each of the above sequence?
Can you find the last term of each of the above sequence?
n
Consider a general term tn = n . Then the sequence formed from the given general
1 3 4 3
term is , , , ......, .......
9 27 81
Is this sequence increasing or decreasing? Can you find the last term of this
sequence? Consider a line segment having length 12cm on a number line.

50 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 H

–∞ A D E FGC B ∞

In the above number line, AB = 12cm. The points C, D, E, F, G, H ...... are the
mid points of AB, AC, DC, EC, FC, GC, ...... respectively. So, the length of the line
segments AB, AC, DC, EC, FC, GC ...... form a sequence.

3 3 3
12, 6, 3, , , , ................
2 4 8
In decimal form: 12, 6, 3, 1.5, 0.75, 0.375, ......., .......
In this way, the distance between final mid point and the mid point C almost equals

3 3 3
to zero. Hence, the limiting value of the sequence 12, 6, 3, , , ...... approaches
2 4 8
to zero. Here, the limiting value '0' means nearly equals to '0' but not exactly equals

to '0'. From the above example, it is concluded that

The final term of any sequence of numbers will approach to any certain number
but not exactly equals to that number. That certain number is called the limiting
value of the respective sequence. In a number line, the real numbers in the right
side approach to (+ ∞) but not exactly equals to (+ ∞) and the real numbers in the
left side approach to ( – ∞) but not exactly equals to (–∞).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1 . From the sequence given below.

1.9, 1.99, 1.999, 1.9999, ......, ......
(a) Find out the 8th term of the sequence.
(b) What is the limiting value of the sequence?
Solution:
Here, the given sequence is 1.9, 1.99, 1.999, 1.9999, ......, ......
(a) First term (t1) = 1.9
Second term (t2) = 1.99
Third term (t3) = 1.999
......... ......... ..........
8th term (t8) = 1.99999999

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 51

 ∴ 8th term of the given sequence is 1.99999999
(b) Since the number of 9 increases after decimal, the value nearly equals to 2 but
not exactly equals to 2. So, the limiting value of the sequence is 2.

1
2. From the given nth­ term, tn = , find the first 6 terms. Also find
2n + 1
the limiting value of that sequence.
Solution: Here,
1
tn =
2n + 1
1 1
t1 = =
2×1+1 3
1 1
t2 = =
2×2+1 5
1 1
t3 = =
2×3+1 7
1 1
t4 = =
2×4+1 9
1 1
t5 = =
2 × 5 + 1 11
1 1
t6 = =
2 × 6 + 1 13
1 1 1 1 1 1
∴ The sequence formed from given tn is , , , , , .......
3 5 7 9 11 13
Since the last term of the sequence approaches to 0, the limiting value of the
sequence is 0.

Exercise 2.1
Section 'A'

1. Define the limiting value of numerical sequence.

2. (a) What are the nearest whole number of each term of the sequence

0.2, 0.02, 0.002, 0.0002, ......, ...... ?

(b) What are the nearest whole number of each term of the sequence

3.9, 3.99, 3.999, 3.9999, ......, ...... ?

52 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

3. From the sequences given below.

(a) 0.01, 0.001, 0.0001, 0.00001, ......, ......

(b) 4.01, 4.001, 4.0001, 4.00001, ......, ......

(c) 2.9, 2.99, 2.999, 2.9999, ......, ......

(d) 9.9, 9.99, 9.999, 9.9999, ......, ......

5 5 5 5
(e) , , , , ......, ......
10 100 1000 10000
1 1 1 1
(f) , , , , ......, ......
2 4 8 16
(i) Find the 8th term from the above sequences.

(ii) What is the limiting value of each of the above sequence?

Section 'B'

4. (a) Bisect the line segment of 10cm eight times successively. Show position
of mid points on a number line. Write the sequence formed by the eight
mid points and find its limiting value.

(b) Bisect the line segment AB of 8cm at 6 times towards B. Write the
sequence formed by the six mid points and find its limiting value.

Section 'C'
5. Find the first six terms of the sequences obtained by given nth term.
Also, find the limiting value of the sequence.

1 1
(a) tn = (b) tn =
3n 2n2
1 1
(c) tn = (d) tn = 1 +
n+1 3n + 1
(–1)n 1 (–1)n
(e) tn = 3 + (f) tn = +
n2 n n

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 53

Limit of a Sequence of Figures
The figure given below show the regular polygons inscribed in a circle.

Fig. (i) Fig. (ii) Fig. (iii) Fig. (iv) Fig. (v)
Observe the above figures and discuss the following questions.
(a) Write the number of sides of the inscribed polygon of figures (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)
and (v).
(b) Find the area of shaded region from each of the above figures by measuring
the radius of the circle and side of each polygon.
(c) Compare the area of shaded regions.
(d) What happens to the area of shaded region as the number of sides of inscribed
polygon increases?
In the above figure, the number of sides of inscribed polygon in fig. (ii) is more than
in figure (i). So, the area of shaded region is less in fig. (ii) than in fig. (i). Similarly,
the number of sides of inscribed polygon in fig. (iii) is more than in fig. (ii). So, the
area of shaded region is less in fig. (iii) than in fig. (ii) and so on. That is when the
number of sides of inscribed polygon is increasing, the area of shaded region is
decreasing. If the number of sides of inscribed regular polygon is countable infinitely
large, then the area of shaded region is nearly equal to zero. So, the limiting value
of the area of shaded region is 0. In other way, the limiting value of the area of
inscribed regular polygon is the area of circle.

Exercise 2.2
Section 'B'
1. In the figure alongside, the inscribed triangle are
formed by joining the mid points of adjacent sides of
the external triangles. Then
(a) How many triangles can be made in this process?
(b) What is the limiting value of the area of triangle?
(c) What is the limiting value of the perimeter of triangle?

54 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

2. In the adjoining figure, the inscribed squares are formed by joining
the mid points of adjacent sides of the external squares.
Then
(a) How many squares are formed in this figure?
(b) What is the limiting value of the area of square?
(c) What is the limiting value of the perimeter of square?

3. In the given figure, three types of three parallel

lines are intersected each other. Then
(a) How many triangles are formed in this figure?
(b) When the number of parallel lines are increasing,
what is the limit of the number of triangles?

4. A glass has full of water. A man drinks half of water

at once in one drink, then
(a) How many times that the man can drink next half of
water?
(b) What amount of water remains in the glass at last?
Y

5. (a) In the given graph, when the value of x is increasing,

find
(a) difference of the values of x and y? X
O
(b) limiting value of y.

(b) In the given graph, when the value of x is increasing, find Y

(a) difference of the values of x and y?
(b) limiting value of y.

X
O

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 55

Limit of a sum of infinite series
In the figures given below AB = 2 units on real number line.

G
–∞A E F B
∞
C D

The points C, D, E, F, G ...... be the mid points of AB, CB, DB, EB, FB, ......
respectively. Upto how many times can the mid point be found out? Does the final
mid point approach to B or exactly equals to B? Discuss in group.
In the above figure,
AB = 2 units
1
AC = BC = × 2 = 1 unit
2
1 1 1
CD = BD = × 1 = unit and AD = AC + CD = 1 + units
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1
DE = BE = × = unit and AE = AC + CD + DE = 1 + + units
2 2 4 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 1
EF = BF = × = units and AF = AC + CD + DE + EF = 1 + + + units
2 4 8 2 4 8
1 1 1
FG = BG = × = units and AG = AC + CD + DE + EF + FG
2 8 16
1 1 1 1
= 1+ + + + units
2 4 8 16
1 1 1 1
The infinite series formed by this process is 1 + + + + + .......
2 4 8 16

Here, S1 = AC = 1 unit
1
S2 = AD = 1 + units = 1.5 units
2
1 1
S3 = AE = 1 + + units = 1.75 units
2 4
1 1 1
S4 = AF = 1 + + + units = 1.875 units
2 4 8
1 1 1 1
S5 = AG = 1 + + + + units = 1.9375 units
2 4 8 16
Similarly, we can compute S6, S7, ........ Sn (bisects at n times) and Sn is nearly
equals to 2. So, 2 is the limiting value of the sum of the given infinite series.
If the absolute value of the ratio of a term and its preceding term of an infinite series
is less than 1, we can compute the limiting value of that series as a real number.

56 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1 1 1
For example, 4 – 2 + 1 – + – + .........
2 2 41 8 1
Here the common ratio is – =– and its absolute value is which is less than
4 2 2
1. So, the limiting value of that series is a real number.
If the absolute value of the ratio of a term and its preceding term of an infinite
series is more than 1, the limiting value of the series is not a real number.
2
For example, 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + ........ . Here the common ratio is = 2 which is
1
greater than 1. So, the limiting value of that series is not a real number.
Consider an infinite series of sequence 0.32 as 0.32 + 0.0032 + 0.000032 + .....
32 32 32 32 32 32
or, + + + ....... or, 2 + 4 + 6 + .......
100 10000 1000000 10 10 10
or, 32 × 10-2 + 32 × 10-4 + 32 × 10-4 + 32 × 10-6 + .......
The last term of the series is nearly equal to 0. So,the limiting value of the last term
of that infinite series is 0.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. In the figure given below, there is a square having a side 2cm.

2cm 2cm 2cm 2cm

2cm 2cm 2cm 2cm

Fig. (i) Fig. (ii) Fig. (iii) Fig. (iv)

(a) Write down the sequence formed by the area of shaded portion.
(b) Find the limiting value of the shaded portion of the last square.
Solution :
Here,side of a square (a) = 2cm
Area of the square (A) = a2 = 22 = 4cm2
1
Area of shaded portion in fig. (i) = × 4 = 2cm2
2
1
Area of shaded portion in fig. (ii) = 2 + × 2 = 2 + 1 = 3cm2
2
1 1 7
Area of shaded portion in fig. (iii) = 2 + 1 + × 1 = 2 + 1 + = cm2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 15
Area of shaded portion in fig. (iv) = 2 + 1 + + × = 2 + 1 + + = cm2
2 2 2 2 4 4

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 57

 7 15
(a) The sequence of the area of the shaded portion is 2, 3, , , .......
2 4
(b) By continuing this process, the area of shaded portion is nearly equal to the
area of the square but does not exceed the area of the square. So, the limiting
value of the shaded portion is 4cm2.

Exercise 2.3
Section 'A'
1. Which of the following series has the limiting values as a real number?
1 1 1 1
(a) 1 + 3 + 6 + 12 + ....... (b) + + + + .......
3 6 12 24
(c) 9 + 3 + 1 + ....... (d) 32 – 16 + 8 – 4 + .......
1 1
(e) 6 + 30 + 150 + ....... (f) 10 – 1 + – + .......
10 100
(g) 0.2 + 0.02 + 0.002 + ....... (h) 0.45
Section 'B'
2. Find the limiting value of each of the following infinite series
(a) 0.3 + 0.03 + 0.003 + .... (b) 0.24
(c) 6.13 (d) 1 + 4 + 16 + 64 + ...
1 1 1
(e) 8 + 4 + 2 + 1 + + ... (f) 10 + 1+ + + ...
2 10 100
Section 'C'
3. From the figures given below.
(i) Write down the sequence formed by the area of the shaded portion.
(ii) Find the limiting value of the shaded portion of the last figure.
(a)

4cm 4cm 4cm 4cm

4cm 4cm 4cm 4cm

Fig. (i) Fig. (ii) Fig. (iii) Fig. (iv)
(b)

6cm 6cm 6cm 6cm

2cm 2cm 2cm 2cm

Fig. (i) Fig. (ii) Fig. (iii) Fig. (iv)

58 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Limit of a Function
Review

For what value of x, the following functions are undefined?

2x 1 1 x+2
(a) f(x) = (b)
f(x) = + 2 (c) f(x) =
x–1 x x x2 – 4

x2 – 9 1 3
(d) f(x) = (e) f(x) = (f) f(x) =
x+3 5x 5x + 2

Note
∞ 0
If the value of the function is in the form of ∞ or or ∞ – ∞ or ∞ + ∞ or
∞ 0
or 00 etc. The function is said to be undefined.

Consider a function f(x) = x + 2. Complete the following table using

f(x) = x + 2.

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3
f(x) = y 0 ? ? ? ? ?

The function f(x) = x + 2 can be shown in mapping diagram and graph as follows.

Y
f
8
–2 0 7
6
–1 1 5
4
0 2
3
1 3 2
1
2 4
X' -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X
3 5
Y'

In the function, the variable x is called 'input' and f(x) or y is called 'output'
which is the value of the function.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 59


x2 – 9
Consider a function f(x) = . In this function can Y
x–3
you find the value of f(3)? Let's try, put x = 3 then, f(3) =
32 – 9 0
= which is called indeterminate form.
3–3 0
Discuss if x ≠ 3, can you find the value of f(x)?
Consider a function y = f(x) = x2.
Then,
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y 9 4 1 0 1 4 9
X' X
The graph of y = x2 is shown alongside. 0

Study the following figures and discuss the following Y'

questions.

Y Y Y

D C

D C
DC
AB
A B
A B
X' X X' X X X
0 0 0

Y' Y' Y'

Fig. (i) Fig. (ii) Fig. (iii)
In figure (i), taking x1 = 1 and x2 = 3. So, AB = 2 unit and BC = 8 units.
Calculate the area of rectangle ABCD.
In figure, (ii), taking x1 = 1.5 and x2 = 2.5. So, AB = 1 unit and BC = 4 units.
Calculate the area of rectangle ABCD.
In figure, (iii), taking x1 = 1.9 and x2 = 2.1. So, AB = 0.2 unit and BC = 0.8 units.
Calculate the area of rectangle ABCD.

60 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Similarly, when the value of x1 and x2 are taken nearer to 2, what is the area of
rectangle ABCD? In this case, the area of rectangle ABCD approaches to 4. So the
limiting value of the function f(x) = x2 is 4 when x approaches to 2.

The limit of a function is the functional value of the fixed point in which x
component is nearer to that point.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

In

1. If f(x) = 2x – 1 then find the value of f(2) and f(1.999).

Solution: Here, f(x) = 2x – 1
put x = 2, f(2) = 2 × 2 – 1 = 4 – 1 = 3
put x = 1.999, f(1.999) = 2 × 1.999 – 1 = 3.998 – 1 = 2.998
x2 –4
2. Find the limit of the function f(x) = at x = 2.
x–2
Solution:
x2 – 4
Here, f(x) =
x–2
When x = 2, the functional value f(2) does not exist.
So, put the values of x nearer to 2.
x 1.9 1.99 1.999 1.9999 2.1 2.01 2.001 2.0001
f(x) 3.9 3.99 3.999 3.9999 4.1 4.01 4.001 4.0001
The table shows that x approaches 2 from the left and the right. Then the
functional value f(x) also approaches 4 i.e. when x is nearer to 2, f(x) is also
x2 – 4
nearer to 4. Hence, the limit of the function f(x) = is 4 at x = 2.
x–2

Exercise 2.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the value of a function?
(b) Define limit of a function.
Section 'B'
2. (a) If f(x) = 3x – 1 then find the value of f(3) and f(2.99).
(b) If f(x) = 2x +1 then find the value of f(2) and f(2.001).
3. (a) If f(x) = 4x then find the difference of f(2) and f(1.99).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 61

 (b) If f(x) = 2x2 + 1 then find the difference of f(3) and f(2.99).
4. (a) If f(x) = 3x + 1 then find f(3.999) and f(4.001) and express them in whole
number by rounding off.
(b) If f(x) = 5x – 2 then find f(4.99) and f(5.03). Express the values in whole
number and find their difference.

Section 'C'
x2 – 1
5. (a) Given that f(x) = . Then
x– 1
(i) Does f(1) exists? Give reason.
(ii) What are the values of f(x) if x = 0.9, 0.99, 0.999?
(iii) What are the values of f(x) if x = 1.1, 1.01, 1.001?
(iv) Can the values of f(x) that are calculated in (ii) and (iii) express in
whole number by rounding off?
x2 – 4
(b) Given that g(x) = . Then
x–2
(i) Does f(2) exists? Give reason.
(ii) What are the values of g(x) if x = 2.1, 2.01, 2.001?
(iii) What are the values of g(x) if x = 1.9, 1.99, 1.999?
(iv) Can the values of g(x) that are calculated in (ii) and (iii) express in
whole number by rounding off?
6. Find the limit of the following functions.
(a) f(x) = 2x + 3 at x = 0 (b) f(x) = 3x – 1 at x = 2
x2 – 9 x2 – 16
(c) f(x) = at x = 3 (d) f(x) = at x = – 4
x–3 x+4

Notational representation of limit

Consider a function f(x) = x + 4 and fill the table given below.

x 1.9 1.99 1.999 1.9999 2 2.1 2.01 2.001 2.0001

f(x) .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
From the above table, discuss the questions given below.
(a) Express that value of f(x) in a whole number at x = 1.999.
(b) Express that value of f(x) in a whole number at x = 2.001.

62 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(c) What is the value of f(x) at x = 2?
From the above table, when the values of x are nearer to 2 from the left or right, the
value of f(x) approaches to 6.

If x approaches to or x tends to 'a' then f(x) approaches to f(a) or f(x) tends to

f(a). Symbolically, lim x → a, f(x) = f(a) which is read as limit x tends to a, f(x)
equals to f(a).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Write the notation of the mathematical sentence x tends to –1.

Solution:
The notation of the mathematical sentence x tends to – 1 is x → – 1.
lim
2. Write the mathematical sentence for the notation f(x) = 4.
x→2
Solution:
lim
The mathematical sentence for the notation f(x) = 4 is limit x tends to
x→2
2, f(x) equals to 4.
lim
3. Evaluate : (2x + 5).
x→2
Solution: Here,
lim
(2x + 5) in which f(x) = 2x + 5 as x → 2.
x→2

The values of x nearer to 2 from the left are shown in the given below.
x 1.9 1.99 1.999 1.9999
f(x) 8.8 8.98 8.998 8.9998
The values of x nearer to 2 from the right are shown in the given below.
x 2.1 2.01 2.001 2.0001
f(x) 9.2 9.02 9.002 9.0002

From the above both tables as x → 2 then f(x) → 9.

lim
Hence, (2x + 5) = 9.
x→2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 63

 Exercise 2.5
Section 'A'
1. Write the notation of the following mathematical sentences.
(a) x tends to a (b) x approaches to 3.
(c) x is nearer to –2. (d) limit x tends to 1, f(x) equals to 3
(e) limit x tends to 'a', f(x) is equal to f(a)
x2 – 4
(f) limit of a function is 4 as x tends to 2.
x–2
2. Write the mathematical sentences for the following notation.
(a) x → 9 (b) x → a
(c) y → –3 (d) lim x → a, f(x) = f(a)
lim
(e) (x2 + 3) (f) lim x → 2, f(x)
x→0
lim x2 – 9 lim
(g) = 6 (h) (3x) = 6.
x→3 x–3 x→2
Section 'B'
3.
Complete the following table.
(a) x 1.9 1.99 1.999 2.1 2.01 2.001 x → .......
f(x) = 3x – 1 ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... f(x) → .......

(b) x 0.9 0.99 0.999 1.1 1.01 1.001 x → .......
x–1 ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... f(x) → .......
f(x) =
x2 –1

(c) x 2.9 2.99 2.999 3.1 3.01 3.001 x → .......
x2
–9 ....... ....... .... ....... ....... f(x) → .......
f(x) =
x–3

Section 'C'
4. Evaluate
lim lim x+3
(a) (2x – 1) (b)
x→2 x→1 2
lim x2 – 1 lim x2 – 4
(c) (d)
x → -1 x+1 x→2 x–2

{
lim x ;x<2
2
(e) f(x) where f(x) = 6 – x; x > 2
x→2



64 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 UNIT

3 MATRIX

3.1 Matrix
Introduction to Matrix
Table given below shows the marks obtained by three students Ram, Sita and Gita
in Nepali, English, Mathematics and Science.

Name of Subjects
Students Nepali English Mathematics Science
Ram 70 95 85 80
Sita 78 85 96 90
Gita 60 73 65 70
Lets express the above information in the rectangular form by omitting the name of
students and subjects and enclosed by round or squared brackets as shown below.

70 95 85 80 70 95 85 80
78 85 96 90 or 78 85 96 90
60 73 65 70 60 73 65 70
In the above rectangular form, the numbers are arranged in horizontal lines (called
rows) and in vertical lines (called columns). Such rectangular arrangement of
numbers is called a matrix. For example,

70 95 85 80 1st row (R1)
78 85 96 90 2nd row (R2)
60 73 65 70 3rd row (R3)

1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Column Column Column Column
(C2) (C3) (C4)
(C1)

A rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns and enclosed by

round (or squared) bracket is called as a matrix.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 65

Notation of Matrix
Matrices are denoted by capital letters of English alphabet as A, B, C, ....., X, Y, Z
and their elements by the small letters of English alphabet as a, b, c, ....., x, y, z.
a b c
For example, P =
d e f

The elements of the matrix can also be denoted by double suffix notation so that its
position can also be easily located. For example,
a a a element of a matrix
A = a11 a12 a13
21 22 23 aij

ith row jth column

where,
a11 is the element in the 1st row and 1st column.
a12 is the element in the 1st row and 2nd column.
a13 is the element in the 1st row and 3rd column.
a21 is the element in the 2nd row and 1st column.
a22 is the element in the 2nd row and 2nd column.
a23 is the element in the 2nd row and 3rd column.

Order of matrix
1 2 3
Consider a matrix A = 4 5 6 .
7 8 9

In the matrix A, there are 3 rows and 3 columns.
a11 a12 a13
a21 a22 a23
So, the order of matrix A is 3 × 3. It is written as A3 × 3 = a31 a32 a33 3 × 3.

The order of matrix is obtained as no. of rows of the matrix × no. of columns of
the matrix.
1 –3
For examples, P = 5 0 and Q = ( 2 0 –3).
2 4

In the matrix P, there are 3 rows and 2 columns. So, the order of P is 3 × 2 i.e. P3×2.
In the matrix Q, there are 1 row and 3 columns. So, the order of Q is 1 × 3 i.e. Q1×3.

66 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1 2 3
1. If B = then
4 –3 0
(a) What is the order of B?
(b) Find the number of elements of B.
(c) Find the values of b11, b13, b22 and b23.
Solution:
(a) The order of B is 2 × 3 i.e. B2×3
(b) The number of elements of B = 6.
(c) b11 = an element of 1st row and 1st column = 1
b13 = an element of 1st row and 3rd column = 3
b22 = an element of 2nd row and 2nd column = –3
b23 = an element of 2nd row and 3rd column = 0
2. Construct 2 × 3 matrix whose elements aij are given by aij = i + 2j
Solution:
Here, aij = i + 2j
Put i = 1 and j = 1. Then a11 = 1 + 2 × 1 = 3
Put i = 1 and j = 2. Then a12 = 1 + 2 × 2 = 5
Put i = 1 and j = 3. Then a13 = 1 + 2 × 3 = 7
Put i = 2 and j = 1. Then a21 = 2 + 2 × 1 = 4
Put i = 2 and j = 2. Then a22 = 2 + 2 × 2 = 6
Put i = 2 and j = 3. Then a23 = 2 + 2 × 3 = 8
3 5 7
∴ The required 2 × 3 matrix is
4 6 8

Exercise 3.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define matrix with an example.
(b) What is order of matrix?
1 2 3
(c) Find the number of elements of A = 4 5 6 .
2. Write down the order of the following matrices.

–3 3 5
(a) (1 2 3) (b) (c)
8 2 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 67

 1 2 a b c
5 0 1
(d) 3 3 (e) (f) d e f
3 3 2
-2 1 g h i
-3 5
3. (a) Let A = 3 -6
, find a11, a12, a22 and a21.
3 4 8
(b) Let B = 4 2 1
, find b12, b21, b22 and b23.
4. Construct the matrices of the following order.
(a) 2 × 1 (b) 1 × 3 (c) 2 × 2
(d) 3 × 2 (e) 2 × 3 (f) 3 × 3

Section 'B'
5. Construct 2 × 3 matrix A whose elements aij are given by
(a) aij = i + j (b) aij = i.j
(c) aij = 2i + j (d) aij = 3i – 2j
(e) aij = (–i) j (f) aij = (–i)2 + j

Type of Matrices
Row matrix
A matrix having only one row is called a row matrix.
For example, P = (a b)1×2, Q = (1 3 5)1×3 are row matrices.

Column matrix
A matrix having only one column is called a column matrix.

-3
p
For example, A = 2 × 1, B =
2 are column matrices.
q 3×1
5
Rectangular matrix
A matrix in which the number of rows and number of columns are not equal, is
called a rectangular matrix.
For example,
1 3 0
1 2 3
A = (a b)1×2, B = 2 3×1,
C= 2×3,
D= 4 -1 are the rectangular
4 5 6 3×2
3 5 3

matrices.

68 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Square matrix
A matrix in which the number of rows and the number of columns are equal, is
called square matrix.
For example,

a b c
3 4
P = (2)1×1, Q = 2×2, R= d e f are the square matrices.
6 2 3×3
g h i

Zero or Null matrix

A matrix with its all elements zero is called a zero or null matrix. For example,

0 0 0 0 0 0
O = (0)1×1, O = ,O= ,O= are the zero matrices.
0 2×1 0 0 2×2 0 0 0 2×3

Diagonal matrix
A square matrix in which the elements in the main diagonal are non zero and the
rest are zeros is called a diagonal matrix. For example,
4 0 0
1 0
A= 2×2, B =
0 5 0 are the diagonal matrices.
0 2 3×3
0 0 -3

Scaler matrix
A diagonal matrix in which all the diagonal elements are equal is called a scaler
matrix. For example,

2 0 0
3 0
P= 2×2,
Q= 0 2 0 3×3 are
the scaler matrices.
0 3
0 0 2

Unit or Identity matrix

A square matrix in which the elements in the main diagonal are 1 and the rest are
zero, is called an unit or identity matrix. For example,

1 0 0
1 0
I= 2×2, I =
0 1 0 are the unit or identity matrices.
0 1 3×3
0 0 1

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 69

Triangular matrix
A square matrix in which all the elements above or below the main diagonal are
zero, is called triangular matrix.

Upper triangular matrix

A square matrix in which all the elements below the main diagonal are zero, is
called upper triangular matrix. For example,

2 3 4
1 3
M= 2×2, N= 0 -3 1 are the upper triangular matrices.
0 2 2×3
0 0 5
Lower triangular matrix
A square matrix in which all the elements above the main diagonal are zero, is
called lower triangular matrix. For example,

3 0 0
5 0
X= 2×2, Y= 4 8 0 are the lower triangular matrices.
3 8 3×3
3 9 2
Symmetric matrix
A matrix which remains same when its rows and columns are interchanged is called
symmetric matrix. In other word, a matrix A is said to be symmetric if aij = aji for all
values of i and j. For examples,
2 5 8
1 3
A= 2×2,
B= 5 6 -4 are the symmetric matrices.
3 5 3×3
8 -4 1
Equal matrices
Two matrices are said to be equal if they are of same order and their corresponding
elements are equal. For examples,

2 4 2 4
If P = and Q = then P = Q.
6 -3 2×2 6 -3 2×2
a c 3 -2
Thus, = if and only if a = 3, b = 0, c = -2 and d = 6.
b d 0 6

70 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

a + 2 2b – 1
1. If is an identity matrix then find the values of x and y.
4c – 6 d + 2

Solution:

a + 2 2b – 1
Here, is an identity matrix.
4c – 6 d + 2

a + 2 2b – 1 1 0
So, =
4c – 6 d + 2 0 1

Equating the corresponding elements, we get,

a+2=1 2b – 1 = 0 4c – 6 = 0 d+2=1
∴ a = –1 1 6 3 ∴ d = –1
∴b= ∴c= =
2 4 2

1 3
Here, the required values are a = -1, b = , c = and d = -1.
2 2
p+q 8 6 8
2. If = then find the values of p and q.
-6 p–q -6 2

Solution: Here,

p+q 8 6 8
=
-6 p–q -6 2

Equating the corresponding elements, we get,

p + q = 6 ..... (i)
p – q = 2 ..... (ii)
Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get,
p+q+p–q=6+2
or, 2p = 8
∴ p = 4.
Putting the value of p in equation (i), we get,
4+q=6
∴ q=2
Hence, p = 4 and q = 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 71

 Exercise 3.2
Section 'A'
1. Define the following types of matrix with an example.
(a) Rectangular matrix (b) Scaler matrix
(c) Unit matrix (d) diagonal matrix
(e) lower triangular matrix (f) symmetric matrix
2. State the type of the following matrices.

-5 0 0 0
(a) (1 -3 4) (b) (c)
3 0 0 0

3 0 1 5 3 9
(d) (e) (f)
0 5 9 -3 0 2

1 0 0 5 0 0 2 3 -7
(g) 0 1 0 (h)
6 -2 0 (i) 3 -1 4
0 0 1 0 8 1 -7 4 8
3. State which of the following matrices are equal.

1 -4 5 2 3 7 9
A= ,B= ,C= ,D=
3 2 2 5 1 2 4

2 0 -1 1 -4 3 9 7 2 0 -1
E= ,F= ,G= ,H=
1 2 5 3 2 1 4 2 1 2 5

4. Construct the following matrices.

(a) 2 × 2 unit matrix (b) 2 × 2 symmetric matrix

(c) 3 × 2 zero matrix (d) 3 × 3 scaler matrix
(e) 3 × 3 unit matrix (f) 3 × 3 upper triangular matrix

Section 'B'
5. (a) Construct 2 × 2 square matrix if aij = 2i – j.
(b) Construct a rectangular matrix of order 2 × 3 if aij = (i + j)2.

6. Find the values of x and y in each of the following cases.

2x -2
(a) = (b) (4x – 3 3) = (9 3y – 4)
4y 8

72 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 2x – 6 4 2x + 5 6 1 6
(c) = (d) =
x+y -2 9 y–8 9 -2

2 x+5
7. (a) If 2x + 1 6
is a symmetric matrix, find the value of x.

5 2x – 1 6
(b) If –3 1 4 is a symmetric matrix, find the values of x and y.
6 2x + y –4
3a – 2 0
8. (a) If is an identity matrix, find the values of a and b.
0 a + 2b

a–3 0
(b) If is a zero matrix, find the values of a and b.
2b + a 0

5 2x – 1
(c) If is a scaler matrix, find the values of x and y.
3 – 2y 5
Section 'C'
9. Find the values of a, b, c and d if

a – 5 4b – 8 1 4 a–1 3 –5 a+c
(a) = (b) =
2c – 3 d + 2 -7 2 5 b d–b 2

2a + b 8 2a + b 6 1 6
(c) = (d) =
3a – b 7 –2 3a + b -2 0

2 – 2a 4 2b + c 4 4 b+3
(e) =
2a + b a – c 0 0 –4 d + 2

Operations of Matrix
Here, we discuss mainly the four operations of matrices. They are as follow:
(i) Addition of matrices
(ii) Subtraction of matrices
(iii) Multiplication of matrix by a scaler
(iv) Multiplication of matrices.

Addition of matrices
A table given below shows the marks obtained by Sita and Gita in mathematics and
Science of first and second term.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 73

 First term Second term Total
Sita Gita Sita Gita Sita Gita
Mathematics 95 92 89 93 184 185
Science 83 86 92 85 175 171
The above information can be arranged in matrix form as
Sita Gita Sita Gita Sita Gita
Math 95 92 89 93 184 185 Math
+ =
Science 83 86 92 85 175 171 Science

1 5 3 1 2 -4
Consider two matrices A = and B =
2 -3 6 2×3 1 3 2 2×3

1 5 3 1 2 -4 1+1 5+2 3–4 2 7 -1

Then A + B = + = =
2 -3 6 1 3 2 2 + 1 -3 + 3 6 + 2 3 0 8 2×3

Let A and B be two matrices of same order. Then the sum of A and B is a new
matrix whose each element is the sum of corresponding elements of A and B. It
is denoted by A + B.

Subtraction of matrices
The table given below shows the income and expenditure of Ram and Shyam for
the months.
Income Expenditure Saving
Ram Shyam Ram Shyam Ram Shyam
Baisakh 15000 14500 5000 8000 10000 6500
Jestha 18000 16000 9000 5500 9000 10500
The above information can be arranged in matrix form as
Ram Shyam Ram Shyam Ram Shyam
Baisakh 15000 14500 5000 8000 10000 6500 Baisakh
– =
Jestha 18000 16000 9000 5500 9000 10500 Jestha
5 8 3 4 6 1
Consider two matrices M = 9 2 6 3×3
and N = 8 5 3 3×3
6 8 2 3 8 9

Then,

5 8 3 4 6 1 5–4 8–6 3–1 1 2 2

M– N= 9 2 6 – 8 5 3 = 9–8 2–5 6–3 = 1 -3 3 3×3
6 8 2 3 8 9 6–3 8–8 2–9 3 0 -7

74 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Let A and B be two matrices of same order. Then the difference of A and B is a
new matrix whose each term is obtained by subtracting the element of B from
the corresponding elements of A. It is denoted by A – B.

Properties of Matrix Addition

Closure property
1 2 2 4
Consider two matrices A = and B =
5 -3 2×2 -3 1 2×2

1 2 2 4 3 6
Then A + B = + = which is a 2 × 2 matrix.
5 -3 -3 1 2 -2 2×2

If A and B are two matrices of the same order then A + B is also a matrix of the
same order as that of A or B.
Commutative property

2 5 8 9
Consider two matrices A = –1 and B =
3 3 2

2 5 8 9 2+8 5+9 10 14
Then, A + B = –1 + = =
3 3 2 –1 + 3 3 + 2 2 5

8 9 2 5 8+2 9+5 10 14
B+A = + –1 = =
3 2 3 3–1 2+3 2 5

∴ A+B=B+A
If A and B are two matrices of the same order then A + B = B + A.

Associative property

5 -3 1 2 3 –2
Consider three matrices A = ,B= and C = 6
2 1 3 4 7
5 –3 1 2 6 –1
Then, A + B = + =
2 1 3 4 5 5
6 –1 3 –2 9 –3
(A + B) + C = 5 + 6 =
5 7 12 11
1 2 3 –2 4 0
Again, B + C = + 6 =
3 4 7 10 10
5 -3 4 0 9 –3
A + (B + C) = + =
2 1 10 10 12 11

∴ (A + B) + C = A + (B + C)
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 75
 If A, B and C are three matrices of the same order, then A + (B + C) = (A + B) + C

Identity property
1 2 0 0
Consider two matrices A = and O = . Then
3 4 0 0
1 2 0 0 1 2
A+O= + = =A
3 4 0 0 3 4
0 0 1 2 1 2
O+A= + = =A
0 0 3 4 3 4

∴ A + O = O + A = A.
If A is a matrix of any order and O is the null matrix of same order as A then
A+O=O+A=A

Inverse property
2 5 –2 –5
Consider two matrices A = . Then –A = . Then
6 9 –6 –9
2 5 –2 –5 0 0
A + (–A) = + = =O
6 9 –6 –9 0 0
–2 –5 2 5 0 0
(–A) + A = + = =O
–6 –9 6 9 0 0

∴ A + (–A) = (–A) + A = O.

If A is a matrix of any order then their exists – A(negative of A) such that

A + (–A) = (–A) + A = 0. So, –A is the additive inverse of A.

Multiplication of Matrix by a Scaler

a b
Consider a matrix A = . Then,
c d
a b a b a b
A+A+A= + +
c d c d c d
a+a+a b+b+b 3a 3b a b
= = =3 = 3A
c+c+c d+d+d 3c 3d c d
3a 3b
Hence, A + A + A = 3A = .
3c 3d

If a matrix of any order is multiplied by a scaler then every element of the

matrix is multiplied by that scaler.

1 2 1 2 3×1 3×2 3 6
Consider a matrix A = . Then 3A= 3 = =
3 4 3 4 3×3 3×4 9 12

76 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

6 –2 3 2
1. If A= and B= then find the matrix C such that B + C = A.
–5 3 1 –6
6 -2 3 2
Solution: Here, A = and B =
-5 3 1 -6
a b
Let C =
c d
We have, B + C = A
3 2 a b 6 -2
+ =
1 -6 c d -5 3
Equating the corresponding elements, we get,
3+a=6 2+b=–2 1 + c = –5 –6 + d = 3
∴a=3 ∴b=–4 ∴ c = –6 ∴d=9
a b 3 –4
∴C= =
c d -6 9
–3 5 x – 1 –5
2. If is the additive inverse of then find the values of
2 –1 y+3 1
x and y.
–3 5 x – 1 –5
Solution: Since is the additive inverse of ,
2 –1 y+3 1
–3 5 x – 1 –5 0 0
+ =
2 –1 y+3 1 0 0
x–4 0 0 0
or, =
y+5 0 0 0
Equating the corresponding elements, we get,
x–4=0 y+5=0
∴x=4 ∴y=–5

Hence, x = 4 and y = –5.

1 –3 4 5
3. If A = and B = then find 3A – 2B.
–2 4 6 8
Solution:
1 –3 4 5
Here, A = and B =
–2 4 6 8
1 –3 4 5
Now, 3A – 2B = 3 –2
–2 4 6 8

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 77

 3 –9 8 10
= –
–6 12 12 16

3–8 –9 – 10 –5 –19
= =
–6 – 12 12 – 16 –18 –4

Exercise 3.3

Section 'A'
1. (a) Write the condition that two matrices can be added or subtracted.
(b) What are the properties of the matrix addition?
(c) Define commutative property of the matrix addition.
2. Which of the following matrices can be added or subtracted?
3
1 2 2 4 3 5 6
A = (1 5 –9), B = 6 ,C= ,D= ,E= ,
5 -3 1 6 -2 3 2
2
-1
5 5 1 2 3
F= , G= -3 , H = (4 3 2), I = ,J=
6 –3 4 5 6
2
-5 6
3. (a) If P = then find out the additive inverse of P.
-3 2

5
(b) If A = then write the additive identity of A.
-3
2 –1
4. (a) If P = then find 3P.
3 –4
5 4
(b) If X = then find 7X.
3 2
Section 'B'
5. Add the following matrices.

3 6
(a) + (b) (1 5 -2) + (3 3 1)
-2 3

1 2 -6 -1 3 5 -1 -2 5 3
(c) + (d) +
5 -7 3 2 -4 3 -3 4 1 8
6 10 4 2 3 2 -5 1 0 3
(e) -5 4 + 3 -8 (f) 7 -3 8 + 5 -2 8
11 12 -6 -5 -9 7 3 -7 6 3

78 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

6. Subtract the following matrices.

-5 3
(a) – (b) (5 3 8) – (1 2 3)
10 8

3 -5 -5 -2 3 2 1 1 2 3
(c) – (d) –
2 0 1 3 4 5 6 4 5 6

-2 0 4 1 3 -2 6 8 –3 5
(e) 3 4 –
5 2 (f) 10 12 2 – 1 0 2
0 2 -3 -2 6 -9 7 –2 6 0
3 4 8 -6
7. (a) If A = and B = then show that matrix (A + B) has an order
7 9 3 0
of 2 × 2.

2 -2 2 1
(b) If P = and Q = then show that P + Q = Q + P.
5 4 -3 6
1 -3 -5 2
8. (a) If A = and B = then find 4A – 3B.
-2 0 1 1
5 -2 6 1 2 4
(b) If P = and Q = then find 3P + 2Q.
1 0 2 1 3 4
Section 'C'

9 3x 3 2 6 1
9. (a) If – = then find the values of x and y.
10 -7 7 6y 3 2
3x 5y -2 4 x+2 y–4
(b) If + = then find the values of x,y and z.
2 4 0 2z 2 z–2
5x – 4 8 – 6 –8
10. (a) If the additive inverse of is , then find the values
–6 10 6 2y
of x and y.

a+3 6 –5 2 c–6 5
(b) If is the additive inverse of then find
–2 2b – 1 3 2 –3 d
the values of a, b, c and d.
4 -3 7
11. (a) If A = 3 ,B= 7 and C = -4 then find the matrix P under following
-2 2 9
conditions.

(i) P = A + B – C (ii) A + P = C (iii) A–P=B+C

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 79

 1 2 –3 –5 9 8
(b) If P = ,Q= and R = , then find the matrix X
3 –4 6 –1 –6 –4
under the following conditions.

(i) X = P – Q + R (ii) X – Q = R (iii) P+X=Q–R

12. (a) If A = (–3 4 5), B = (–6 –3 1) and C = (9 –8 6) then show that

A + (B + C) = (A + B) + C.
1 3 2 1 2 3 -8 1 -9
(b) If A = , B= and C = then show
6 -9 -8 1 2 3 -3 5 -2
that A + (B + C) = (A + B) + C.
2 –3
(c) If A = –9 6 then prove that
2 –5
(i) A + O = O + A = A where O is zero matrix of order 3 × 2.

(ii) A + (–A) = (–A) + A = O where O is zero matrix of order 3 × 2.

4 x 2 3 z –7
13. (a) If 2 + 3 = , find the values of x, y and z.
0 1 y 2 10 8
2 x 3 1 4 -7
(b) If 5 –2 = then find the values of x, y and z.
-3 2y z 5 5 0
1 3 -3 4 2 0
14. (a) If A = ,B= and C = then find the matrix
-2 6 7 1 -3 10
(2A + 3B – C).
2 1 0 1 5 5
(b) If P = ,Q= and R = then find the value of X
3 4 7 -2 9 12
such that 3P + Q + X = R.

3 6 1 2
15. (a) If X + Y = and X – Y = , find the matrices X and Y.
6 9 0 1
7 15 5 6
(b) If 2A + 3B = and 3A – B = , find the matrices A and B.
14 22 10 11

80 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Transpose of Matrix
1 -3 9
Consider a matrix A = of order 2 × 3.
6 0 2

If the rows and columns of the matrix A are interchanged then the new matrix is

1 6
formed as -3 0 which is of order 3 × 2 called transpose of A. It is denoted by AT
9 2
1 6
or A'. So, AT = -3 0 .
9 2

A new matrix obtained by interchanging the rows and columns of a given matrix
A is called as the transpose of A. It is denoted by AT or A'.

Note
If A = AT then A is symmetric matrix.

Properties of transpose of matrix

1 2 1 3
(i) Consider a matrix A = . So, AT =
3 4 2 4
1 2
Again, (AT)T = = A.
3 4
∴ (AT)T = A.

1 15 4 9
(ii) Consider two matrices A = and B = .
3 12 16 25
1 3 4 16
Now, AT = and BT =
15 12 9 25
1 15 4 9 5 24
A+B= + =
3 12 16 25 19 37
5 19
(A + B)T =
24 37
1 3 4 16
AT + BT = +
15 12 9 25
1 + 4 3 + 16 5 19
= =
15 + 9 12 + 25 24 37

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 81

 ∴ (A + B)T = AT + BT.

10 12
(iii) If A = and k is a constant then,
35 40
10 12 10k 12k
k.A = k =
35 40 35k 40k
10k 35k
(k.A)T =
12k 40k
10 35 10k 35k
kAT = k =
12 40 12k 40k
∴ (kA)T = kAT

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

3 -5 1 4
1. If A = and B = then prove that
4 2 2 3
(a) (AT)T = A (b) (A + B)T = AT + BT

Solution:

3 -5 1 4
Here, A = and B =
4 2 2 3
3 4
(a) AT =
-5 2
3 -5
(AT)T = = A
4 2
Hence (AT­­)T = A.

3 4 1 2
(b) AT = and BT =
-5 2 4 3
3 -5 1 4 3 + 1 -5 + 4 4 7
Now, A + B = + = =
4 2 2 3 4+2 2+3 6 5
4 6
∴ (A + B)T =
-1 5
3 4 1 2 3+1 4+2 4 6
Again, AT + BT = + = =
-5 2 4 3 –5 + 4 2+3 –1 5
4 6
∴ AT + BT =
–1 5
Hence, (A + B)T = AT + BT

82 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 3.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define transpose of a matrix with an example.
(b) Mention the properties of transpose of matrix.

2. Find the transpose of the following matrices.

4
(a) A= (b) B = (6 -3 0)
-8
5 2
5 -3
(b) C= (d) D= 1 3
-4 8 6 9
1 1 1
1 3 4
(e) E= (f) E= 5 3 0
5 7 9 -2 -3 -4

Section 'B'

2 -5 3 2
3. If P = and Q = then verify the following.
6 3 0 9

(a) (PT)T = P (b) (P + Q)T = PT + QT (c) (kP)T = kPT

5 3 -1 1 0 3
4. If A = and B = then prove the following relations.
-6 4 2 9 -11 8

(a) (AT)T = A (b) (A + B)T = AT + BT (c) (kA)T = k.AT

1 3
5. (a) If A = then prove that (A + AT) is a symmetric matrix.
2 4
2 –1 0
(b) If X = 3 2 1 then show that (X + XT) is a symmetric matrix.
4 -3 5
5x – 1 6 –6 –3
6. (a) If M = ,N= and MT = N, then find the values of
–3 y+4 6 –2

x and y.

a – 1 2b + 5 4 5
(b) If X = ,Y= and XT + YT = I then find the values
c + 1 4d – 1 3 –2

of a, b, c and d.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 83

Multiplication of Matrices
Consider an example which helps to understand the multiplication of matrices.
Let A and B be two shops. The shop A sold 20kg of rice and 10kg of dal and the shop
B sold 15kg of rice and 15kg of dal. The prices of rice and dal in Baisakh are Rs.
40 and Rs. 50, in Jestha are Rs. 38 and Rs. 52 per kg respectively. Which can be
illustrated by the following tables.

Shop Amount in kg Price per kg in Rs.

Rice Dal Baisakh Jestha
A 20 10 Rice 40 38
B 15 15 Dal 50 52

Then, the income of shop A in Baisakh = 20 × 40 + 10 × 50 = 1300

the income of the shop B in Baisakh = 15 × 40 + 15 × 50 = 1350
the income of the shop A in Jestha = 20 × 38 + 10 × 52 = 1280
the income of shop B in Jestha = 15 × 38 + 15 × 52 = 1350
The above information can be arranged in matrix form as
20 10 40 38 20 × 40 + 10 × 50 20 × 38 + 10 × 52 1300 1280
. = = .
15 15 50 52 15 × 40 + 15 × 50 15 × 38 + 15 × 52 1350 1350

which is the product of two matrices.

Thus, two matrices A and B can be multiplied if the number of columns of matrix
A is equal to the number of rows of matrix B. It is denoted by AB.

Let A and B be two matrices of order a × b and b × c then the product matrix AB will
be of order a × c, which can be illustrated by following example.

2 5 5 6 8
A= 2×2
× B=
3 8 3 –2 6 2×3

No. of No. of
columns of = row of
A B

Order of AB = 2 × 3

84 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Steps of multiplication of two matrices.
a1 b1 a2 b2
Let A = and B = . Then
c1 d1 2×2 c2 d2 2×2

Step 1: First row of A × first column of B.
a b a b a1a2 + b1c2 .......
A × B = c 1 d1 × c 2 d2 = .............. .......
1 1 2 2

Step 2: First row of A × second column of B.

a b a2 b2 a1a2 + b1c2 a1 b2 + b1d2
A × B = c 1 d1 × c d = ................. .................
1 1 2 2

Step 3: Second row of A × First column of B.

a1 b1 a2 b2 a1a2 + b1c2 a1 b2 + b1d2
A × B = c d × c d = c a + d c .................
1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2

Step 5: Second row of A × Second column of B.
a1 b1 a2 b2 a1a2 + b1c2 a1 b2 + b1d2
A × B = c d × c d = c a + d c c b + d d
1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Thus,
a b a b a1a2 + b1c2 a1 b2 + b1d2
A × B = c 1 d1 × c 2 d2 = c a + d c c b + d d
1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

3 2 5 -3
Consider two matrices A = and B =
1 4 2 0
3 2 5 -3
Then, A × B = ×
1 4 2 0
3×5+2×2 3 × (–3) + 2 × 0 19 -9
= =
1×5+4×2 1 × (–3) + 4 × 0 13 -3

5 -3 3 2
B×A = ×
2 0 1 4
5 × 3 + (–3) × 1 5 × 2 + (–3) × 4 12 –2
= = .
2×3+0×1 2×2+0×4 6 4

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

–1 5
2 0
1. If P = and Q = 3 5 then find P × Q and Q × P.
3 1 2 –4
-1 5
2 0
Solution: Here P = and Q = 3 5
3 1 2×2
2 -4
3×2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 85

 Since, no. of columns of P is not equal to no. of rows of Q, P × Q can not be
obtained. But, no. of columns of Q is equal to no. of rows of P, Q × P can be
obtained.

-1 5
2 0
So, Q × P = 3 5 ×
2 -4 3 1

(–1) × 2 + 5 × 3 (–1) × 0 + 5 × 1
= 3×2+5×3 3×0+5×1
2 × 2 + (–4) × 3 2 × 0 + (–4) × 1
-2 + 15 0+5 13 5
= 6 + 15 0+5 = 21 5
4 – 12 0–4 -8 -4

–1 2 -2
2. If .X = , find the matrix X.
2 –2 4

Solution:
x
Let the matrix X = . So,
y
–1 2 x –2
. =
2 –2 2×2 y 2×1 4 2×1

(-1) × x + 2 × y -2
or, =
2 × x + (-2) × y 4
-x + 2y -2
or, =
2x – 2y 4
Equating the corresponding elements, we get,
–x + 2y = – 2 .......(i)
2x – 2y = 4 ......... (ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
x = 2 and y = 0.
x 2
Hence, A = = .
y 0
1 2
3. If A = , show that A2 – 2A – 5I = O where I and O are 2 × 2 identity
3 1
and null matrices respectively.
Solution:
1 2 1 0 0 0
Here, A = ,I= and O =
3 1 0 1 0 0

86 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1 2 1 2
Now, A2 =A×A= .
3 1 3 1

1×1+2×3 1×2+2×1 7 4
= =
3×1+1×3 3×2+1×1 6 7

1 2 2 4
2A =2 =
3 1 6 2

1 0 5 0
5I =5 =
0 1 0 5
7 4 2 4 5 0
A2 –2A – 5I = – –
6 7 6 2 0 5
7–2–5 4–4–0 0 0
= = =O
6–6–0 7–2–5 0 0
Hence, A2 – 2A – 5I = O

Exercise 3.5
Section 'A'

1. (a) Under what condition, two matrices can be multiplied?

(b) If order of A is 2 × 3 and order of B is 3 × 1 then what is the order of
(A × B)?
(c) If M is a matrix of order 5 × 2 and N is a matrix of order 2 × 4, (i) Is the
matrix product MN defined? (ii) Is the matrix product NM defined?

2
(d) If A = then is A2 defined?
3
2. Which of the following matrices can be multiplied?
2
1 2 2 4 5
A= ,B= 3 ,C= , D = (5 0 –1),
3 4 0 1 3 –3
1 1 1 3 5
–1 2
E= 5 3 0 , F = (8, –3), G =
–1 ,H= 0 -1
-2 -3 -4 2 2 -3
Section 'B'
3. Find the product of the following matrices.
2
-1
(a) (3 4) (b) 3 . (1 5 6)
2 0

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 87

 3 5
-1 2 1 3 -2 0 5
(c) . (d) . 0 -1
1 -1 1 2 1 3 2 2 -3

3 1 -1 -2
4. If P = and Q = , find the following matrices.
1 3 3 4

(a) P. Q (b) Q.P (c) P 2 (d) Q2

4 –1 2 1
5. (a) A = and B = then show that A.B is a unit matrix.
–7 2 7 4

1 –1 –1 2
(b) If X = and Y = –1 , show that XY is a null matrix.
–1 1 2
7x + 1 2 3 0
6. (a) If = . then find the values of x and y.
6y – 2 -1 8 2
2 –1 –3 x –8 6
(b) If = then find the values of x and y.
5 –2 y –4 –19 13
4 1 2 –1 x –1
(c) If = then find the values of x and y.
7 –3 1 3 11 y
–3
(d) If (2x –1). = (10), find the value of x.
–x
2 0 4 0
7. (a) If A = ,B= and A2 = B, find the value of a.
–3 a –9 1
2 a 4 36
(b) If P = ,Q= and P2 = Q, find the value of a.
0 1 0 1
2 –3
(c) If A = and A2 = I then find the values of a and b.
a b
5 –2
8. (a) If A = then find the value of AAT.
3 –3
2 4 3 6
(b) If P = and Q = then find (PQ)T.
5 3 2 8
1 0
9. (a) If A = (9 15) then find the matrix A.
1 3
1 1
(b) Which matrix pre- multiplies to the matrix to get a matrix
3 4
4 5
?
6 2

88 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 –1 2 –2
10. (a) If × P = 4 , find the matrix P.
2 –2

2 1 2 4
(b) If A = ,B= and AC = B, find the matrix C.
5 3 3 3
–1 0 –2
(c) Which matrix post multiplies to to get a matrix ?
0 –2 4

11. (a) Matrix P has x rows and x + 5 columns. Matrix Q has y rows and 11 – y

columns. If PQ and QP both are defined, find the values of x and y.

(b) Let, A(2x – y) ×y

and B2 × 4 be any two matrices. If AB and BA are defined,

find the values of x and y.

Section 'C'

4 2
12. (a) If A = , prove that A2 – 5A + 6I = O where I and O are 2 × 2
-1 1

identity and null matrix respectively.

3 –5
(b) If B = , show that A2 – 5A = 14I where, I is an identity matrix
–1 2

of order 2 × 2.

4 2 1 0 0 0
(c) If X = , I = and O = then prove that
-1 2 0 1 0 0

(X – 2I).(X – 3I) = O.

4 0 x y
13. (a) If P = , Q= and PQ = P + Q, find the values of x, y and z.
0 5 0 z
2 -1 a b
(b) If X = , Y= and XY = X + Y, find the values of a, b and c.
0 3 0 c
3x + 2 5 -6
5
(c) If y – 4 = 12 20 . then find the values of x, y and z.
2
5z – 4 -4 3

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 89

Properties of Matrix Multiplication
Associative property

1 –2 2 0 –3 –1
Consider three matrices A = ,B= and C = , then
3 5 1 3 0 2

1 –2 2 0 1 × 2 + (–2) × 1 1 × 0 + (–2) × 3 0 –6
AB = . = =
3 5 1 3 3×2+5×1 3×0+5×3 11 15

0 –6 –3 –1 0 × (–3) + (–6) × 0 0 × (–1) + (–6) × 2

(AB).C = .
0 2
=
11 15 11 × (–3) + 15 × 0 11 × (–1) + 15 × 2

0 –12
=
–33 19

Again,

2 0 –3 –1 2 × (–3) + 0 × 0 2 × (–1) + 0 × 2 –6 –2
BC = .
0 2
= =
1 3 1 × (–3) + 3 × 0 1 × (–1) + 3 × 2 –3 5

1 –2 –6 –2
A(BC) = .
3 5 –3 5
1 × (–6) + (–2) × (–3) 1 × (–2) + (–2) × 5 0 –12
= =
3 × (–6) + 5 × (–3) 3 × (–2) + 5 × 5 –33 19
∴ (AB).C = A.(BC)
Hence, multiplication of matrices is associative.

Distributive property

2 0 3 5 2 2
Consider three matrices of A = ,B= and C =
1 1 0 2 1 1
3 5 2 2 3+2 5+2 5 7
Then, B + C = + = =
0 2 1 1 0+1 2+1 1 3
2 0 5 7 2×5+0×1 2×7+0×3 10 14
A(B + C) = . = =
1 1 1 3 1×5+1×1 1×7+1×3 6 10
2 0 3 5 2×3+0×0 2×5+0×2 6 10
Again, AB = . = =
1 1 0 2 1×3+1×0 1×5+1×2 3 7
2 0 2 2 2×2+0×1 2×2+0×1 4 4
AC = . = =
1 1 1 1 1×2+1×1 1×2+1×1 3 3

90 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 6 10 4 4 10 14
AB + AC = + =
3 7 3 3 6 10

∴ A(B + C) = AB + AC.

Hence, matrix multiplication is distributive under addition.

Identity property

1 2
Consider a matrix A = . Then
3 4
1 2 1 0 1×1+2×0 1×0+2×1 1 2
Now, A.I = . = = =A
3 4 0 1 3×1+4×0 3×0+4×1 3 4
1 0 1 2 1×1+0×3 1×2+0×4 1 2
Again, I.A = = = =A
0 1 3 4 0×1+1×3 0×2+1×4 3 4

∴ A.I = I.A = A

Hence, there is existence of identity matrix in matrix multiplication.

Transpose of product property

–1 2 0 –2
Consider two matrices A = and B = . Then
4 3 1 3
–1 2 0 –2 (–1) × 0 + 2 × 1 (–1) × (–2) + 2 × 3 2 8
AB = . = =
4 3 1 3 4×0+3×1 4 × (–2) + 3 × 3 3 1
2 3
(AB)T = .
8 1
–1 4 0 1
Again, AT = and BT =
2 3 –2 3
0 1 –1 4 0 × (–1) + 1 × 2 0×4+1×3 2 3
BT.AT = . 2 = =
–2 3 3 (–2) × (–1) + 3 × 2 (–2) × 4 + 3 × 3 8 1

∴ (AB)T = BT.AT
Hence, the transpose of the product of two matrices is equal to the product of the
transpose of the opposite matrices.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 91

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1 2 0 -2
1. If A = and B = then show that the matrix multiplication
3 4 1 -1
is not commutative.
Solution:

1 2 0 –2
Here, A = and B = .
3 4 1 –1
1 2 0 –2 1 × 0 + 2 × 1 1 × (–2) + 2 × (–1) 2 –4
Then, A.B = . = =
3 4 1 –1 3 × 0 + 4 × 1 3 × (–2) + 4 × (–1) 4 –10
0 –2 1 2 0 × 1 + (–2) × 3 0 × 2 + (–2) × 4 –6 –8
Again, B.A = . = =
1 –1 3 4 1 × 1 + (–1) × 3 1 × 2 + (–1) × 4 –2 –2

Since, AB ≠ B.A, the matrix multiplication is not commutative.

0 –2 1 1
2. If A = 3 and B = then show that (AB)T = BT.AT
1 2 2
Solution:

0 –2 1 1
Here, A = and B = .
1 3 2 2

0 –2 1 1 0 × 1 + (–2) × 1 0 × 1 + (–2) × 2 –4 –4
Then, A.B = . = 1×1+2×2 =
1 3 2 2 1×1+3×2 7 7

–4 7
\ (AB)T =
–4 7

0 1 1 2
Again, AT = and BT =
–2 3 1 2

0 1 1 2 1 × 0 + 2 ×(–2) 1×1+2×3
\ BT.AT = . = 1 × 0 + 2 × (–2)
–2 3 1 2 1×1+2×3
–4 7
=
–4 7

Hence, (AB)T = BT.AT

92 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 3.6
Section 'A'
1. (a) What are the properties of matrix multiplication?
(b) State associative property for matrix multiplication?
(c) What is the 2 × 2 identity matrix for multiplication?

Section 'B'
-1 3 5 2
2. (a) If P = and Q = then show that the multiplication of
2 1 4 3
matrices is not commutative.
1 2 -3 4
(b) If A = and B = then prove that AB ≠ BA.
3 0 1 3
-2 5
3. (a) If A = then show that A.I = I.A. = A where I is the unit matrix of
1 4
2 × 2 order.
-3 0
(b) If P = then show that P.I = I.P = P where I is the unit matrix of
-5 2
2 × 2 order.

Section 'C'

1 2 –4 y
4. (a) If A = ,B= and AB = BA then find the values of x and y.
x 4 3 –1
1 –2 1 4
(b) If P = ,Q= and PQ=QP then find the values of a and b.
0 a b 2
1 0 2 –3 4 2
5. (a) If A = ,B= and C = . Then show the following
4 –2 –1 2 1 1
relations.

(i) A(BC) = (AB).C (ii) A(B + C) = AB + AC (iii) (AB)T = BT.AT

6 8 3 4 0 1
(b) If P = ,Q= and R = , then show the following
9 7 5 6 1 3
relations.

(i) (PQ). R = P.(QR) (ii) P(Q + R) = PQ + PR (iii) (PQ)T = QT.PT



Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 93

UNIT

4 COORDINATE GEOMETRY

4.1 Locus
Review:
Y
Let us observe the given figure and discuss the
direction of x-axis and y-axis. Also, discuss on the (–, +) (+, +)
following questions. X' X
O
(i) How many quadrants are there?
(–, –) (+, –)
(ii) In which quadrants both coordinates are
positive and negative? Y'
(iii) Which quadrant contains x-coordinate negative
and y-coordinate positive?
(iv) Which quadrants are the points (2, 3), (-4, 3), (-5, -2) and (7, -4) belongs
to?
Again,
From the given graph. Y
P
(v) Write the coordinate of the points P, Q, R Q
and S.
(vi) Find the distance between P and Q. X' X
O
(vii) Find the distance between two points S
R
A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)
(viii) Write the coordinates of origin. Y'
(ix) Why the distance between any two points
is always positive?

Locus
Let, us do the following activities.
(i) Draw a circle, by a pencil with the help of a compass as shown in
figure.

94 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 What is the locus? Is the circle a locus?
(ii) Have you seen river?
How it is flowing? Can you draw its picture from its
starting point to its final point?

(iii) Have you seen Javelin (a long stick with a pointed
end)? How it is thrown? Can you draw its picture when
it is thrown?

Definition
The path traced by a moving point under certain condition/conditions is known as
the locus of a point.
What is/are the condition/conditions?
What is the difference between satisfying points and not satisfying points? Discuss
on above questions.
Equation of a locus:
Let, O be the fixed point and P be the moving point. P moves such that OP is always
at a constant distance. P (x, y)
∴ OP = r(radius of circle) r
Let, O(h, k) and P(x, y) then by distance formula O(h,k)
d = (x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2
or, OP = r = (x – h)2 + (y – k)2
or, r2 = (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 is the equation of circle. It is also called the equation of
locus.
Some facts about equation of locus :
A locus is a continuous curve or a straight line.
A locus can be represented by an equation.
Equation of a locus is the equation which is satisfied by the coordinates of any point
on the locus.
If coordinates of a point satisfies the equation it lies on the locus.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 95

Method of finding the equation of a locus
To find the equation of the locus of a moving point we generally proceed as follows:
(i) Draw the figure according to the given condition and consider a moving point
P(x, y) on the locus.
(ii) Write down the given condition or conditions.
(iii) Explain the condition algebraically in terms of x and y.
(iv) Simplify the algebraic expression and the result is the required equation of
locus.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Which of the points (1, 4) and (-4, 3) lies on the locus represented by
x2 + y2 = 25?
Solution: Here,
The given points are (1, 4) and (–4, 3)
The given equation of locus is x2 + y2 = 25 ...........(i)
Taking (1, 4). Where, x = 1, and y = 4 then from equation (i)
x2 + y2 = 25
or, (1)2 + (4)2 = 25
or, 1 + 16 = 25
or, 17 = 25 which is not true.
∴ (1, 4) does not lie on the given locus.
Similarly, taking (–4, 3), where x = -4 and y = 3 then from equation (i)
x2 + y2 = 25
or, (-4)2 + (3)2 = 25
or, 16 + 9 = 25
or, 25 = 25 which is true
∴ (-4, 3) lie on the curve.

2. Find the equation of the locus of a point if its distance from the y-axis
is twice its distance from the x-axis.
Solution: Here,
Let, P(x, y) be the moving point of the locus: From P draw PM⊥OC and PN⊥OY.

96 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 ∴ PM = y, PN = OM = x Y

To find: The equation of locus.

By the question P(x, y)
N
PN = 2PM
or, x = 2y X' O X
M
or, x – 2y = 0 is the required equation of
Y'
locus.
3. If (4, 4) is a point on the locus having equation y2 = ax, then prove that
(16, 8) is another point which lies on the locus.
Solution: Here,
The point P(4, 4) lies on the locus having equation; y2 = ax ............(i)
Where, x = 4 and y = 4 then from equation (i).
y2 = ax
or, (4)2 = a × 4
or,
16 = 4a
16
or, = a
4
or, a = 4
Substituting a = 4 in equation (i), we get
y2 = 4x ....... (ii) is the required equation of locus.
Again, if the point (16, 8) lies on the locus it must satisfy equation (ii)
x = 16 and y = 8 then
or, y2 = 4x
or, (8)2 = 4 × 16
or, 64 = 64 which is true.
Hence, it is proved that (16, 8) lies on the locus.
4. Find the equation of the locus of a moving point such that its distance
from the point (-1, 5) is double its distance from the point (2, -3). What
curve does the locus represent?
P(x, y)
Solution: Here, P(x, y) be a moving point of the locus.
Let, A (–1, 5) and B (2, -3) be two given points.
By using distance formula B(2, –3)
A(–1, 5)
AP2 = (x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2
= (x + 1)2 + (y – 5)2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 97

 = x2 + 2x + 1 + y2 – 10y + 25
AP2 = x2 + y2 + 2x – 10y + 26 ............ (i)
Similarly,
BP2 = (x – 2)2 + (y + 3)2
or, BP2 = x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 + 6y + 9
or, BP2 = x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y + 13 .......... (ii)
By the question,
AP = 2BP
or, AP2 = 4BP2 (Squaring on both sides)
or, x2 + y2 + 2x – 10y + 26 = 4(x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y + 13)
or, x2 + y2 + 2x – 10y + 26 = 4x2 + 4y2 – 16x + 24y + 52
or, 4x2 – x2 + 4y2 – y2 – 16x – 2x + 24y + 10y + 52 – 26 = 0
or, 3x2 + 3y2 – 18x + 34y + 26 = 0 is the required equation of locus.
Since, the equation is 2nd degree equation in x and y, hence, the locus of P is
a circle.
5. If (4, 0) and (-4, 0) are two fixed points and P(x, y) is a moving point
which moves such that AP2 + BP2 = AB2, obtain the equation of the
locus of the point P.
Solution: Here,
P(x, y) be a moving point of the locus. Let, A(4, 0) and B(–4, 0) are two fixed
points.
Y
By using distance formula
AP2 = (x – x )2 + (y – y )2 P(x, y)
2 1 2 1
or, AP2 = (x – 4)2 + (y – 0)2
or, AP2 = x2 – 8x + 16 + y2 ......... (i)
X' X
Similarly, BP2 = (x + 4)2 + (y – 0)2 B(–4, 0) O A(4, 0)
BP2 = x2 + 8x + 16 + y2 .........(ii)
Y'
and AB2 = (4 + 4)2 + (0 – 0)2
= (8)2 + 0
AB2 = 64 ......... (iii)
By the question
AP2 + BP2 = AB2
or, x2 – 8x + 16 + y2 + x2 + 8x + 16 + y2 = 64

98 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 or, 2x2 + 2y2 + 32 = 64
or, 2x2 + 2y2 – 16 = 0
or, 2(x2 + y2 – 8) = 0
or, x2 + y2 = 8 is the required equation of the locus.
6. A and B are two given point whose coordinates are (-5, 3) and (2, 4)
respectively. A point P moves in such a way that PA:PB = 3:2. Find the
equation of the locus of the point P. What curve does it represent?
Solution: Here,
Let, P(x, y) be moving point of the locus. A(–5, 3) and B(2, 4) are two given
fixed points.
By using distance formula
PA2 = (x + 5)­2 + (y – 3)2 [∴ d2 = (x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2]
= x2 + 10x + 25 + y2 – 6y + 9 P(x, y)
or, PA2 = x2 + y2 + 10x – 6y + 34 ......... (i)
Similarly, PB2 = (x – 2)2 + (y – 4)2
B(2, A)
= x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 – 8y + 16 A(–5, 3)
PB2 = x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y + 20 .......... (ii)

By the question
PA 3
=
PB 2
or, 3PB = 2PA

or, 9PB2 = 4PA2 [ Squaring on both sides we get]

or, 9(x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y + 20) = 4(x2 + y2 + 10x – 6y + 34)

or, 9x2 + 9y2 – 36x – 72y + 180 = 4x2 + 4y2 + 40x – 24y + 136

or, 9x2 – 4x2 + 9y2 – 4y2 – 36x – 40x – 72y + 24y + 180 – 136 = 0

or, 5x2 + 5y2 – 76x – 48y + 44 = 0 .......... (iii) is the required equation of locus.

Since, we see that equation (iii) is a second degree equation in x, y and its
coefficient of x2 and y2 are equal and coefficient of xy is zero. Therefore,
equation (iii) represents a circle. Therefore, the locus of P represents the
equation of locus.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 99

 Exercise 4.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) Write the formula to find the distance between two points A(x1, y1) and
B(x2, y2).
(b) Define locus of a moving point with example.
(c) Write the formula to find the distance between origin and the point
P(x, y).
2. M is a point (3, 4) and N is a point (–3, –4)
(i) Find the length of MN if M is (x1, y1) and N is (x2, y2).
(ii) Find the length of MN if M is (x2, y2) and N is (x1, y1).
(iii) Why there is no change in the length of MN from results of (a) and (b)?
3. (a) How far is the point (5, 0) from the origin?
(b) Find the distance between the following pair of points.
(i) (–1, 3) and (2, 4) (ii) (6, – 2) and (7, 3).
4. (a) Examine which of the points (–4, 3), (3, 4), (3, –2), (5, 0) and (0, –5) lie on
the locus with equation x2 + y2 – 25 = 0.
(b) Does the points (–1, 2) and (1, –1) belong to the locus 3x – 5 = 2y? Check
it.
5. (a) Find the value of k so that the point (2, –3) lies on the locus x + ky = –1.
(b) For what value of 'a' the point (1, 2) lies on the locus ax + ay = 3? Find it.
6. Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves so that
(i) its abscissa is always 4 units.
(ii) its ordinate (y-coordinate) is –3 units.
(iii) its distance from the x-axis is 5 units.
(iv) its distance from the y-axis is 3 units.
Section 'B'

7. (a) Find the value of 'k' so that the point (2, –1) lies on the locus with
equation –2y2 + kx2 – 2x + 3y – 3 = 0.
(b) If the point (2, 5) lies on the locus with equation ax + 8y = 50. Find the
value of 'a'. Also, show that the point (10, 0) lies on the same locus.
8. (a) Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves such that its
distance from (0, 0) is 5 units.

100 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (b) Obtain the equation of the locus of a point which moves such that its
distance from (–2, 3) is 3 units.
9. (a) Find the equation of the locus of a point which is equidistant from (0, 2)
and x -axis.
(b) Find the equation of the locus of a point which is equidistant from (3, 0)
and y-axis.
(c) A point moves such that the algebraic sum of its distance from the
coordinate axes is a constant quantity 'z'. Find the equation of the locus.
(d) Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves in such a way that
its distance from the fixed point (h, k) is always 'r' units.
Section 'C'

10. (a) A(5, 0) and B(–5, 0) are two fixed points. Find the equation of the locus
of a point 'P' under the condition.
(i) PA2 + PB2 – AB2 = 0 (ii) 2PA = PB
(b) A (0, 5) and B(0, –5) are two fixed points. Find the equations of the locus
of a point P which moves so that AB always subtends right angle at P.
11. (a) Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves so that its distance
from the point (2, 3) is two times its distance from the point (4, 1).
(b) Obtain the equation of the locus of a point which moves so that its
distance from the point (3, 0) is three times its distance from the point
(0, 2).
(c) Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves so that its distance
from the point (–2, 5) is half of its distance from y-axis.
(d) Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves so that its distance
from the point (–2, 3) is two third of its distance from the point (4, –5).
12. (a) M(2, 3) and N(3, 1) are two fixed points. Find the equation of the locus of
point P such that PM: PN = 2:3.
(b) C(–2, 0) and D(2, 0) are two fixed points. Find the equation of the locus
of a point P such that PC: PD = 1:3.
(c) Find the equation of the locus of a point which moves so that it is
equidistance form the points (–2, 1) and (4, 1).
13. In which area locus can be used? Make a report and present in the class.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 101

4.2 Section Formula
What do you mean by ratio? Discuss on it.
Let us study the following figures and discuss on the following questions.

A C B
fig. (i)

M N
P
fig. (ii)
(i) How the point C divides the line segment AB in figure (i)? Measure the length
of AC and BC then find AC:BC.
(ii) Similarly, in figure (ii) measure the length of MP and NP. Which one is
greater? Find MP: NP.
(iii) Is their any difference between their ratio?

Internal division
Let, AB be a straight line. The point P lies within AB then P divides AB internally
in the ratio of AP:PB. Therefore, AP and PB are two parts of AB.
To find the coordinates of the point which divide
A P B
internally, the line joining two points (x1, y1) and
(x2, y2) in the given ratio m1: m2.
Let, A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) be two points and (x, y) be the coordinates of the point P
which divides AB in the ratio of m1:m2. Then AP:PB = m1:m2.
Draw AL, PN and BM perpendiculars on OX. Similarly, AQ and PR are also
perpendiculars on PN and BM respectively, Y B(x2,y2)
Now, m2
In x-axis,
y)

OL = x1, ON = x, OM = x2 R
x,

m1
P(

∴ LN = AQ = ON – OL
) 1
,y

= x – x1 ......... (i) Q
1
x
A(

and NM = PR = OM – ON
= x2 – x ......... (ii)
X' X
Similarly, in y -axis, we have O L N M
A L = y1, PN = y BM = y2 Y'
102 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 Now,
PQ = PN – QN
= y – AL [ QN = AL]
PQ = y – y1 .......... (iii)
and
BR = BM – RM
= y2 – PN [ RM = PN]
BR = y2 – y .............. (iv)
Since, PQ//BR, ∆APQ and ∆BPR are similar so their corresponding sides ares
proportional.
AP AQ PQ
∴ = =
BP PR BR
m 1 x – x1 y – y1
or, m2 = x2 – x = y2 – y [ From equation (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and given)

Taking, 1st and 2nd ratios, we get
m1 x – x1
=
m2 x2 – x

or, m1(x2 – x) = m2 (x – x1)

or, m1x2 – m1x = m2x – m2x1
or, m1x2 + m2x1 = m1x + m2x
or, m1x2 + m2x1 = x(m1 + m2)

or, m x + m2x1
x= 1 2
m1 + m2
Similarly, taking 1st and 3rd ratio, we get
m1 y – y1
=
m2 y2 – y

or, m1(y2 – y) = m2 (y – y1)

or, m1y2 – m1y = m2y – m2y1
or, m1y2 + m2y1 = m1y + m2y
or, m1y2 + m2y1 = y(m1 + m2)

m1y2 + m2y1
or, y=
m1 + m2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 103

 Hence, the coordinates of division point P are
m1x2 + m2x1 m1y2 + m2y1
P(x, y) = P ,
m1 + m2 m1 + m2

External division
Let AB be a straight line and C be a point.
A B C
If the point C lies outside the line AB and
if on producing AB, it meets C, then C is said to divide AB externally in the ratio of
AC:BC.
Y
∴ AC and BC are two parts, when C
divides AB. m 2 R(x, y)
m1
y 2)
To find the coordinates of the point which ( x 2, K
Q
divides the line joining the two points )
(x1, y1) and (x2, y2) externally in the given ,y 1
( x1 L
P
ratio m1:m2.

Let, P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2) be two given X' X

O M N S
points. Let, R(x, y) divides the line PQ
Y'
externally in the ratio of m1:m2.
Then, PR : QR = m1: m2.
PR m
or, = 1
QR m2

From P, Q and R draw PM, QN and RS perpendicular to OX. Similarly, from P. draw
PL perpendicular to RS and QK is also perpendicular to RS. ( QN||RS)
In x-axis,
OM = x1, ON = x2, OS = x
Now, QK = NS = OS – ON
or, QK = NS = x – x2 ........(i)
and PL = MS = OS – OM
or, PL = MS = x – x1 .......... (ii)
Similarly, in y-axis
PM = y1, QN = y2, RS = y
Now, RK = RS – KS
or, RK = y – QN [ KN = PM]
or, RK = y – y2 ........... (iii)

104 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 and RL = RS – LS
or, RL = y – PM [ LS = PM]
or RL = y – y1 ............... (iv)
∆PQK and ∆PRL are similar so corresponding sides are proportional.
PR PL RL
= =
QR QK RK
m1 x – x1 y – y1
= = [ From equation (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and given]
m2 x – x2 y – y2
Taking above first and second ratios, we get

m1 x – x1
=
m2 x – x2
or, m1 (x – x2) = m2(x – x1)

or, m1x –m1x2 = m2x – m2x1

or, m1x – m2x = m1x2 – m2x1

or, x(m1 – m2) = m1x2 – m2x1

m x – m2x1
or, x= 1 2
m1 – m2

Similarly, from the above first and last ratios, we get
m1 y – y1
=
m2 y – y2
or, m1 (y – y2) = m2(y – y1)

or, m1y – m1y2 = m2y – m2y1

or, y(m1 – m2) = m1y2 – m2y1

m y – m2y1
or, y= 1 2
m1 – m2

Hence, the coordinates of the external point R are
m1x2 – m2x1 m1y2 – m2y1
R(x, y) = R ,
m1 – m2 m1 – m2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 105

Section formula Application
1. Midpoint formula: How do you relate section formula with midpoint?
If P(x, y) is the midpoint of the line joining the points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)
then AP = BP and AP:BP = m1:m2 = 1:1 and the coordinates of P are

m1x2 + m2x1 m y + m2y1 m2 B(x2,y2)
x = and y = 1 2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
m1 P(x, y)
1 × x2 + 1 × x1 1 × y2 + 1 × y1
= =
1+1 1+1
x + x2 y + y2 A(x1,y1)
x= 1 y= 1
2 2
x1 + y2 y1 + y2
Therefore, the coordinates of the midpoint P(x, y) = P ,
2 2

2. To find the coordinates of the point which divide a straight line

joining two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) in the ratio of k:1
Let, A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) be the two given point and (x, y) be the coordinates
of point P which divides AB in the ratio k:1.
Then, m1:m2 = k:1
or, m1 = km2
By formula,

m1x2 + m2x1 m y + m2y1

x = and y = 1 2
km2 + m2 m1 + m2

km2x2 + m2x1 km2y2 + m2y1
= =
m1 + m2 km2 + m2

m2(kx2 + x1) m (ky + y1)
= = 2 2
m2(k + 1) m2(k + 1)

kx2 + x1 ky2 + y1
x= y=
k + 1 k+1
Therefore, the coordinates of P(x, y) are

kx2 + x1 ky2 + y1
=P ,
k+1 k+1

106 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

3.
Centroid formula
What is centroid? How do we get the
A(x1, y1)
centroid? Discuss.
Let, A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) be
the vertices of a triangle ABC. D, E and F
be the midpoints of sides BC. AC and AB F
x,y) E
respectively, so that AD, BE and CF are G(
called medians. G(x, y) is the intersection
point of all three medians is called centroid
of ∆ABC. B(x2, y2) D C(x3, y3)
Since, D is the mid point of BC, so by
midpoint formula, the coordinates of D are
x2 + x3 y2 + y3
D ,
2 2
From the plane geometry, we know that the centroid of a triangle divides the
median in the ratio of 2:1 from the vertex to the midpoint.
∴ AG : GD = m1:m2 = 2:1
For AD :
Let, A(x1, y1) = (x1, y1)
x2 + x3 y2 + y3
D , = (x2, y2)
2 2
m1:m2 = 2 : 1
By using internal section formula

m x + m2x1 m1y2 + m2y1
x = 1 2 and y =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
x2 + x3 y + y3
2× + 1 × x1 2× 2 + 1 × y1
2 2
= =
2+1 2+1
x2 + x3 + x1 y2 + y3 + y1
= =
3 3

x + x2 + x3 y + y2 + y3
x= 1 y= 1
3 3

Therefore, the coordinates of the centroid of ∆ABC

x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3
G(x, y) = G 3
,
3 .

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 107

Identification of some geometrical figures by using section
formula

S.N. Figure Conditions
1. Parallelogram Diagonals bisect to each other.
2. Rectangle Diagonals are equal and bisect to each other.
3. Rhombus All sides are equal and diagonals bisect to each other.

Points of Trisection:
Let, AB be a straight line. Two points P and Q which divides line segment AB
into three equal parts such that 1 1 1
AP = PQ = QB
A P Q B

then these points P and Q are called the trisection points of AB. Here, P divides
AB in the ratio of 1:2 and Q divides AB in the ratio of 2:1.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment
joining the points (5, -2) and (-2, -2) in the ratio of 4:3 (i) internally (ii)
externally.
Solution: Here,
Case I:
Let, P(x, y) divides the line joining the points A(5, -2) and B(-2, -2) internally
in the ratio of 4:3. 4 3
Then,
A(5, –2) P(x, y) B(–2, –2)
Let, A(5, –2) = (x1, y1)

B(–2, –2) = (x2, y2)

m1 : m2 = 4 : 3

By using internal section formula, we get

m1x2 + m2x1 m1y2 + m2y1
x = and y =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
4 × (–2) + 3(5) 4 × (–2) + 3 × (–2)
= =
4+3 4+3
– 8 + 15 –8–6
= =
7 7
108 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 7 –14
= =
7 7
= 1 = –2
∴ The required point P(x, y) = P(1, –2)
Case II:
Let, C(a, b) divides the line joining 4
3
the points A(5, –2) and B(–2, –2)
externally in the ratio of 4:3.
Then, by using external section A(5, –2) B(–2, 2) C(a, b)
formula, we get

m1x2 – m2x1 m1y2 – m2y1

x = and y =
m1 – m2 m1 – m2
4 × (–2) + 3 × 5 4 × (–2) – 3 × (–2)
= =
4–3 4–3
– 8 – 15 –8+6
= =
1 1
= –23 = –2

Therefore, the required external point coordinate C(a, b) = C(–23, –2)

2. If one end of a line is A(–3, 4) and the midpoint is P(4, 3) then what are
the coordinates of the other end? Find it.
Solution: Here, A(–3, 4) P(4, 3) B(a, b)
Let, B(a, b) be the coordinates of other end.
Let, A(–3, 4) = (x1, y1)
B(a, b) = (x2, y2)
P(4, 3) = (x, y)

By mid point formula,

x + x2 y1 + y2
x = 1 and y =
2 2
–3+a 4+b
or, 4 = or, 3 =
2 2
or, 8 + 3 = a or, 6=4+b

or, b=2
a = 11 or,

Therefore, the coordinates of other end are (11, 2).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 109

3. Find the ratio in which the point B(3, b) divides the line joining M(7,
–3) and N(–2, 5). Also, find the value of 'b'.
m2 N(–2, 5)
Solution: Here,
Let, the point B(3, b) divides the line joining the
m1 B(3, b)
points M(7, –3) and N(–2, 5) in the ratio of m1:m2.
M(7, –3)
Alternative method
Let, M(7, –3) = (x1, y1)
M(7, –3 = (x1, y1)
N(–2, –5) = (x2, y2)
N(–2, –5) = (x2, y2)
B(3, y) = (x, y) B(3, y) = (x, y)
By using section formula
By using section formula m x + m2x1
x= 1 2
m1 + m2
m1 x – x1
= m1 × (–2) + m2 × 7
m2 x2 – x or, 3 =
m1 + m2
3–7
= or, 3m1 + 3m2 = –2m1 + 7m2
–2–3
–4
= or, 3m1 + 2m1 = 7m2 – 3m2
–5
4
= or, 5m1 = 4m2
5
∴ m1:m2 = 4:5 m1 4
or, =
m2 5
Again, by section formula
∴ m1:m2 = 4:5
m y + m2y1
y = 1 2 Again, by section formula
m1 + m2
4 × (–5) + 5 × (–3) m1y2 + m2y1
or, b= y =
4+5 m1 + m2
– 20 – 15 4 × (–5) + 5(–3)
or, b= or, b =
9 4+5
– 35 – 20 – 15
∴ b= or, b =
9 9
– 35
∴ b =
9
– 35
Hence, m1:m2 = 4:5 and b =
9

110 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

4. Find the coordinates of the point of trisection of the line joining the
points A(1, –2) and B(–3, 4). 1 2
Solution: Here,
Let, P(x. y) and Q(a, b) be the A(1, –2) P(x, y) Q(a, b) B(–3, 4)
points of trisection of the line
joining the points A(1, –2) and B(–3, 4).
The point P(x, y) divides the line AB in the ratio of 1:2
Let, A(1, –2) = (x1, y1)
B(–3, 4) = (x2, y2)
m1 : m2 = 1:2
By using section formula
m x + m2x1 m1y2+ m2y1
x = 1 2 and y =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
1 × (–3) + 2 (1) 1 × 4 + 2(–2)
= =
1+2 1+2
–3+2 4–4
= =
3 3
1
= – =0
3
1
∴ P(x, y) = P – ,0
3
Again, Q(a, b) is the midpoint of line segment PB
1
Let, P – ,0 = (x1, y1)
3
B(–3, 4) = (x2, y2)
By using mid point formula

x 1 + x2 y 1 + y2
x = and y=
2 2
–1
+ (–3)
3 0+4
or, a= b=
2 2
–10
or, a= b= 2
6
–5 5
∴ a= ∴ Q(a, b) = Q – ,2
3 3
1 5
Hence, P – ,0 and Q – , 2 are the points of trisection of the line AB.
3 3
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 111
5. The points (3, 7), (5, –7) and (–2, 5) are three vertices of a parallelogram.
Find the coordinates of the remaining vertex which is opposite to
(5, –7). Also, find the midpoint of diagonal.
Solution: Here,
Let, B(3, 7), E(5, –7) and S(–2, 5) be the three vertices of a parallelogram
BEST. Let, the remaining vertex T(a, b)
By mid point formula,
B(3, 7) T(a, b)
the coordinates of the mid point of diagonal
3 + ( –2) 7 + 5 x + x2 y1 + y2
BS = ,  (x, y) = 1 ,
2 2 2 2

1
= ,6 E(5, –7) S(–2, 5)
2
Similarly, the coordinate of the midpoint of diagonal
5 + a –7 + b x + x2 y1 + y2
ET = ,  (x, y) = 1 ,
2 2 2 2

Since, the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect to each other i.e. they have
common midpoint. So,
1 5+a –7 + b
or, = and 6=
2 2 2
or, 1 – 5 = a or, 12 = – 7 + b
a = –4 or, 12 + 7 = b
b = 19
1
Therefore, the mid point of diagonal = , 6 and the coordinates of remaining
2
vertex is (–4, 19).
6. Find the coordinates of the centroid of triangle whose vertices are
(2, 5), (–4, 6) and (2, –2).
Solution: Here, A(2, 5)
Let, G(x, y) be the centroid of triangle ABC whose
vertices are A(2, 5), B(–4, 6) and C(2, –2).
Let, A(2, 5) = (x1, y1) G(x,y)
B(–4, 6) = (x2, y2)
B(–4, 6) C(2, –2)
C(2, –2) = (x3, y3)

112 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 By centroid formula
x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2+ y3
x = and y =
3 3
2–4+2 5+6–2
= =
3 3
= 0 y = 3

Therefore, the coordinates of centroid are (0, 3).

7. The middle points of the sides of a triangle are (1, 1), (2, 3) and (4, 1),
find the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle.
Solution: Here, M(x1, y1)
Let, M(x1, y1), A(x2, y2) and N(x3, y3) be the
vertices of ∆MAN. Let, P(1, 1), O(2, 3) and
T(4, 1) be the midpoints of sides AM, AN P(1, 1) T(4, 1)
and MN respectively.
From the figure,
A(x2, y2)
PT//AN and PO//MN [The line joining the O(2, 3) N(x3, y3)
mid point of any two sides of ∆ is parallel
to third side]
i.e. PT//ON and PO//TN

∴ PONT is a parallogram.

By midpoint formula,

The coordinates of the midpoint of diagonal OT

2+4 3+1
= , = (3, 2)
2 2
1 + x3 1 + y3
The coordinates of the midpoint of diagonal PN = ,
2 2
Since, the diagonal of a parallelogram bisect to each other so,
1 + x3
= 3 ⇒ 1 + x3 = 6 ∴ x3 = 5
2
1 + y3
and = 2 ⇒ 1 + y3 = 4 ∴ y3 = 3
2
∴ The coordinates of N(x3, y3) = N(5, 3).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 113

 Again, in MN line T(4, 1) is the mid point of MN, So by midpoint formula,
x1 + x2 y1 + y2
x = and y =
2 3
x +5 y1 + 3
or, 4 = 1 or, 1 =
2 2
or, 8 – 5 = x1 or, 2 – 3 = y1

∴ x1 = 3 ∴ y1 = – 1

Therefore, the coordinates of M(x1, y1) = M(3, –1)

In MA line P(1, 1) is the mid point of MA, So by midpoint formula,

x1 + x2 y1 + y2
x = and y =
2 3
3 + x2 –1 + y2
1 = 1 =
2 2
or, 2 – 3 = x2 or, 2 = –1 + y2

x2 = –1 or, 2 + 1= y2

y2 = 3

∴ The coordinates of A(x2, y2) = A(–1, 3)

Hence, (3, –1), (–1, 3) and (5, 3) are the required coordinates of the vertices of

∆MAN.

Exercise 4.4
Section 'A'

1. (a) What do you mean by internal division? Illustrate it with figure.

(b) Define centroid of triangle. Is it inside the triangle?

(c) What are the application of section formula? Write them.

2. (a) What are the condition to prove rectangle by section formula? Write

them.

(b) Define point of trisection of the line. Illustrate it with figure.

3
3. (a) If the midpoints of the diagonals of a parallelogram are ,5 and
2

114 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 3 –5 + b
, then find the value of 'b'.
2 2
(b) Find the coordinates of the midpoint of the line joining the points (–3, –6)
and (1, –2).
Section 'B'
4. (a) Find the coordinates of a point dividing the line joining the points.
(i) (–3, 9) and (1, –3) internally in the ratio of 3:1.
(ii) (–1, 7) and (4, –3) internally in the ratio of 2:3.
(iii) (4, 6) and (–2, 3) internally in the ratio of 2:1.
(b) Find the coordinates of a point dividing the line joining the points.
(i) (–1, 2) and (1, 1) externally in the ratio of 2:3.
(ii) (–3, 2) and (4, –4) externally in the ratio of 4:3.
(iii) (–5, –2) and (–3, 2) externally in the ratio of 7:5.
(c) (i) Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line joining the
points (3, 4) and (8, 7) in the ratio 2:5. Is this division internal or
external? Give reason for your answer.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line joining
(–3, –4) and (8, 7) in the ratio 3: –4. Is this division internal or
external? Give reason.
5. (a) Find the coordinates of the middle points of the line joining the points.
(i) (7, –2) and (–3, 6) (ii) ( 3 , 2 ) and (– 3 , 3 2 ).
(b) If the coordinates of the midpoints of the line joining the point P(3, 5)
and Q(x, y) is the point (1, –1), find the values of x and y.
(c) The vertices of the ∆ABC are (1, –2), (–3, 4) and (5, –6). Find the midpoints
of the sides of the triangle.
6. (a) Find the ratio in which the point A(1, 1) divides the line joining the
points (–6, 8) and (8, –6).
(b) Find the ratio in which the point (a, 1) divides the line segment joining
the points (6, –1) and (–4, 4).
7. (a) Find the coordinates of the centroid of triangle whose vertices are
(i) (0, 0), (3, 3) and (9, – 9) (ii) (2, 7), (6, 2) and (4, 5)
(b) The centroid of a triangle is (2, 3). If two of its vertices are (5, 4) and (–3,
3), find the third vertex.
Section 'C'
8. (a) Find the ratio in which the point P(x, –1) divide the line joining the
points M(4, 4) and N(7, 7). Also find the value of x.
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 115
 (b) Find the ratio in which the line segment joining the points (1, –5) and
(–4, 5) is divided by the x-axis. Also find the coordinates of the point of
division.
(c) Find the ratio in which the y-axis divides the line segment joining the
points (5, –6) and (–1, –4). Also find the point of intersection of the line
and y-axis.
9. (a) Find the coordinates of the points of trisection of the line joining the
following points.
(i) (4, –3) and (–2, –3) (ii) (2, –2) and (–7, 4)
(b) The line AB is trisected by the points (2, 3) and (5, 4). Find the coordinates
of the points A and B.
(c) Find the coordinates of the point which divide the line segment joining
A(–2, 2) and B(2, 8) into four equal parts.
10. (a) Prove that the following points represent the vertices of a parallelogram.
(i) (2, 1), (5, 2), (6, 4) and (3, 3) (ii) (3, –2), (4, 0), (6, –3) and (5, –5)
(b) Prove that the following points represent the vertices of a rectangle.
(i) A(–1, 1), B(–2, 2), C(4, 8) and D(7, 5)
(ii) T(2, –2), A(8, 4), S(5, 7) and K(–1, 1)
(c) If (1, 2), (4, y), (x, 6) and (3, 5) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken
in order, find the values of x and y.
(d) Three of the four vertices of a parallelogram are given below. Find the
remaining (fourth) vertex of a parallelogram.
(i) (2, 3), (4, –1) (0, 5) (ii) (2, 6), (6, 2) and (12, 4)
11. (a) P(3, 4), Q(7, 7) and R are three collinear points. The distance between
P and R is 10 units. Find the distance between P and Q. Also, find the
coordinates of R.
(b) A(2, 4), B(3, 3) and C(a, b) are three collinear points and AC is equal to
2 2 units. Find the length of AB and the coordinates of C.
12. If A and B are (–2, –2) and (2, –4) respectively of a line segment AB. Find the
3
coordinates of the point P such that AP = AB and P lies on the line segment
7
AB.
13. If P(1, 1), Q(7, –3), C(12, 2) and D(7, 21) are the vertices of a quadrilateral
PQRS. Prove that the lines joining the midpoints of the sides of a quadrilateral
PQRS taken in order form a parallelogram.

116 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

14. (a) The coordinates of the midpoints of the sides CA, AT and TC of triangle
CAT are (0, 1), (1, –1) and (2, 2) respectively. Find the coordinates of the
vertices of ∆CAT.
(b) A(4, –2), B(–2, 3) and C(6, 4) are the vertices of a triangle ABC. Find the
length of the median drawn from 2nd vertex B on AC.
15. What are the characteristics of geometrical figure, which can be prove by using
section formula? Prepare a small report by different group of students and
discuss in your classroom.

4.3 Equation of Straight Lines

Let, us observe the given figures.

Figure (I) Figure (II)

What does figure (I) and figure (II) represent ? Discuss.
Again,
Let us discuss on the following questions.
(i) Plot the pair of points in a graph from the given table.

x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 1 –1 2 –2
What type of figure formed by joining them?
(ii) From the given table plot the pair of points in a graph.

x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 1 1 4 4
What type of figure formed by joining them?
(iii) What is the difference between two graph obtained from (i) and (ii) table?

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 117

Equation of straight lines parallel to coordinate axes
(i) Equation of straight line parallel to x-axis. Y
Let, AB be a straight line parallel to x-axis
which cuts y -axis at N such that ON = b.
Let, P(x, y) be a point on AB. Draw PM A N P(x,y)
B
perpendicular to OX so that PM = y.
b y
But, PM = ON
X' X
or, y=b O x M
∴ y = b is the required equation of the
Y'
straight line AB (parallel to x-axis).
⇒ This relation is true for any point (x, y) on AB.
If the straight line AB lies b units below from line x-axis then what would be
the equation of line AB? Discuss on it.
Cor. 1 If the line AB lies b units below from x-axis then the equation of line is y = –b.
Cor. 2 If b = 0 then the straight line AB coincides with x-axis i.e. y = 0 is the equation
of AB. Also, y = 0 is the equation of x-axis.
Y A
(ii) Equation of straight line parallel to y-axis.
Let, AB be a straight line parallel to y-axis
N x P(x,y)
which cuts x-axis at M such that OM = a.
Let, P(x, y) be any point on AB. y
From P, draw PN perpendicular to OY so that
X' X
PN = x O a M
But, PN = OM B
Y'
x=a
∴ x = a is the required equation of the
straight line AB (parallel to y-axis).
⇒ This relation is true for any point (x, y) on AB. If the straight line AB lies 'a'
units left from y-axis then, what would be the equation of AB? Discuss on it.
Cor.1 If the straight line AB lies 'a' units on the left side of y-axix, then the equation
of AB is x = –a.
Cor.2 If the straight line AB coincides with y-axis then a = 0 and the equation of
AB is y = 0. Also, y = 0 is called the equation of y-axis.

118 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Slope of a line (Gradient) :
A
Do you have seen ladder? Generally, how to put (adjust)
it? Observe and analyze about it.
The real fact of the position of ladder is called the slope
of ladder with the ground. In the adjoining figure, AC is a
ladder which makes an angle θ with x-axis in the positive θ
direction (i.e. anticlockwise direction) with ground BC. C B
Then tanθ is called the slope or gradient of the ladder.
Again, Let us observe the following figures.
Y Y
B
B

O θ θ
X' X X' X
A A
Y' Y'
The above figures shows that the angle formed by AB in different positions with
OX. Slope of the line is denoted by the letter 'm'. Thus, if a line makes an angle θ
with x-axis in positive direction, the slope (m) = tanθ
∴ Slope(m) = tanθ
The angle (θ) lies between 0° to 180°. If θ is acute, then slope is positive; and if θ is
obtuse, then the slope is negative.
Slope of a straight line joining two given points.
Let, A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) be two given points. Y
B(x2, x2)
Join AB. Produce BA to meet X-axis at C so
that ∠XCB = θ. θ
A(x1, x1) R
Then, slope of CB = m = tanθ. From A and
B, draw AP and BQ perpendicular to OX. O θ
X' X
Similarly, from A, draw AR perpendicular to C P Q
BQ. Y'
∠RAB = ∠XCB = θ [ AR||CQ]
We have, AR = PQ = OQ – OP = x2 – x1 and
BR = BQ – RQ = y2 – AP = y2 – y1 [ RQ = AP]
From right angled ∆ABR

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 119

 BR y2 – y1
tanθ = =
AR x2 – x1
y – y1
∴ Slope (m) = tanθ = 2
x2 – x1
y2 – y1
∴ Slope (m) =
x2 – x1

Cor.1 Two straight lines with equal slopes are said to

be parallel. Y
Q
Cor.2 If three points A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) B
lie in a same straight line (collinear) then,
Slope of AB = Slope of BC = Slope of AC
Intercepts:
Let PQ be a straight line which intersects X' O X
A P
X-axis at A and Y-axis at B. Then OA is said to be Y'
the intercept of the line PQ on x-axis or simply called
x-intercept. Similarly, OB is said to be the intercept of the line PQ on Y-axis or
simply called y-intercept. AB is called the portion of line PQ intercepted between
the axes. X-intercept and Y-intercept are generally denoted by x-intercept (OA) = a
and y-intercept (OB) = b

The equation of straight lines in standard forms :

i) Slope - Intercept form (y = mx + b) :
Y B
To find the equation of straight line which cuts
the y-axis at a distance of 'b' from the origin and (0, b) M P(x, y)
makes an angle θ with the x-axis in positive direction.
b
Let, AB be a straight line which cuts y-axis at q
M such that OM = b and makes an ∠XAB = θ so that X' X
A O
Slope of line AB = m = tanθ and the coordinates
Y'
of M are (0, b). If P(x, y) be any point on AB, then
y2 – y1 y – b y – b
slope of PM = = =
x2 – x1 x – 0 x

Since, A, M, P and B are collinear points so slope of AB = slope of PM

y– b
m =
x

120 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 or, y – b = mx

or, y = mx + b is the required equation of line AB.

This relation is true for any point (x, y) on AB.

Note : Alternative methods are always accepted.

Cor.1 If the straight line passes through origin, b = 0 and the equation becomes
y = mx + 0
or, y = mx is the required equation of straight line passing through origin.
Cor.2 If θ = 0° then slope of line (m) = tanθ = tan0° = 0 then the equation becomes
y = 0.x + b
or, y=b is the equation of straight line parallel to x-axis.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the equation of a straight line parallel to x-axis at a distance of

5 units below it.
Solution : Here,
The equation of straight line parallel to x-axis is Y
y = b .............(i)
O
Since, the straight line lies 5 units below x-axis. X' X
∴ b = –5 5 b
Now, substituting b = –5 in equation (i), we get
A B
y = –5
or, y + 5 = 0 is the required equation straight line. Y'
2. Find the equation of a straight line parallel to
y-axis and passing through the point (4, –2). Y A
Solution: Here,
The equation of the straight line parallel to y-axis is
x = a ............. (i) a
X' X
Since, the straight line passes through the point 4 (4, –2)
(4, -2)
∴ a = 4
Y' B

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 121

 Now, substituting a = 4 in equation (i) we get
x=4
or, x – 4 = 0 is the required equation of straight line.
3. Find the slope of a straight line
(i) making 120° with the x-axis in positive direction.
(ii) Passing through the points ( 4, 5) and (–8, 9)
Solution: Here, Y
(i) Angle of inclination (θ) = 120°
Now,
slope of line (m) = tanθ = tan120° = – 3
120°
X' X
O
(ii) Let,
Y'
(4, 5) = (x1, y1), (–8, 9) = (x2, y2)
Y
To find: Slope of line (m) (–8, 9)
By formula,
y2 – y1
slope of line (m) = (4, 5)
x2 – x1
X' X
9– 5 4 –1 O
= = =
–8 – 4 –12 3 Y'

4. The side BC of an equilateral ∆ABC is

parallel to the x-axis. Find the slopes of the sides BC, AB and AC.

Solution: Here, In an equilateral triangle each angle = 60°

Y
A
∴ ∠CBA = ∠XPA = 60°
60° 60°
[Corresponding angle BC // PQ] B C
60° 60°
∴ Slope of AB(m) = tanθ = tan60° = 3 X' X
O P Q

Y'
and
∠XQA = 180° – 60° [ By sum of linear pair]
= 120°
∴ Slope of AC(m) = tanθ = tan120° = – 3
Since, the side BC is parallel to x-axis, so angle between BC and OX is 0°.
∴ θ = 0°
∴ Slope of BC (m) = tanθ = tan0° = 0
122 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
5. Prove that the points (2, 3), (8, –6) and (4, 0) are collinear.
Solution: Here,

Let, A(2, 3), B(8, –6) and C(4, 0) be three given points
y2 – y1 –6 – 3 –9 –3
Then, slope of AB = = = =
x2 – x1 8–2 6 2
y – y1 0 – (–6) 6 –3
Slope of BC = 2 = = =
x2 – x1 4–8 –4 2
Since, slope of AB = slope of BC and B is a point common to them.
∴ A, B and C are collinear.
6. Find the equation of the straight line cutting of an intercept –5 from
y-axis and inclined at 30° with x-axis.
Y
Solution: Here, y-intercept (b) = –5
Angle of inclination (θ) = 60° O
1 30°
X' X
Now, slope of line (m) = tanθ = tan30° =
3
5
The equation of straight line is
(0, –5)
y = mx + b Y'
1
or, y = x + (–5)
3
x–5 3
or, y=
3
or, 3y=x–5 3
or, x – 3 y = 5 3 is the required equation of straight line.
7. Find the equation of the straight lines cutting off an intercept 4 from
the y-axis and equally inclined to the axes. Y
Solution: Here, B
Let, AB and BC be the two straight lines which are °
equally inclined to the axes. So, AB and BC makes 45 45°
angle 45° with the axes.
45° 45°
For the line AB: X' A X
O C
Inclination (θ) = 45°
Slope (m) = tanθ = tan45° = 1 Y'
y-intercept (b) = 4
∴ The equation of line AC is, y = mx + b
or, y = 1 × x + 4
or, x – y + 4 = 0 is the required equation.
For line BC:
Inclination (θ) = 180° – 45° = 135°

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 123

 Slope (m) = tan135° = –1
y-intercept (b) = 4
The equation of line BC is, y = mx + b
y = (–1) x + 4
or, y = –x + 4
or, x + y = 4 is the required equation.
Hence, the required equation of straight lines are x – y + 4 = 0 and x + y = 4.

Exercise 4.3
Section 'A'

1. (a) Define slope of a straight line.

(b) What is y-intercept of a straight line.
(c) Write the equation of the straight line in slope intercept form.
(d) Write the slope of the straight line passing through the points (a, b) and
(c,d).
2. (a) Find the equation of the straight line parallel to x-axis which is at a
distance of 6 units about it.
(b) Find the equation of the straight line parallel to y-axis which is at a
distance of 6 units to the right.
3. (a) Find the slope (gradient) of line whose inclination is
(i) 60° (ii) 90° (iii) 135° (iv) 150°
(b) Find the inclination of the line whose gradient is:

1
(i) 0 (ii) (iii) –1 (iv) – 3
3

4. (a) Find the slope of the line AB in the given figures.

(a) Y (b) Y (c) Y
B B
A
O
X' X
60° 135° 30°
X' X X' X
O
A A
Y' Y' Y' B

(c)
(b) Find the slope of line passing through the following pair of points.
(i) (4, 5) and (1, 2) (ii) (2, 3) and (6, 7)

124 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

5. (a) Find the equation of the straight line passing through origin and having
slope 3 .
(b) Find the equation of the straight line with slope 1 and y-intercept 4.
Section 'B'
6. (a) Find the equation of the straight line parallel to x-axis and passing
through the point (–2, 4).
(b) Find the equation of the straight line parallel to y-axis and passing
through the point (–7, –8).
7. (a) Find the angle of inclination of the line through each pair of the following
points.
(i) (2, 3 ) and (4, – 3 ) (ii) (4, 5) and (5, 6)
(b) Prove that the following set of points are collinear.
(i) (3, –2), (2, 2) and (1, 6) (ii) (2, 3), (–1, –1) and (8, 11)
(c) If the points A(5, 6), B(4, 5) and C(3, b) are collinear, find the value of b.
(d) If the points (x, 7), (3, 5) and (1, 3) are collinear, find the value of x.
8. (a) If the slope of a straight line joining the points (8, k) and (10, 2) is -1.
Find the value of k.
–3
(b) If the slope of the line joining the two points (2, m) and (4, 6) is find
2
the value of m. Also find the distance between them.

9. (a) Find the equation of the straight line when

(i) y- intercept (b) = 5 and inclination = 45°

(ii) y - intercept = –1 and inclination = – 60°

7
(iii) y- intercept = and inclination = 150°
3
(b) Find the equation of the straight line passing through origin and meeting

x-axis at an angle of
1
(i) 30° (ii) 60° (iii) 135° (iv) tan-1
3
(c) Find the equation of straight line having y-intercept 3 units and parallel

to x-axis

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 125

 Section 'C'
10. (a) In the given figure, BC is parallel to x-axis. Find the slope of AC, BC and
AB.
(i) Y (ii) Y
A A

45° 60°
B C B C
X' X X' X
O O
Y' Y'

(b) The side PQ of a square PQRS is parallel to the y-axis and side PS is

parallel to x-axis. Calculate the slopes of PS, PR, PQ, QS, QR and RS.

11. (a) If the points (3, 3), (h, 0) and (0, k) are collinear then show that
1 1 1
+ =
h k 3
b
(b) If (x, y), (0, b) and – , 0 are collinear, then show that y = mx + c.
m
12. (a) Find the equation of the straight line cutting of an intercept 3 from y-axis
and inclined at 45° with x-axis. Also, show that the line passes through
the point (1, 4).
(b) Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point (0, 4)
and making an angle 120° with x-axis in the anticlockwise direction and
prove that it passes through the point ( 3 , 1).

13. (a) Find the equation of the straight lines passing through the point (0, 6)
and equally inclined to the axes.
(b) Find the equation of the straight lines passing through the point (0, –4)
and equally inclined to the axes.
(c) Find the equation of the straight lines bisecting the angle between the
axes.

126 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 x y
(ii) Double intercept from (Intercepts form) + =1 :
a b
To find the equation of a straight line making Y
N
intercepts 'a' and 'b' on x-axis and y-axis B(0, b)
respectively.
Let, MN be a straight line which cuts P(x, y)
on x-axis at A and y-axis at B such that A(a, 0)
X' X
x-intercept (OA) = a and y-intercept (OB) = O
b. Then, the coordinates of A and B are (a, M
Y'
0) and (0, b) respectively. Let P(x, y) be any
point on the line AB.
y2 – y1 b – 0 – b
Now, Slope of AB = = =
x2 – x1 0 – a a
y2 – y1 y – 0 y – b
and slope of BP = = =
x2 – x1 x – 0 x
Since, A, P and B lie on a same straight line, they are collinear. So,

Slope of BP = Slope of AB
y–b –b
= =1
x a

or, ay – ab = –bx
or, bx + ay = ab
Dividing both sides by ab, we get
bx ay ab
+ =
ab ab ab
x y
or, + = 1
a b
This relation is satisfied by any point on MN.
x y
So, a + b = 1 represents the equation of the straight line MN.
x y
Can you derive + = 1 by another method? Teachers or facilitators are
a b
requested to encourage the students to do by searching another method.
.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 127

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the equation of a straight line which cuts off intercept –3 and 2
from the axes. Also, prove that the line passes through the point (0, 2).
Solution: Here, x-intercept (a) = –3 Y
and y - intercept (b) = 2
Now, the equation of straight line in double B
x y
intercept form is + =1 2
a b
x y
or,
+ =1 X' X
–3 2 A 3 O
2x – 3y
or, =1 Y'
–6
2x – 3y + 6 = 0 ........... (i) is the required
equation of line.
If it passes through the point (0, 2) it should satisfy equation (i)
Now, put x = 0 and y = 2, in equation (i), we get
or, 2 × 0 – 3 × 2 + 6 = 0
or, 0 – 6 + 6 = 0
0 = 0 which is true.
Hence, it is proved that the line passes through the point (0, 2).

2. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the point (3, –4)
and has intercepts on the axes equal in magnitude but opposite in
sign.
Y
Solution: Here,
Let, x-intercept (a) = k then y -intercept X' O k X
(b) = –k A
Here, k
the equation of the straight line is (3, –4)

x y B
+ =1
a b Y'
x y
or, + =1
k –k
x y
or, – = 1
k k
or, x – y = k ............ (i)

128 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Since, the line passes through the point (3, –4)
So, it should satisfy equation (i)
Now, put x = 3 and y = – 4 then from equation (i) we get
or, 3 – (–4) = k
or, k=7
Substituting k = 7 in equation (i),we get
x – y = 7 is the required equation of line.
3. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the point (–1, 3)
whose intercept on x-axis is thrice that on y-axis.
Solution: Here,

Let, y - intercept (b) = k then

x - intercept (a) = 3k Y

Now, the equation of line is B

x y (–1, 3)
+ =1 k
a b
x y A
or, + =1 X
3k k X' 3k O
x + 3y
or, =1
3k Y'
x + 3y = 3k .......... (i)

Since, the line passes through the point (–1, 3) so it should satisfy equation (i)

Now, put x = –1 and y = 3 then from equation (i), we get

–1 + 3 × 3 = 3k
8
k=
3
8
Substituting k = in equation (i) we get
3
x + 3y = 3k
8
or, x + 3y = 3 ×
3
or, x + 3y = 8 is the required equation of line.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 129

4. Find the equation of a straight line which passes through the point
(2, –2) and the portion of the line intercepted between the axes is
divided by the point in the ratio 1:2.
Solution: Here,
Y
Let, AB be a straight line intercepted between O A (a, 0)
X' X

the axes such that x-intercept (OA) = a and

(2, –2)
y-intercept (OB) = b. Then the coordinates of A
B(0, b)
and B are (a, 0) and (0, b) respectively. Y'

The point (2, –2) divides AB in the ratio of 3:4.

Now,
let, A(a, 0) = (x1, y1) B(0, b) = (x2, y2)
m1 : m2 = 1:2 (2, –2) = (x, y)

By using section formula

m1 x – x1 m1 y – y1
= and =
m2 x2 – x m2 y2 – y
1 2–a 1 –2 – 0
or, = or, =
2 0–2 2 b+2
1 2–a 1 –2
or, = or, =
2 –2 2 b+2
or, –1 = 2 – a or, b + 2 = – 4

a = 3 b=–6

Now, the equation of straight line is

x y
+ =1
a b
x y
or, + =1
3 –6
x y
or, – = 1
3 6
2x – y
or, =1
6
or, 2x – y = 6 is the required equation of the line.

130 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

5. Find the equation of the straight lines which passes through the point
(2, 2) and makes intercepts on the axes, the sum of whose length is 9.
Solution: Here, Y

Let, AB be a straight line which cuts x-axis B(0, b)

Q
and y-axis at A and B such that (OA) = a and
OB = b. Then the coordinates of A and B are (a, b (2, 2)
0) and (0, b) respectively. The line AB passes
through the point (2, 2).
Now, a + b = 9 X' O a X
A(a,0)
b = 9 – a .............. (i)
x y Y'
The equation of line is, + =1
a b
x y
or, + =1
a 9–a
(9 – a) x + ay
or, =1
a(9 – a)
or, (9 – a) x + ay = a(9 – a) ......... (i)
Since, the line passes through the point (2, 2) it should satisfy equation (i)
Now, put x = 2 and y = 2 then
(9 – a) × 2 + a × 2 = 9a – a2
or, 18 – 2a + 2a + a2 – 9a = 0
or, a2 – 9a + 18 = 0
or, a2 – (6 + 3) a + 18 = 0
or, a2 – 6a – 3a + 18 = 0
or, a(a – 6) – 3(a – 6) = 0
or, (a – 6) (a – 3) = 0
Either, a – 6 = 0 ⇒ a = 6 OR, a–3=0⇒a=3

Case I: When a = 6 then from equation (i)
(9 – 6) x + 6y = 6(9 – 6)
or, 3x + 6y = 18
or, 3 (x + 2y) = 18
or, x + 2y = 6 .......... (ii)

Case II: When a = 3 then from equation (i) we get
(9 – 3) x + 3y = 3(9 – 3)
or, 6x + 3y = 18
or, 3(2x + y) = 18
or, 2x + y = 6 ........... (iii)
Hence, equation (ii) and (iii) represent the required equations of straight lines.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 131

 Exercise 4.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) What do you mean by x-intercept and y-intercept of a straight line?
(b) Write the equation of a straight line in double intercept form.
2. Find the equation of the straight line in the following condition.
(i) x– intercept (a) = 5, y – intercept (b) = 10
(ii) x – intercept = 4, y – intercept = – 8
(iii) x – intercept = –3, y–intercept = 7
Section 'B'
3. Find the equation of the straight line whose intercepts on the axes of
x and y are 4 and –3 respectively. Also, prove that the line are passes
through the point (–6, –4).
4. (a) Find the equation of the straight line which passes through
(i) the point (4, 1) and makes equal intercepts on both the axes.
(ii) the point (–3, –4) and makes equal intercepts on the axes.
(iii) the point (3, –2) and makes intercepts equal in magnitude but
opposite in sign.
(iv) the point (6, –5) and cuts off equal intercepts in magnitude but
opposite in sign.
(b) Find the equation of the straight line which passes through
(i) the point (3, 2) and makes an intercept on the x-axis is twice as
long as that on the y-axis.
(ii) the point (–1, 3) whose intercept on the y-axis is thrice that on
x-axis.
Section 'C'

5. (a) Find the equation of a straight line, a portion of whose length intercepted
between the axes is bisected at the point (3, 4).
(b) Obtain the equation of a straight line whose portion of the line intercepted
between the axes is bisected at the point (–4, –6).
(c) Prove that the equation of straight line in which the point (m, n) bisects
x y
the portion of the line between the axes is + =1
2m 2n
6. (a) Find the equation of the straight line which passes through the point (2,
3) and is such that the portion of it between the axes is divided by the
point in the ratio 1:2.
(b) Obtain the equation of a straight line the portion of which intercepted
between the axes is divided by the point (–5, –6) in the ratio 3 : 4.

132 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

7. (a ) Determine the equation of the straight line which passes through the
point (1, 2) and makes intercepts on the axes, the sum of whose length
is 6.
(b) Obtain the equation of straight line which passes through the point (2,
1) and makes intercepts on the axes whose product is 8.
(c) 'a' and 'b' are the intercepts made by a line on the coordinate axes. If 2a
+ b = 6 and the line passes through the point (1, 1), find the equation of
the straight line.
–3
8. (a) Find the equation of the straight lines which have slope and form
4
with the coordinate axes a triangle of area 24 sq. units.
(b) A straight line passes through the point (0, –6) and cuts off a triangle of
area 12 sq. units from the axes of coordinates, find the equation of the
straight lines.
(iii) Normal form (Perpendicular form) (x cosa + y sin a = p)
To find the equation of a straight line in Y
terms of the length of the perpendicular 'p'
B
from origin upon it and the angle 'a' which
makes by perpendicular with the positive
direction of the x-axis. M
Let, AB be a straight line which meets x -axis
p
at A so that x -intercept = OA and y-axis at Q(x,y)
B so that y-intercept = OB. Let, OM = p be a
X' X
the length of perpendicular drawn from O O A
on AB and ∠AOM = a. Y'
Let, Q(x, y) be any point on AB.

In right angled triangle OAM.

OM p
cos a = =
OA OA
p
or, OA = .............. (i)
cosa
We have, ∠MOB = 90° – a

In ∆OMB
OM
Cos(90° – a) =
OB
p
or, sina =
OB
p
or, OB = ............... (ii)
sina

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 133

 According to double intercepts from, the equation of AB is
x y
+ =1
OA OB
or, x + y = 1
p p
cosa sina
xcosa ysina
or, + =1
p p
\ xcosa + ysina = p is the required equation of straight line in the perpendicular
form.
Can you derive xcosa + ysina = p by any other (alternative) method? Teachers
or facilitators are requested to encourage the student to do this by other
method.

Note: The length of perpendicular line drawn from origin to the line (P) is always
positive and the value of a will from 0° to 360°.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. The length of the perpendicular from the origin upon a line is 3 and
the perpendicular makes an angle of 135° with the positive x-axis.
Find the equation of the line. Also, show that it passes through
(–2 2 , 2 ).
Y B
Solution: Here,
Length of perpendicular (P) = 3
Angle made by perpendicular with x-axis (a) = 135°
We have,
M
The equation of line is
3
xcosa + ysina = P
135°
or, xcos135° + ysin135° = 3 X' X
A O
1 1
or, x – +y =3 Y'
2 2

–x + y
or, =3
2
or, –x + y = 3 2
or, x – y + 3 2 = 0 ....... (i) is the required equation of straight line. If it

134 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 passes through (–2 2 , 2 ) it should satisfy equation (i)
Now, put, x = –2 2 and y = 2 then from equation (i), we get
–2 2 – 2 + 3 2 = 0
or, –3 2 + 3 2 = 0
0 = 0 which is true.
Hence, this shows that the line passes through the point (–2 2 , 2 ).
2. A straight line makes an intercept of 4 units of length of the x-axis
and the perpendicular from the origin on it is inclined at 60° to the
x-axis. Find the equation of the line.
Y
Solution: Here, B
x- intercept (OA) = a = 4 units
Angle made by perpendicular with x-axis (a) = 60° M
In right angled ∆OMA
p
OM
cos60° = 60° A
OA X'
4 X
O
1 p
=
2 4 Y'

or, p=2

Again, the equation of line is

xcosa + ysina = p

or, xcos60° + ysin60° = 2

1 3
or, x × +y× =2
2 2
or, x + 3 y = 4 is the required equation of line.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 135

 Exercise 4.5
Section 'A'
1. (a) Write the equation of straight line in perpendicular form.
(b) What does p and a represent in xcosa + ysina = p?
(c) Write the range of angle made by the perpendicular with x-axis (a).
Section 'B'
2. Find the equation of a straight line if
(i) Length of perpendicular from the origin on the line (p) = 4 units.
Angle made by the perpendicular with x-axis (a) = 30°
(ii) p = 9 units, a = 60°
(iii) p = 8 units a = 150°
5
(iv) p = units, a = 135°
7
(v) p = 1 units a = 60°
Section 'C'

3. (a) The length of the perpendicular from the origin on a straight line is 3
units and the perpendicular is inclined at 120° with the x-axis. Find the
equation of the line and show that it passes through (–3, 3 ).
(b) The length of perpendicular from the origin on the line is 2 3 and the
perpendicular makes an angle 150° with the x-axis. Find the equation
of the straight line and prove that the line passes through the point
(2, 6 3 ).
4. Find the equation of the straight line PQ in the following figures.

(i) ∠XPQ = 60° and OM = 3 units (ii) ∠XOM = 30° and OM = 3 units

Y Y

Q
X' P O X
30°
M
3
3

M
un
its

60°
X' X Q
P O

Y' Y'
5. (a) Find the equation of a straight line which cuts off an intercept –2 from
the x-axis and whose perpendicular distance from origin is 1 units.

136 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (b) Find the equation of the straight lines whose perpendicular distance
from origin is 2 units and passes through the point (4, 0).
Y
B (0, 4)
6. In the adjoining figure, a straight line AB cuts the
x-axis at A and y-axis at B. The coordinates of B M
is (0, 4). OM⊥AB and ∠AOM = 30°. Find the the
equation of line AB.
X' 30° X
O A
Y'
IV General Equation of first Degree
What is called first degree ? Discuss on it.
The equation of the form Ax + By + C = 0, where A, B and C are constants and
x and y are variable of degree one is known as general equation of first degree.
First degree equation is also called linear equation. The linear equation
always represents a straight line . We can reduce this linear equation in three
standard forms.
Reduction of the linear equation Ax + By + C = 0 in three standard forms.
(a) In slope intercept form (y = mx + b)
The given equation of a straight line is
Ax + By + C = 0
or, By = –Ax – C
A C
or, y=– x–
B B
A C
or, y = – x+ – ............ (i)
B B
Equation (i) is in the form of y = mx + b .......... (ii)

Comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get

A Coefficient of x
Slope (m) = – =–
B Coefficient of y
C Constant term
and y – intercept (b) = – = –
B Coefficient of y
Is the value of 'B' becomes zero? (How?)
x x
(b) In double intercept from + =1
a b
The given equation of a straight line is

Ax + By + C = 0

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 137

 or, Ax + By = –C

Dividing both sides by –C, we get

Ax + By – C
=
–C –C
A B
or, x + y=1
–C –C
x y
or, + = 1 ............ (i)]
–C –C
A B

x x
which is in the form of + = 1 .......... (ii)
a b
Comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get
–C Constant term
x-intercept (a) =
=–
A Coefficient of x
–C Constant term
y-intercept (b) = =–
B Coefficient of y
What is the nature of line if A = 0 and B = 0?
(c) In perpendicular (normal) form (x cosa + ysina = p)
The given equation of a line is
Ax + By + C = 0 ..............(i)
The equation of a line in the perpendicular form is
xcosa + ysina = p
or, xcosa + ysina – p = 0 ............... (ii)
Equation (i) and (ii) will be identical if

cosa sina –p
= = = k(suppose)
A B C
∴ Cosa = Ak, sina = Bk and p = –Ck

We know that,

cos2a + sin2a = 1

or, A2k2 + B2k2 = 1

or, k2(A2 + B2) = 1

1
or, k2 =
A2 + B2

138 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1
or, k=±
A2 + B2
A B C
∴ cosa = ± , sina = ± and p = ±
A2 + B2 A2 + B2 A2 + B2

Substituting the values of cosa, sina and p in equation (ii) we get

A B C
± x+ y=± .............. (iii)
A2 + B2 A2 + B2 A2 + B2

∴ The equation (iii) is in the form of x cos a + y sin a = p.

The sign of the value of k should be chosen such that p is always positive.

Note: To reduce the equation to the perpendicular form.

(i) Divide both sides of the given equation by
A2 + B2 i.e. (coeff. of x)2 + (coeff. of y)2
(ii) Transpose the constant term to the right hand side and make it positive if
necessary as term of R.H.S must be positive to get p.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Reduce the equation 2y – 10x = 8 to the slope intercept form and find
slope and the y-intercept.
Solution: Here,
the given equation of line is
2y – 10x = 8
Now,
2y = 10x + 8
10 8
or, y= x +
2 2
or, y = 5x + 4 ............ (i)

∴ Equation (i) is in the form of y = mx + b ......... (ii)

By comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get
Slope (m) = 5
and y-intercept (b) = 4

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 139

2. Reduce the equation 4x + 7y + 5 = 0 to the double intercept form. Also,
find x-intercept and y - intercept.
Solution: Here, the given equation of straight line is 4x + 7y + 5 = 0
Now, 4x + 7y = – 5
4 7 –5
or,
x+ y= [ Dividing both sides by –5]
–5 –5 –5
x y
or, + =1 ............... (i)
–5 –5
4 7
x y
∴ Equation (i) is in the form of + = 1 .............. (ii)
a b
By comparing equation (i) and (ii),we get
–5
x-intercept (a) =
4
–5
and y-intercept (b) =
7

3. Reduce the equation 3 x – y + 2 = 0 to the perpendicular form. Also,

find the length of the perpendicular from the origin on the line and
the angle made by the perpendicular with the x-axis.
Solution : Here, the given equation of line is 3 x – y + 2 = 0 .............(i)
Now,
(Coefficient of x)2 + (Coefficient of y)2
= ( 3 )2 + (–1)2
= 3 + 1 = 2
Dividing equation (i) on both sides by 2 we get

3 1 2 0
x– y+ =
2 2 2 2
3 1
or, x – y + 1 = 0
2 2
3 1
or, x – y = – 1
2 2
3 1
or, – x+ y = 1 [ Multiplying both sides by –1]
2 2
1
= 1 ............. (ii)
3
or, x – +y
2 2
∴ Equation (ii) is in the form of xcosa + ysina = p ............ (iii)

140 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

By comparing equation (ii) and (iii), we get CAST Rule
3 1 S A
cosa = – , sina = and p =1 II θ
2 2
Since, the value of cosa is negative and sina 180° – θ I
is positive, so a lies in the second quadrant. T C
180° + θ 360°θ
Principle angle (P.A) = 30°
III IV
∴ a = 180° – P.A. Where θ is the acute
= 180° – 30° = 150° angle of the 1st quadrant
Hence, a = 150° & p =1.
4. The line 2x + 3y + m = 0 cuts the x-axis and y-axis at the points P and
Q respectively. If the area of ∆POQ is 27 square units, find the value
of 'm'.
Solution: Here, the given equation of line is 2x + 3y + m = 0 ............ (i)
Area of ∆POQ = 27 sq. units Y
Now, by formula, Q
Constant term

2x
x-intercept (OP) = a = –
Coefficient of x

+
3y
m

+
=–
2

m
=
Constant term

0
y-intercept (OQ) = b = –
Coefficient of y
X' X
m O P
=–
3
Y'
Since, ∆POQ is a right angled triangle then by formula
1
Area of ∆POQ = × OP × OQ
2
1 –m –m
or, 27 sq. unit = × × sq. units..
2 2 3
or, 27 × 12 = m2

or, m2 = 324

∴ m = ± 18

Hence, m = ± 18.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 141

 Exercise 4.6
Section 'A'
1. (a) What are the three standard forms of first degree equation? Write them.
(b) Write slope and y-intercept of the equation y = –4x – 3
x y
(c) What are the values of x-intercept and y-intercept of the equation +
2 3
= 1? Write them.

2. (a) Write the general form of first degree equation,

(b) What are called 'a', 'b' and 'c' in general equation of first degree

ax + by + c = 0-

(c) Reducing the equation 3x + 4y = 10 into perpendicular from is

3x 4y 10
+ = then find the value of cos a, sin a and p.
32 + 42 32 + 42 32 + 42

Section 'B'

3. Find the slope and y-intercept of the following lines by reducing the
equations into slope intercept form.
(i) 3 y + x = 2 3 (ii)
2 x + 3y – 6 = 0
(iii) 7x – 8y + 15 = 0 (iv) 3x – 2y = 5 2

4. Find the intercepts (x-intercept and y-intercept) of the following

lines by reducing the equations into double - intercept form.
(i) 4x – 3x – 12 = 0 8x – 5y = –60 (ii)
5x 3y
(iii) 3 x + y – 2 3 = 0 (iv) + = 15
6 5
5. Reduce the following given equations into the perpendicular form
and find a and p.
(i) 3 x – y – 4 = 0 (ii) x – y + 4 = 0
(iii) y – x = 2 2 (iv) x – 3 y + 8 = 0
x y
6. What intercepts does the line – = 1 make on the axes? What is the gradient
3 5
of this line?

142 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Section 'C'

7. (a) Reduce the equation 3 x – y – 4 = 0 into three standard forms.

(b) Reduce the equation 3 x + y + 4 = 0 into the form of xcosa + sina = p.
Also, find the value of and p.

8. (a) Convert the equation y = mx + b into xcosa + ysina = p and prove that
m2 1 1
+ =
b2 b 2 p 2
x y
(b) Reduce the equation + =1 into the form of xcosa + ysina = p. Also,
a b
1 1 1
prove that 2 + 2 = 2.
a b p
9. (a) The line 2x + 3y + 18 = 0 meets the x-axis and y-axis at the points A and
B respectively. Find the area of triangle AOB.
(b) The line 4x + 5y = 20 cuts the x-axis and y-axis at the points P and T
respectively. Find the area of triangle POT.
(c) Find the value of 'h' so that the line whose equation is 2x + 3y + h = 0
will form a triangle with the coordinate axes whose area is 48 sq. units.
10. Make a report by doing the following activities and present in the class.
(a) Write down five equations of straight lines.
(b) Draw the lines on the graph of those equations.
(c) Convert those equations into three standard form of equations.

Equation of a straight lines in special cases :

We can obtain the equation of a straight
B
lines if Y
P(x, y)
☻ It's slope and a point through which
C(x1, y1)
it passes are known. D
☻ Two points through which it passes
are known.
(i) Point slope form
To find the equation of a straight line X' q
X
A
passing through a given point (x1, y1)
with a given slope (m). Y'

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 143

 Let, θ be the angle of inclination of the straight line AB which passes through
the point C(x1, y1).
Therefore, slope of line AB is 'm' = tanθ. If P(x, y) be any point on the line AB
y2 – y1 y – y1
then slope of PC = =
x2 – x1 x – x1
Since, A, D, C, P and B are collinear so slope of AB = Slope of PC
y – y1
m =
x – x1
or, y – y1 = m(x – x1)

which is the required equation of a straight line.

If the above line AB passes through origin then what would be its equation?
Find it.
Y
(ii) Two points form: B
To find the equation of a straight line passing
N(x2, y2)
through two given points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).
P(x, y)
Let, AB be a straight line passing through the
M(x1, y1)
points M(x1, y1) and N(x2, y2). P(x, y) be any
X' X
point on the line AB. O A
Y'
Since, the point M, N and P lies on the same
straight line.
Slope of MP = Slope of MN
y–y y – y1 y – y1
or, 1 = 2 [∴ Slope (m) = 2 ]
x – x1 x2 – x1 x2 – x1

y2 – y1
∴ y – y1 = (x – x1) which is the required equation of a straight
x2 – x1

line.

Can you derive the equation of straight lines (i) y – y1 = m(x – x1) and
y2 – y1
(ii) y – y1 = (x – x1) by any alternative methods? Try to do them by
x2 – x1
other methods.

144 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the point (2, 3)
and makes an angle 60° with the x-axis.
Solution: Here,
The angle of inclination of the line (θ) = 60°
Passes point (2, 3) = (x1, y1)
Now, by formula,
Slope (m) = tanθ = tan60° = 3
The equation of the line is
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
or, y – 3 = 3 (x – 2)
or, y – 3 = 3x – 2 3
or, 0 = 3x – y + 3 – 2 3
or, 3 x – y + (3 – 2 3 ) = 0 is the required equation of line.

2. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the points (–3, 4)
and (2, 7).

Solution: Here, a straight line passing through the points

Let, (–3, 4) = (x1, y1) (2, 7) = (x2, y2)

The equation of line in two point form is

y2 – y1
y – y1 = (x – x1)
x2 – x1
7–4
or, y–4= (x + 3)
2+3
3
or, y – 4 = (x + 3)
5
or, 5y – 20 = 3x + 9

or, 3x – 5y + 29 = 0 is the required equation of straight line.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 145

3. If the points (1, –4), (2, 5) and (x, 14) are collinear, find the value of x.
Also, find its equation.
Solution: Here,
The points (1, –4), (2, 5) and (x, 14) are collinear.

Let, (1, –4) = (x1, y1)

(2, 5) = (x2, y2)

The equation of line is
y2 – y1
y – y1 = (x – x1)
x2 – x1
5+4
or, y+4= (x – 1)
2–1
9
or, y+4= (x – 1)
1
or, y + 4 = 9x – 9
or, 9x – y = 13 ......... (i)
Since, the points are collinear, so the remaining point (x, 14) should satisfy
equation (i)
Now, put x = x and y = 14 then from equation (i), we get
or, 9 × x – 14 = 13
or, 9x = 13 + 14
27
or, x = =3
9
∴ x=3

Hence, x = 3 and equation (i) 9x – y = 13 is the required equation of a straight

line.

4. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point
(–3, 4 ) and the centroid of triangle whose vertices are (5, –4), (3, 5)
and (–2, 2). P(5, –4)
Solution: Here,
B
Let, P(5, – 4), Q(3, 5) and R(–2, 2) be the vertices of (–3, 4) G
A
∆PQR. G be the centroid of DPQR.
Q(3, 5) T R(–2 2)
By centroid formula, the coordinates of centroid

146 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 x1 + x2 + x3 y + y2 + y3
x = and y = 1
3 3
5+3–2 –4 + 5 + 2
= =
3 3
= 2 y = 1
∴ The coordinates of centroid G(2, 1).
Again, the equation of line AB passing through (–3, 4) and (2, 1) is
y2 – y1
y – y1 = (x – x1)
x2 – x1
1–4
or, y– 4= (x + 3)
2+3
–3
or, y–4= (x + 3)
5
or, 5y – 20 = – 3x – 9

or, 3x + 5y = –9 + 20

or, 3x + 5y = 11 which is the required equation of line AB.

5. Find the equation of the straight line joining the point (3, –2) and

(5, –4). At what point does it cut y-axis.

Solution: Here,
Let, the line joining the point (3, –2) and (5, –4) cut y-axis at point P.
Let, (3, –2) = (x1, y1)
(5, –4) = (x2, y2) Y

The equation of line is P

y2 – y2
y – y1 = (x – x1) X' X
x2 – x1 O
–4 + 2 (3, – 2)
or, y+2= (x – 3)
5–3 (5, –4)

–2
or, y+2= (x – 3)
2
Y'
or, y + 2 = – 1(x – 3)
or, y+2=–x+3
or, x+y=3–2
or, x + y = 1 ....... (i) is the required equation of line.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 147

 Since, the line cuts on y-axis at P i.e. P lies on y-axis. So its x-coordinate
(x) = 0, so, substituting x = 0 in equation (i), we get
0+y=1
or, y=1

∴ The straight line cuts on y-axis at (0, 1).

6. If the points M(h, 2k) lies on the line x – 2y – 3 = 0 and the point
N(2k, h) lies on the lines y = 11 – 2x. Find the equation of MN and the
length of MN.
Solution: Here, M (h, 2k)x –2y – 3 = 0
The point M(h, 2k) lies on line x – 2y – 3 = 0
∴ h – 2(2k) – 3 = 0
or, h = 4k + 3 ........... (i) N (2k, h) y = 11 – 2x
Similarly, the point N(2k, h) lies on the line y = 11 – 2x
∴ h = 11 – 2 × 2k
h = 11 – 4k ........... (ii)
Equating equation (i) and (ii), we get
4k + 3 = 11 – 4k
or, 4k + 4k = 11 – 3
or, 8k = 8
∴ k=1
Substituting k = 1 in equation (i), we get
h=4×1+3
or, h=7
∴ The coordinates of M = (h, 2k) = (7, 2 × 1) = (7, 2) = (x1, y1) and, the

coordinates of N = (2k, h) = (2 × 1, 7) = (2, 7) = (x2, y2).

The equation of AB is
y2 – y1
y – y1 = (x – x1)
x2 – x1
7–2
or, y–2= (x – 7)
2–7
5
or, y–2= ( x – 7)
–5
or, y – 2 = –1(x – 7)

148 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 or, y – 2 = –x + 7

\ x + y = 9 is the required equation of line.

For the length of MN, by distance formula

MN = (x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2

MN = (2 – 7)2 + (7 – 2)2 = 25 + 25 = 5 2 units.

7. In what ratio does the line joining the points (1, 3) and (2, 7) divided
by the line joining the points (0, 9) and (1, 6).
Solution: Here,
Let, the line joining A(1, 3) and B(2, 7) be divided by the line joining C(0, 9)

and D(1, 6) at P(x, y) in the ratio m1: m2.

The equation of line CD (divider) is C (0,9)

y – y1
y – y1 = 2 (x – x1)
x2 – x1
6–9
or, y – 9 = (x – 0) m1 m2
1–0
–3 A (1,3) P (x, y) B (2,7)
or, y – 9 = (x)
1
or, 3x + y = 9 ............ (i)
D (1,6)
For the straight line AB, by using section formula,
m1x2 + m2x1 m1y2 + m2y1
x = and y =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
m × 2 + m2 × 1 m1 × 7 + m2 × 3
= 1 y =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
2m1 + m2 7m1 + 3m2
x
= y =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2

Since, P(x, y) lies on CD so it must satisfy equation (i)

2m1 + m2 7m1 + 3m2

or, 3 + =9
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
6m + 3m2 + 7m1 + 3m2
or, 1 =9
m1 + m2

or, 13m1 + 6m2 = 9m1 + 9m2

or, 13m1 – 9m1 = 9m2 – 6m2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 149

 or, 4m1 = 3m2
m 3
or, 1 =
m2 4
∴ m1 : m2 = 3: 4 is the required ratio.

Exercise 4.7

Section 'A'

1. (a) Write the equation of straight line in a point slope form.

(b) What is the equation of straight line passing through the points (x1, y1)
and (x2, y2) ? Write it.
2. (a) What is the equation of straight line passing through the point (h, k) and
having slope 'g'?
(b) Find the equation of a straight line passing through (0, 0) and having
slope 1.
Section 'B'
3. (a) Find the equation of a straight line passing through the point.
(i) (4, 1) and having slope = –1
2
(ii) (–1, 2) and having slope (m) =
3
(b) Find the equation of a straight line passing through

(i) the point (2, –2) and making angle 60° with x-axis.

(ii) the point (4, 5) and making angle 135° with x-axis.

(iii) the point (1, 2) and making angle 150° with x-axis.
1
(iv) The point (–3, –2) and making angle tan-1 with x-axis.
3

(c) Find the equation of a straight line passing through (2, 1) and making
an angle of 45° with x-axis. Also, show that the line passes through
(0, –1).

150 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

4. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the points.
(i) (2, –3) and (–4, 9) (ii) (–1, 3) and (4, 6)
(iii) (0, –a) and (–b, 0) (iv) (a, b) and (a + b, a – b)
5. (a) Prove that the following set of points in each case are collinear and find
their equations in each case.
(i) (–5, 3), (–10, 6) and (5, –3) (ii) (2, 0), (0, 3) and (6, –6)
(iii) (3a, 0), (0, 3b) and (a, 2b) (iv) (1, 4), (3, –2) and (–3, 16)
(b) Find the value of 'w' if the following set of points lie in a straight line
(collinear)

(i) (4, –2), (1, 2) and (– 2, w) (ii) (3, 2), (6, –1) and (w, 3)
1
(iii) (4, w), (3, 0) and 2, (iv) (5, 1), (1, w) and (3, 0)
2

6. (a) Find the equation of the straight line joining the points (3, 4) and (4, 3).
At what point does this straight line cuts the x-axis.
(b) Find the equation of the straight line joining the points (–2, 5) and (1, 2).
At what point does it cut y-axis.
Section 'C'
7. (a) Find the equations of the sides of a triangle with vertices (1, 4), (2, –3)
and (–1, –2).
(b) The vertices of triangle are (2, 2), (2, 8) and (–6, 2). Find the equation
and the length of median drawn from first vertex (2, 2).
(c) The vertices of triangle are (–3, –4), (7, –2) and (1, 2). Find the equation
and the length of the median drawn from 2nd vertex (7, –2).
8. (a) Find the equation of the line which passes through the midpoint of the
line joining the points (–1, –2) and (5, 6) and making an angle 45° with
the x-axis.
(b) Find the equation of a straight line passing through the point (–4, 5) and
the centroid of the triangle having vertices (–3, 2), (7, 1) and (2, –6).
9. Find the equation of a straight line.
(a) Passing through the point of intersection of two lines 3x – 5y = 1 and
2x + 3y = 7 and the point (–4, 3).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 151

 (b) Passing through the point of intersection of two lines x + 3y + 2 = 0 and
2x – y = 3 and the point (0, 0).
10. Find the equation and the length of line TK if
(a) T(p, q) lies on the line y = 6x – 1 and K(q, p) lies on the line
2x – 5y – 5 = 0
(b) T(a, b) lies on the line 4x – y = 11 and K(b , a) lies on the line
5x + 3y – 37 = 0.
11. (a) In what ratio does the line joining the points (8, 1) and (–1, –2) divided
by the line joining the points (4, –3) and (–1, 2)? Find it.
(b) In what ratio is the line joining the points (1, –1) and (0, 1) divides the
line joining the points (1, 2) and (–3, 4)? Find it.
12. (a) The line 4x – 5y + 20 = 0 cuts the x-axis at A and y-axis at B. Find the
equation of the median drawn through origin (0) of triangle OAB.
(b) Prove that the line joining the points (1, 2) and (2, –2) bisects the join of
(–3, 6) and (5, –2).

152 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Length of Perpendicular distance between a point and a line
How to find the distance between a point and a line? Discuss on it.
(i) The perpendicular distance between a point (x1, y1) and a line
xcos a + yin a = p.
Let, AB be a straight line having equation xcosa + ysina = p .........(i)
Let, P(x1, y1) be a point from which draw PQ perpendicular to AB. Through P
draw a line CD parallel to AB which meets x-axis at C and x-axis at D. Since,
OM ⊥AB and OM = p produce OM to N on CD so that ON⊥CD and ON =p'
∠NOX = a Y
The equation of CD is
xcosa + ysina = p' D
Since, P(x1, y1) lies on CD then,
B
x1cosa + y1 sina = p' .......... (ii) N
Now, PQ = MN M P(x1, y1)
= ON – OM = p' – p
∴ PQ = MN = x1cosa + y1sina – p is the X' a Q
C X
O A
required length.
Y'
(ii) Perpendicular distance between a point P(x1, y1) and a line Ax + By + C = 0
We know that
The given equation Ax + By + C = 0 into perpendicular form is
A B C
2 2 x + 2 y + 2 = 0 ........ (i)
A +B A +B
2 A +B
2

Now, the perpendicular distance between a point (x1, y1) and the line xcosa +
ysina = p is
P(x1, y1)
d
= |x1cosa + y1sina – p|
A B C
= x1. 2 + 2 + 2
A +B 2 A +B 2 A + B2

A B d
[∴ where, cosa = 2 , sina =
C A +B 2 A + B2
2
&p = ]
2 A +B
2
M N
Ax1 + By1 + C Ax + By + C = 0
d =
A2 . B2

where, the notation (modulus) is used to take the positive value of d.
How can we use the above formula to find the perpendicular distance between
two parallel lines? Discuss about it.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 153

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the length of perpendicular line drawn from (–1, 3) to the line
y – x – 2 2 = 0.
Solution: the given equation of line is
y–x–2 2=0
or, –x + y – 2 2 = 0 ............ (i)
Now, (–1, 3) = (x1, y1)
(–1, 3)
Comparing equation (i) with Ax + By + C = 0, we get
We get,
A = –1, B = 1, C = – 2 2
d
By formula,

Ax1 + By1 + C
d =
A2 + B2 y–x–2 2=0

(–1) × (–1) + 1 × 3 – 2 2
or, d= (–1)2 + (1)2

1+3–2 2
or, d=
2
4–2 2
or, d=
2
2 (2 2 – 2
or, d=
2
∴ d = 2( 2 – 1) units is the required length.

2. If the perpendicular distance between a point (z, 3) and a line

3x + 4y + 5 = 0 is 4 units then find the value of 'z'.
Solution: Here,
The given point (z, 3) = (x1, y1)
The equation of line is
3x + 4y + 5 = 0 ...............(i)
The perpendicular distance (d) = 4 units

154 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Comparing equation (i) with Ax + By + C = 0, we get
A = 3, B = 4 and C = 5
By formula,

Ax1 + By1 + C
d =
A2 + B2

3×z+4×3+5
or, 4= 32 + 42

3z + 12 + 5
or, 4=
9 + 16

3z + 17
or, 4=
9 + 16

3z + 17
or, 4= 5 [ Removing modulus sign]
or, 3z + 17 = 20
or, 3z = 20 – 17
3
or, z= =1
3
∴ The value of z = 1.
3. Find the perpendicular distance between the two parallel lines 3x +
4y – 8 = 0 and 3x + 5y + 24 = 0. 3x + 4y – 8 = 0
Solution: Here,
d
The given two parallel lines are
3x + 4y – 8 = 0 ........... (i) 3x + 5y + 24 = 0
and 3x + 5y + 24 = 0 ............ (ii)
Since, the given lines are parallel, so find a point on the line (i). For this
putting x = 0 then, we get
3 × 0 + 4y – 8 = 0
or, 0 + 4y = 8
8
y==2
4
∴ (x1, y1) = (0, 2)
Again, comparing equation (ii) with the equation Ax + By + C = 0, we get
A = 3, B = 5 and C = 24

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 155

 By formula,
Ax1 + By1 + C 3 × 0 + 5 × 2 + 24
d= =
A2 + B2 32 + 52

10 + 24 34
or, d = =
34 34

∴ d = 34 units
4. If 'd' is the length of the perpendicular drawn from the origin on the
m2 1 1
line y = mx + b , prove that 2 + 2 = 2
b b d
Solution: Here, the given equation of the line is
y = mx + b
or, –mx + y – b = 0 ........ (i)
Perpendicular distance from origin to the line is 'd'.
(0, 0) = (x1, y1)
Comparing equation (i) with Ax + By + c = 0, we get
A = –m, B = 1 and C = –b
By formula,

Ax1 + By1 + C
d =
A2 + B2

(–m) × 0 + 1 × 0 – b
or, d =
(–m)2 + (1)2

0+0–b
or, d =
m2 + 1

–b
or, d = 2 m +1
Squaring on both sides, we get
b2
d2 = 2
m +1
m2 + 1 1
or, 2 = 2
b d
m2 1 1
or, + = Proved.
b2 b 2 d 2

156 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 4.8
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the perpendicular distance between a point (u, v) and the line Ax
+ By + C = 0? Write it.
Ax1 + By1 + C
(b) What is the use of modulus sign in d = ?
2 2 A +B
Section 'B'
2. (a) Find the perpendicular distance between a line and a point in the
following conditions.
(i) 3x + 4y = 4 and the point (7, 4)
(ii) 12x – 5y = 1 and the point (3, 0)
(iii) 3 x – y + 2 = 0 and the point (2, 4)
(iv) 4x – 3y + 2 = 0 and the point (2, 4)
(v) mx + ny = m2 + n2 and the point (0, 0)
(b) (i) If the perpendicular distance from a point (1, 5) to the line
3x – 2y + m = 0 is 13 units, find the possible value of 'm'.
(ii) If the perpendicular distance from a point (2, 3) to the line
kx – 4y = –7 is 5 units, find the value of 'k'.
(iii) Find the value of 'z' if the length of perpendicular drawn through
the point (0, 0) to the line 3x – 4y – z = 0 is 1 units.
3. Find the distance between the following pair of parallel lines.
(i) 4x – 5y – 10 = 0 and 4x – 5y + 51 = 0
(ii) 6x – 8y – 3 = 0 and 6x – 8y + 12 = 0
(iii) 10x – 6y + 8 = 0 and 5x – 3y + 3 = 0
(iv) 2x + 2y + 10 3 = 0 and x + y + 3 2 = 0

Section 'C'
4. The equation of the base of an equilateral triangle is x + y = 2 and the vertex
is (2, – 1). Find the length of the sides of the triangle. Also find the perimeter
of triangle.

5. If 'p' is the length of perpendicular drawn from the origin on the line
x y 1 1 1
c d+ = 1, Prove that +
c­ d­ p­2­
2­ 2­ =

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 157

6. (a) If the length of perpendicular line drawn from (1, 1) to the line lx – my +
1 1 1 n
n = 0 be 1, prove that l – m + n = 2lm

(b) If the length of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, 2) to the lne
1 1 1 c
ax + by + 2c = 0 be 2 units then prove that: a + b + c + 2ab = 0
7. (a) The points E and F lying on the line x – y + 1 = 0 and are at a distance
of 5 units from the origin. Find the area of triangle EOF.
(b) S and N are two points on the line 2x + y – 2 = 0 and are at a distance of
10 units from the origin. Find the area of ∆SON.
(c) If a straight line passes through the points P(3, 4) and T(5, –2), find the
area of triangle POT where O is the origin.

4.4 Area of triangle and quadrilateral using coordinates

Let us discuss on the following questions.
☻ What are the formulae to find the area of triangle?
☻ What is the formula to find the area of trapezium?
☻ What is the formula to find the area of quadrilateral?
☻ What is the unit of area?
Does the area of a triangle is always positive? If it is negative how to make it
positive?
Can we find the area of triangle and quadrilateral using coordinates.
In this chapter, we will discuss how to find area of triangle and quadrilateral when
their vertices we given.
(i) Area of a triangle Y

Let, A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) be the A(x1,y1)
2)

vertices of a ∆ABC. From, A, B nd C, draw

2 y
x,

AQ, BP and CR perpendicular to OX meeting C(x3,y3)

B(

at the points Q, P and R respectively.

Now, OQ = x1, OP = x2, OR = x3

O X
X'
QA = y1, PB = y2, RC = y3 P Q R
From figure,
Y'

158 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Area of ∆ABC = Area of trap.ABPQ + Area of trap. AQRC – Area of trap.

BPRC.
1 1 1
= (BP + AQ). PQ + (AQ + CR). QR – (BP + CR). PR
2 2 2
1 1 1
= (BP + AQ). (OQ – OP) + (AQ + CR) (OR – OQ)– (BP + CR) (OR – OP)
2 2 2
1 1 1
= (y + y1) (x1 – x2) + (y1 + y3) (x3 – x1) – (y2 + y3) (x3 – x2)
2 2 2 2
1
= (x y – x2y2 + x1y1 – x2y1 + x3y1–x1y1+x3y3 – x1y3 – x3y2 + x2y2– x3y3 + x2y3)
2 1 2
1
= [x y – x2y1 + x2y3 – x3y2 + x3y1 – x1y3]
2 1 2
1
= [x (y – y3) + x2(x3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
2 1 2

The expression within the bracket of the area of the triangle can be obtained in the
following way.

x1 x2 x3 x1

y1 y2 y3 y1

If the vertices of the triangle be taken in the anticlockwise direction, the formula
gives the positive value and the formula will give the negative value if the vertices
be considered in the clockwise direction.
Collinear: Points lying on a same straight line are called collinear.
If the area of the triangle formed by the three points is zero, then the three points
lie in one straight line i.e. collinear.
D(x4,y4)
A(x1,y1)
Area of the quadrilateral
Let, A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2), C(x3, y3) and D(x4, y4) be the

vertices of a quadrilateral. Join AC. Now, the area

of the quadrilateral ABCD = Area of ∆ABC + Area of B(x2,y2)

C(x3,y3)
∆ACD.

So, area of quad. ABCD.

1 1
= [x (y – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)] + [x1(y3 – y4) + x2 (y4 – y1) + x4(y1 – y3)]
2 1 2 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 159

 1
= (x y – x2y1) + (x2y3 – x3y2) + (x3y4 – x4y4) + (x4y1 – x1y4)]
2 1 2
The expression within the bracket of the area of the quadrilateral can be obtained

in the following way.

x1 x2 x3 x4 x1

y1 y2 y3 y4 y1

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the area of a triangle whose vertices are (2, 3), (1, 0) and (2, 4)
Solution: Here,
Let, A(2, 3), B(1, 0) and C(2, 4) be the vertices of ∆ABC.
The vertices of a ∆ABC are arranged in the following ways.

2 1 2 2

3 40 3
1
Area of ∆ABC = |(2 × 0 – 3 × 1) + (4 × 1 – 2 × 0) + (3 × 2 – 4 × 2)|
2

1
= |(0 – 3) + (4 – 0) + (6 – 8)|
2
1
= |–3 + 4 – 2|
2

1
= |–1|
2

1
= sq. units
2

2. Show that the points (1, 4), (3, –2) and (–3, 16) are collinear.
Solution : Here,
Let, A(1, 4), B(3, –2) and C(–3, 16) be the vertices of ∆ABC.

1 3 –3 1
1
Now, Area of ∆ABC =
2 16
4 –2 4
1
= |(–2 – 12) + (48 – 6) + (–12 – 16)|
2

160 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1
= |–14 + 42 – 28|
2

1
= |42 – 42|
2
1
= ×0
2
= 0 sq. units
Since, the area of ∆ABC is zero, so the given three points are collinear.
3. Find the area of the quadrilateral PQRS whose vertices are P(3, 4),
Q(0, 5), R(2, –1) and S(3, –2).
Solution : Here, P(3, 4), Q(0, 5), R(2, –1) and S(3, –2) are the vertices of quad,
PQRS.
Now,
3 0 2 3 3
1
Area of quad. PQRS =
2
4 5 –1 –2 4
1
= |(15 – 0) + (0 – 10) + (–4 + 3) + (12 + 6)|
2
1
= |15 – 10 – 1 + 18|
2
1
= × 22
2
= 11 sq. units
∴ Area of quad. PQRS = 11 sq. units.
4. If the points (3, 3), (h, 0) and (0, k) lie in the same straight line, prove
1 1 1
that: + =
h k 3

Solution: Here, the given points are (3, 3), (h, 0) and (0, k) lies in a same straight
line.

Since, the points lie in a straight line so area of triangle formed by the given
points is 0.
Now,
3 h 0 3
1
Area of triangle =
2
1 3 0 k 3
or, 0 = |(0 – 3h) + (hk – 0) + (0 – 3k)|
2
1
or, 0 = |–3h + hk – 3k|
2
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 161
 1
or, 0= |hk – 3h – 3k|
2
or, 0 × 2 = hk – 3h – 3k
or, 0 + 3h + 3k = hk
or, 3h + 3k = hk
Dividing both sides by 3hk, we get
3h 3k hk
or, + =
3hk 3hk 3hk

1 1 1
or, + =
k h 3
1 1 1
or, + = proved.
h k 3

5. A, B, C and D are the four points with coordinates (6, 3), (–3, 5), (4, –2)
∆DBC 1
and (k, 3k) respectively and = , find the value of k.
∆ABC 2
Solution: Here,
∆DBC 1
A(6, 3), B(–3, 5), C(4, –2) and D(k, 3k) the given four points. and =
∆ABC 2
Now,
k -3 4 k
1
Area of ∆DBC =
2 3k 5 –2 3k
1
= |(5k + 9k) + (6 – 20) + (12k + 2k)|
2

1
= |14k – 14 + 14k|
2

1
= (28k – 14)
2

1
= × 2 (14k – 7)
2

= (14k – 7) sq. units.
6 –3 4 6
1
Similarly, Area of ∆ABC =
2 3 5 –2 3

1
= |(30 + 9) + (6 – 20) + (12 + 12)|
2

1
= |39 – 14 + 24|
2

1 49
= × 49 = sq. units
2 2

162 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 ∆DBC 1
Since, =
∆ABC 2

14k – 7 1
or, =
49 2
2
2(14k – 7) 1
or, =
49 2
or, 56k – 28 = 49
or, 56k = 49 + 28
77 11
or, k= =
56 8
11
∴ k=
8

Exercise 4.9
Section 'A'

1. (a) A(x1, y1, B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) be the vertices of ∆ABC. Write the formula
to find the area of ∆ABC.

(b) B(x1, y1), I(x2, y2), K(x3, y3) and E(x4, y4) be the vertices of quadrilateral
BIKE. Write the formula to find the area of quad. BIKE.

2. (a) What is the required condition for three points to be collinear?

(b) What is the area of quadrilateral when the given four points lies in a
straight line?
Section 'B'
3. (a) Find the area of triangle having the following vertices.
(i) (4, 6), (0, 4) and (6, 2) (ii) A(3, –4), B(–2, 3) and C(4, 5)
(iii) (2, 1), (6, 1) and (2, 3) (iv) (6, –1), (2, 3) and (–1, –4)
(b) Prove that the following points are collinear.
(i) (2, 3), (6, 9) and (0, 0) (ii) (–5, 1), (5, 5) and (10, 7)
(iii) (1, 3), (2, 4) and (3, 5) (iv) (a, b + c), (b, c + a) and (c, a + b)
4. (a) If the three points A(2, –1), B(p, 3) and C(–4, 0) are collinear, find the
value of 'p'.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 163

 1
(b) If the points (2, –2), , –1 and (–1, k) are collinear, find the value of 'k'.
2
(c) Find a relation between a and b if the points (a, b), (1,2 ) and (7, 0) are
collinear.
(a) If (x, y) be any point in a straight line which passes through the points
5.
x y
(a, 0) and (0, b), prove that + = 1
a b
(b) If the points (a, 1), (1, 2) and (0, b + 1) are collinear, prove that :
1 1
+ = 1
a b
(c) If (x, y) be any point in a straight line which passes through the line
–b
joining the points (0, b) and , 0 show that y = mx + b.
m
6. (a) If the area of triangle formed by the points (–1, 2), (3, 4) and (m, 0) is 6

sq. units, find the values of m.

(b) If the area of the triangle with vertices (2, 4), (–1, 1) and (6. n) is 9 sq.

units, find the possible values of n.

7. (a) Find the area of quadrilateral whose vertices are

(i) A(3, 4), B(0, 5), C(2, 1) and D(3, –2)

(ii) P(–5, 7), Q(–4, –5), R(–1, –6) and S(4, 5)

(iii) M(–4, –2), O(–3, –5), N(3, –2) and K(2, 3)

(iv) D(6, 8), H(6, – 4), O(4, –2) and J(0, 10)

(b) If (1, k), (–1, –1), (2k, 6) and (–5, –5) are collinear, find the value of k.

(c) If the area of the quadrilateral BEST with vertices B(a, –3), E(6, 4), S(5,

6) and T(–3, 5) is 41 sq. units, find the value of 'a'.

(d) Prove that the points (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3) and (4, 4) are collinear.

164 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Section 'C'

8. (a) The coordinates of P, E and N are P(6, 3), E(–3, 5) and N(4, –2) respectively
∆PEN 7
and T(a, b) be any point, prove that: = .
∆TEN a + b–2
(b) The vertices of ∆HEN are (2, 3), (–6, 1) and (–1, –4) respectively and T(x,
∆THE x – 4y + 10
y) be any points prove that: = .
∆HEN 25
9. (a) The vertices of ∆DEN are D(5, 2), E(–9, –3) and N(–3, –5). If H, O and T

are the mid points of EN, DN and DE respectively. Prove that: ∆HOT =
1
∆DEN.
4
(b) A median of a triangle divides it into two triangles of equal areas. Verify
this result for ∆ABC whose vertices are A(4, –6), B(3, –2) and C(5, 2).
(c) D and E are the midpoints of the sides PQ and PR respectively of the
triangle PQR with vertices P(3, 4), Q(1, 2) and R(7, 2).
(i) What are the coordinates of D and E?
(ii) Find the area of ∆PDE and ∆PQR.
(iii) By how much percentage the area ∆PQR is more than the area of
∆PDE?
(iv) Find the area of trapezium DQRE.
10. (a) P(k, k + 1), Q(0, 7), R(2, – 1) and S(3, –2) are the vertices of a quadrilateral
PQRS. If the area of the quadrilateral PQRS is equal to 8 times the area
of the triangle PRS. Determine the value of k.
(b) The coordinates of A, B and C are (6, k), (–3, 5) and (4, –2) respectively.
The coordinates of the point P is (k, 2k). If 2∆PBC = ∆ABC, find the value
of k.
11. (a) D and G are the points (3, 4) and (5, –2). Find a point O such that
DO = GO and area of ∆GOD = 10 square units.
(b) For what value of m the area of quadrilateral with vertices (m, – 2), (–2,
5), (3, 2) and (7, 1) is 4 sq. units? Find it.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 165

12. (i) In the given graph ABCD is a rectangular plot of land. A triangular
garden PQR is inside it. Taking A as origin (i) find the coordinates of the
vertices of the triangle.

B C

A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D

(ii) What will be the coordinates of the vertices of ∆PQR if C is the origin?
(iii) Also, calculate the areas of the triangle in these cases. What do you
observe?


166 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 UNIT

5 TRIGONOMETRY

5.1 Measurement of Angles

Review
Discuss the following questions in the class.
(i) How many right angles are there in a right angled triangle?
(ii) Which side is the longest side in a right angled triangle?
(iii) What is the relation between three sides of a right angled triangle.
(iv) Are 5 cm, 6 cm and 8 cm represent the sides of a right angled triangle?

The word trigonometry is extracted from the Greek words 'Tri-gonia-metron'. Here
'tri' means three, 'gonia' means angles and 'metron' means measure. This means,
trigonometry is the study of triangle. In about 150BC, the Greek mathematician,
Hipparchus started to use trigonometric ratios. So, he is called the father of
trigonometry.

At present, we apply trigonometry in Engineering, Geology, Astronomy, Surveying,

aviation, Navigation and other branch of science to solve problems.

Angle
When two straight lines intersect each other at a point, then angles are formed. The
angle between the two straight lines lies between 0º to 360º. There are two types of
angles.
B
Positive and Negative Angles
If a revolving line OB rotates about a point O from its initial
position OA in anticlockwise direction, the angle made by O A
the line is known as positive angle. In the adjoining figure,
∠AOB is a positive angle. A

If a revolving line OB rotates about the point O from its

initial position OA in clockwise direction, the angle made by
O
the line is known as negative angle. In the adjoining figure,
B
∠AOB is a negative angle.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 167

Systems of Measurement of Angles
There are three systems for the measurement of angles. They are
(a) Sexagesimal System (Degree system or English system)
(b) Centesimal System (Grade system or French system)
(c) Radian system (Circular measure)

Sexagesimal System
In sexagesimal System, a right angle is divided into 90 equal parts. Each part is
called a degree. A degree is again divided into 60 equal parts. Each part is called
a minute. A minute is further divided into 60 equal parts. Each part is called a
second.

1 right angle = 90 degree = 90º

1º = 60 minutes = 60'
1' = 60 seconds = 60"
1º = 3600 seconds = 3600".
In this system 89 degrees 35 minutes 57 seconds is written as 89º35'57".

Centesimal System
In centesimal system, a right-angle is a divided into 100 equal parts. Each part is
called a grade. A grade is again divided into 100 equal parts. Each part is called
a minute. A minute is further divided into 100 equal parts. Each part is called a
second.
1 right angle = 100 grades = 100g
1 = 100 minutes = 100'
g

1' = 100 seconds = 100"

1g = 10000 seconds = 10000".
In this system, 55 grades 77 minutes 95 seconds is written 55g77'95".

Relation between Sexagesimal system and Centesimal system

In sexagesimal system,
1 right angle = 90º
In Centisimal system, 1 right angle = 100g
So, 90º = 100g
100 g 10 g
\ 1º = 90 = 9
9 °
Also, 1g = 10

168 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 10 g 9 °
Hence, 1º = 9 and 1g = 10

Hence, to convert any angle from degree into grade, multiply the degree by
10 9
9 and to convert any angle from grade into degree, multiply the grade by 10.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Convert 14º9'50" to seconds.

Solution:
Here, 14º9'50"
= (14 × 3600 + 9 × 60 + 50)"
= (50400 + 540 + 50)"
= 50990°.
2. Convert 128g87'46" to seconds.
Solution:
Here, 128g87'46"
= (128 × 10000 + 87 × 100 + 46)"
= (1280000 + 8700 + 46)"
= 1288746".
3. Reduce 30º58'35" into degrees.
Solution:
Here, 30º58'35"
58 35 °
= 30 + 60 +
3600
30 × 3600 + 58 × 60 + 35 °
= 3600
108000 + 3480 + 35 °
= 3600
111515 °
= 3600

= 30.9764º.
4. Reduce 84g59'77" into grades.
Solution:
Here, 84g59'77"
59 77 g
= 84 + 100 +
10000

84 × 10000 + 59 × 100 + 77 °
= 10000

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 169

 840000 + 5900 + 77 °
= 10000

845977 °
= 10000

= 84.5977g
5. Express 24º51'45" into centesimal measure.
Solution:
Here, 24º51'45"
51 45 °
= 24 + 60 +
3600
86400 + 3060 + 45 °
= 3600
86400 + 3060 + 45 °
= 3600
89505 °
= 3600 = 24.8625º
We have,
10 g
1º = 9

10 g
So, (24.8625)º = 9 × 24.8625
= (27.625)g
= 27g (0.625 × 100)'
= 27g 62'(0.5 × 100)"
= 27g 62'50"
6. Express 40g55'65" into sexagesimal measure.
Solution:
Here, 40g55'65"
55 65 g
= 84 + 100 +
10000

400000 + 5500 + 65 g
= 10000

840000 + 5500 + 65 g
= 10000

405500 + 65 g
=
10000
= 40.5565g
We have,
9 °
1g = 10
9 °
So, (24.8625)g = 10 × 40.5565

170 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 = (36.5009)º
= 36º(0.5009 × 60)"
= 36º30'(0.054 × 60)"
= 36º30'3.24"
7. If sum of the number of degrees of a certain angle added to the number
of grades is 152, find the angle in degrees.
Solution: Let, the angle in degree be xº,
10 g 10x g
Then, the angle in grade = x × 9 = 9
By questions,
10x
x + 9 = 152
19x
or, 9 = 152
∴ x = 72º
Hence the required angle = 72º

Exercise 5.1
Section 'A'

1. Fill in the blanks

(a) 1 right angle in degree = _________

(b) 1° = _________ minutes.

(c) 100g = ________ rightangle.

(d) 1° = _________ grade

(e) 1g = _________ degree.

Section 'B'

2. Reduce into seconds.

(a) 27º 15'46" (b) 19º5'18" (c) 140º9' (d) 119º50"
(e) 24'18" (English system) (f) 125g60'85" (g) 77g58'36"
(h) 15g56' (i) 82g70" (j) 75'89" (French system)

3. Convert into degrees.

(a) 50º15'27" (b) 125º56'40" (c) 35º18'
(d) 140º42" (e) 15'38"

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 171

4. Convert into grades :
(a) 60g52'86" (b) 8g7'6" (c) 181g56'
(d) 20g50" (e) 85'57".

5. Express the following into centesimal measure :

(a) 126º (b) 450º (c) 27º15'46" (d) 74º46'34"
(e) 102º57' (f) 150º60" (g) 34'58"

6. Express the following into sexagesimal measure :

(a) 150g (b) 260g (c) 81g56'43" (d) 128g3'8"
(e) 205g80' (f) 85g 95" (g) 75'86"
7. Subtract the sum of 34º50'20"and 12º34'48" from 100g.
8. If D be the number of degrees in any angle and G be the number of grades,
1
prove that G = D + D.
9

9. If m and M respectively denote the number of English and French minutes of

m M
any angle, then show that = .
27 50
Section 'C'

10. If the number of degrees in a certain angle added to the number of grades in the
angle is 76, find the angle in degrees.

11. The difference of the number of degrees and the number of grades of same
angle is 8, find the angle in grades.

12. Divide 135º into two parts such that the ratio of the first part in grades to the
second part in degrees in 5:9, find each angle in degree.

13. The sum of the two angles is 72º and their difference is 20g. Find the angles in
grades.

14. If G be the whole number of grades, M be the whole number of minutes and S
be the whole number of seconds in the same angle, prove that 10000G = 100M
= S.

172 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Radian System
B
Draw a circle with centre O and radius OA. Take any point B
on the circumference of the circle making arc AB = OA. Join
OB. The angle AOB is formed at the centre of the circle. ∠AOB 1°
O A
is called 1 radian angle and written as ∠AOB = 1c. Radian is r

the unit of measurement in circular measure (Radian system).

An angle at the centre of the circle made by an arc equal to

the length of radius of the circle is called a radian angle.

B
Theorem : Radian is a constant angle.
Let O be the centre of circle and ∠AOB is the angle at the r

centre of circle made by an arc AB equal to the length of 1°

C A
the radius. Then ∠AOB = 1c. AO is produced up to C. Then O r

∠AOC = 180º.
1
Length of arc ABC = × circumference of circle.
2
1
= × 2 πr = πr.
2
From Geometry, we know that the angles at the centre of the circle are proportional
to the arcs on which they stand.
∠AOB arc AB
ie, =
∠AOC arcABC
1c r
or, = πr
180°
180 °
\ 1c = π

Here the value of 1c is independent of r. Also 180º and π are constant quantities.
Hence a radian is a constant angle.

Relation of circular measure with centesimal and sexagesimal

system.
180 °
(i) 1c = π
π c
(ii) 1º = 180

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 173

 200 g
(iii) 1c = π
π c
(iv) 1g = 200

\ πc = 180º = 200g
degree grade radian
Also, 180 = =
200 π

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Express 150º in radian measure.

Solution: We have
π c
1º = 180
π c
150º = 180 × 150
5π c
\ 150º = 6

2. Express 150g in radian measure.

Solution: We have
π c
1g = 200
π c 3π c
150g = 200 × 150 = 4
3π c
\ 150g = 4

c
3. Express 2π in sexagesimal measure and centesimal measure.
3
Solution : We have
180 °
1c π =
2π c 180 2π °
3 = π × 3 = 120º
2π c
\ 3 = 120º is the sexagesimal measure.
Again, we have
2π c 200 2π g 400 g
3 = π × 3 = 3 = 133g 33'33"

2π c
\ 3 = 133g33'33"

174 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

4. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio 1:2:3, find each angle in
degrees.
Solution: Let the angles of a triangle be xº, 2xº and 3xº respectively.
We know that,
x + 2x + 3x = 180º
or, 6x = 160º
\ x = 30º
Hence the three angles are
x = 30º
2x = 60º
3x = 90º

5. If two angles of a triangle are 50º and 80g, find the remaining angle in
radian measure.
Solution: The two angles of a triangle are 50º and 80g
π c 5π c
Now, 50º = 50 × 180 = 18
π c 2π c
80g = 80 × 200 = 5
Let the third angle be x radian.
5π c 2π c
We know that 18 + 5 + x = πc
5π 2π c 29π c
or, x = π – – = 90
18 5
29π c
\ Remaining angle = 90

6. One angle of a triangle is 1 of a right angle. If the greatest of the other two is double
4
the smaller angle, find all angles in degrees.
Solution: Let ABC be a triangle.
2 2
∠A = of a right angle = × 90º = 60º
3 3
∠B = xº (suppose)
Then,
∠C = 2xº
We know that
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180º
or, 60º + x + 2x = 180º
or, 3x = 120º
∴ x = 40º
Hence ∠B = x = 40º
∠C = 2x = 80º
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 175
7. The number of degrees in an angle of a triangle is to the number of grades in the
2
second is to the number of radians in the third is in the ratio of 144:140: . Find the
angles in degrees. π
Solution:
Let, A, B and C be the three angles of a triangle.
Let,
∠A = 144xº

9 °
∠B = 140xg = 140 × 1 = 126x°
0
π c π 180 °
∠C = x = x× = 90x°
2 2 π
We know that
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180º
or, 144x + 126x + 90x = 180º

or,
360x = 180

1
\ x = 2
1 °
Hence ∠A = (144 x)° = 144 × 2 = 72º

1
∠B = (126x)° = 126 × 2 °
= 63º

1
∠C = (90x)° = 90 × 2 ° = 45º

Polygon
E D
A polygon is a closed figure bounded by three or more
line segments. Triangle (3 sides), quadrilateral (4 sides),
F C
pentagon (5 sides), hexagon (6 sides), heptagon (7 sides), Interior angle
Octagon (8 sides), nonagon (9 sides), decagon (10 sides), G
do-decagon (12 sides), quindecagon (15 sides) etc. are A B
Exterior angle
some polygons.

An angle formed by two consecutive sides of a polygon is called an interior angle

or simply an angle of the polygon. In the adjoining polygon, ∠ABC, ∠BCD, ∠CDE,
∠EFA and ∠FAB are the interior angles of the polygon.

176 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

When one of the sides of a polygon is produced, an angle is formed. Such angle is
called an exterior angle. ∠CBG is the exterior angle.

In a polygon, if all of its sides are equal in length and all of its angles are equal, then
it is called a regular polygon.

In a polygon, if at least one side is unequal to other sides or one angle is unequal to
the other, then it is called irregular polygon. The number of angles in a polygon is
equal to the number of sides in it.

Interior angle and Exterior angle of a polygon

Let us consider a polygon having n number of sides. Point O is taken inside the
polygon. OA, OB, OD, OE, OF …… are joined.
Then there are n no. of triangles.

Now, sum of interior angles of n triangle = n × 180º.

Sum of interior angles of the polygon + sum of angles at O = n × 180º
Sum of interior angle of polygon + 360º = 180 × n
Sum of interior angles of polygon = 180 × n – 360º E D
\ Sum of interior angles of polygon = 180º(n – 2)

180(n – 2) F O C
Each interior angle (θ) of a regular polygon =
n
Let, α be each exterior angle of the polygon. A B
Then θ + α = 180º
180(n – 2)
or, + α = 180º
n
180 – 180(n – 2)
or, α =
n
180° – 180° + 360° 360°
= =
n n
360°
Also, sum of all exterior angles = × n = 360º
n

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1
1. The exterior angle of a regular polygon is of the interior angle of a
3
regular octagon. Find the number of sides of the regular polygon.
Solution: Here, exterior angle of a regular polygon

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 177

 1
= of interior angle of a regular octagon
3
360° 1 180(8 – 2)
or, = × [ octagon has 8 sides)
n 3 8
360° 1 45 × 6
or, = ×
n 3 2
360
or, =8
45
∴ The number of sides of the regular polygon = 8 sides.

Clock
In a clock,
an hour hand takes 12 hours to make Minute hand
Hour hand
360º.
A minute hand takes 60 minutes to
make 360º.
A second hand takes 60 seconds to Second hand
make 360º.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Through what angle does the minute hand of a clock turn in 25

minutes ? Find the angle in degree and radian.
Solution:
In 60 minutes, a minute hand makes 360º.
360°
In 1 minute, a minute hand makes .
60
360°
In 25 minutes a minute hand makes × 25º = 150º.
60
p c 5p c
Again, 150º = 150 × =
180 180
2. Find in degrees, the angle between the hour hand and the minute
hand of a clock at
(i) Half-past three.
(ii) Twenty minutes to six.
(iii) A quarter past eleven.
Solution :
(i) In half-past three, the minute hand is at 6 and hour hand
1
has moved from 3 for 30 minutes. i.e. through × 30º = 15º.
2

178 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Also, the angle between 3 and 6 in a clock is 90º.
Hence, the angle between the two hands at half-past three = 90º – 15º =
75° = 75º
Note : With respect to minute hand, the angle between hour hand and minute
hand at 2:30 is 75º. But with respect to hour hand the angle = 360º –
75º = 285º

(ii) The angle between 8 and 6 in a clock-dial = 30º × 2 = 60º

Here, the minute hand is at 8 and the hour hand has to
move for 20 minutes
1
i.e. through × 20º = 10º to come just over 6.
2
Therefore, the angle between the hour hand and the minute hand at 20
minutes to 6 is (60º + 10º) = 70º.

(iii) In quarter past eleven, the minute hand is at 3 and the

hour hand has moved from 11 for 15 minutes i.e. through
1 15°
× 15º = . The angle between 11 and 3 in a clock-dial
2 2
30º × 4 = 120º

Hence, the angle between the two hands in a clock at quarter past eleven
15 225°
= 120º – =
2 2
Note: (i) An hour hand makes 30º in 1 hour.
(ii) A minute hand makes 6º in 1 minute.

Exercise 5.2
Section 'A'
1. Fill in the blanks

(a) 1° = ___________ Radian.

(b) 1c = _________ grade

(c) Each interior angle of a regular polygon = ___________.

(d) A minute hand makes __________ degree in 60 minutes.

(e) Each exterior angle of a regular polygon = ___________.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 179

 Section 'B'

2. Express the following angles in circular measure.

(a) 30º (b) 120º (c) 210º (d) 50g
(e) 300g (f) 130g

3. Express the following angles in sexagesimal measure.

3p 2p c 5p c 2p c
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 9 18 3
4. Express the following angles in centesimal measure.
c c c c
2p 7p p 4p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 10 20 25

2p c
5. (a) Find the ratio of 10º and .
c 5
p
(b) Find the ratio of and 140g.
5

6. (a) Find the remainder in radian when 50º is taken out from 90g.
p c
(b) Find the remainder in degree when is taken out from 140g.
20
2p c
7. (a) Find the sum of , 150g and 50º in terms of degrees.
3 2p c
(b) Find the sum of 20º, and 150g in terms of radians.
3
Section 'C'
8. (a) If D, G and C be the numbers of degrees, grades and radians of an angle,
D G C
prove that = = .
180 200 p
(b) If G, D, and q be the number of grades, degrees and radians in any
20q
angle, prove that G – D = .
p
2p c
9. (a) The circular measure of one angle of a triangle is and the second
9
angle is 40º, find the remaining angle in grades.

(b) If one angle of a right-angled triangle is 40g, find the other angle in
radian measure.
2p c
(c) If one angle of a right-angled triangle is , find the other angle in
5
grades.

(d) The angles of a triangle are in the ratio 1:2:7. Find the angles in grades.

(e) The angles of a triangle are in the ratio 5:7:8. Find the angles in radian
measure.

180 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (f) Two angles of a triangle are in the ratio 3:8 and the third angle is 81°.
Find the two angles in grades.

(g) In an isosceles triangle, the number of degrees in the vertical angle is to

the number of degrees in each base angle is 5:2. Find the vertical angle
in degrees.

(h) Find in circular measure, the base angle of an isosceles triangle, whose
vertical angle is 54º.
2
10. (a) One angle of a triangle is of a right angle. If the greater of the other
3
two is double the smaller angle, find all the angles in degrees.
2
(b) One angle of a triangle of a right angle. If the greater of the other two
3
exceeds the smaller angle by 18º, find all the angles in degrees.
c
9p
(c) The sum of two angles of a triangle is and their difference is 9º.
20
Find the angles in grades.

(d) The difference between the two acute angles of a right angled triagle is 
2p c
, find the angles in degrees.
5
2x c 3x c px c
(e) If the angles of a triangle are , , and , find all the angles
3 2 75
in degrees.

(f) The number of grades in an angle of a triangle is to the number of

degrees in the second is to the number of radians in the third is in the
ratio 280:288:p. Find the angles in degrees.
11. (a) Find the interior angles of the following regular polygons in sexagesimal
and circular measure.
(i) Quadrilateral (ii) Hexagon (iii) Decagon

(b) Find the exterior angle of the following regular polygons in sexagesimal
and centesimal system.
(i) Pentagon (ii) Octagon (iii) Nonagon.

(c) The interior angle of a regular polygon is 135º. Find the number of sides
of the polygon.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 181

 (d) Find each angle of a pentagon in degree, if its angles are in the ratio
2:3:4:5:6.
1
(e) The exterior angle of a regular polygon is equal to
of the interior angle
4
of a regular hexagon. How many sides does the polygon have ?

(f) How many sides does a regular polygon have whose interior angle is
four times its exterior angle ?

(g) The number of sides of two regular polygons are in the ratio of 2:1. If the
difference between their interior angles is 30º, find the number of sides
in each polygon.

(h) One regular polygon has thrice as many sides as another. The interior
angles of the first polygon and the second are in the ratio 4:3. Find the
number of sides in each polygon.

(i) The number of degrees in an angle of a regular polygon falls short of the
number of grades in it by 15. Find the number of sides of the polygon.
12. (a) Through what angle in degree does the minute hand of a clock turn in
(i) 45 minutes (ii) 25 minutes (iii) 40 minutes.

(b) Through what angle in radian does the hour hand of a clock turn in
(i) 3 hours (ii) 5 hours (iii) 50 minutes.

(c) Find in degrees the angle formed by the minute hand and hour hand of
a clock at
(i) 2:45 P.M. (ii) 3 O'clock (iii) 6 O'clock.

(d) A clock is started at noon. What angle has the hour-hand described at
3:30 P.M. ?

182 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Relation of Central angle (q) with the length of arc(l) and
radius of the circle (r).
Theorem:

The circular measure of an angle is expressed by the ratio of the length of the arc of
the circle subtending the angle at its centre to its radius.
length of the arc of the circle
i.e. central angle =
radius of the circle
Proof:
l
Consider a circle ABCD with its centre at O and radius B
r. Let ∠AOC = θ be the angle at the centre of the circle C
r
subtended by the arc AC of length l i.e. arc AC = l. θ
lc
O A
∠AOB is drawn where length of arc AB = radius of r
circle D

Then ∠AOB = 1c.

From Geometry, we know that the angles at the centre of circle are proportional
to the arcs on which they stand.
∠AOC Arc AC
i.e. =
∠AOB Arc AB
q l
or, c =
1 r
l c
o\ θ =
r
Similarly, l =θr
l
and r = .
θ

Here, the measure of angle θ must be in radian.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the circular measure of an angle subtended at the centre of a

circle by an arc 75cm long, the radius of the circle being 50cm.
Solution: Here,
Length of arc (l) = 75cm
Radius of circle (r) = 50cm

l 75 3 c
Now, central angle (θ) = = =
r 50 2
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 183
2. A dog is tethered to a stake by a rope 36m long. If the dog moves along
the circumference of the circle keeping the rope tight, find how far it
22
will have gone when the rope has traced out an angle of 35º. p = .
7
Solution:
When the rope is tight, it represents the radius with the stake as the centre.


\ Radius (r) = 36m.
p c
Central angle (θ) = 35º = 35 ×
180
Since the dog moves along the circumference, the distance moved by the dog is
the length of arc (l)

We have, l = θ . r
p 22
= 35 ×
× 36 = 35 × 36 × m= 22m
18 7 × 180
3. The minute hand of a clock is 2.1cm long. How far does the tip of the
hand move in 20 minutes.
Solution:
Here, the minute hand of a clock represents the radius of circle
\ Radius (r) = 2.1cm

In 60 minutes, a minute hand turns through 2pc.

2p c 2p c
In 20 minutes, a minute hand turns through = × 20 =
60 3
2p c
\ Central angle (θ) =
3
Now, length moved by a minute hand (l) = θ . r
2p 2 × 22
= × 2.1= × 2.1 = 4.4cm
3 7×3
4. A pendulum 126cm long vibrates 2º30' on each side of its mean
22
position. Find the length of the arc through which it swings. p = .
7
Solution: O
Here, radius (r) = 126 cm
central angle (θ) = 2º30'+ 2º30'
p c
= 5º = 5 ×
0'

180
2°3
2°3
m

p c
0'
6c

=
36
12

p
length of arc AB (l) = θ . r = × 126
36 A B
22
= × 126 = 11cm
7 × 36

184 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 5.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) Find in radian, the magnitude of the angle subtended by an arc 60cm long
at the centre of the circle whose radius is 45cm.
(b) Find in degree measure, the angle subtended at the centre of a circle
22
whose radius is 62.5cm by an arc of length 5cm. p =
7
(c) Find the number of degrees subtended at the centre of a circle by an arc
whose length is three times the radius.
2. (a) Find the length of the arc which subtends the angle 30º at the centre of a
22
circle whose radius is 7m. p =
7
(b) The radius of a circle is 42cm. Find the length of an arc which subtends
an angle of one third radian at the centre.
(c) Find the length of an arc intercepted by a central angle 105º with the
22
radius of the circle 7 meters. p =
7
3. (a) Find the radius of the circle for which an arc of length 110cm subtends an
angle 36º at the centre.
(b) Find the radius of the circle for which an arc 30cm long subtends an angle
c
2p
of at the centre.
3
(c) Find the radius of the circle for which an arc 42cm long subtends an angle
22
of 75g at the centre. p =
7

Section 'B'
4. (a) A cow is tied to a pole by a rope 36m long. If the cow moves along the
circumference of a circle always keeping the rope tight, how far will it
22
have moved when the rope has traced out an angle of 70º. p =
7
(b) A horse is tide to a post by a rope. How long must the rope be in order that
the horse can move through 54 meters at the end of the rope, the angle
22
traced out by the rope being 75º ? p =
7

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 185

5. (a) The minute hand of a clock is 24cm. How for does the tip of the hand move
22
during 15 minutes. p =
7
(b) The hour hand of a clock is 3m long. How far does it move in 20 minutes ?

6. (a) The length of a pendulum is 8 metres while the pendulum swings through
1.5 radians, find the length of the arc through which its tip passes.
(b) The end of a 48cm pendulum describes an arc of length 12cm. Through
what angle does the pendulum swing ?
(c) Find the length of the pendulum which describes an arc 11cm which it
turns through an angle of 42º.
7. Find the length of arc ABC in the given figures. Also find the perimeter
of the given figures.

(a) C (b) O
80°
B

14
cm
A C
O A
7cm B
(c) B (d) B

c
5p
3
O 12.6cm
21
cm O
2p c
C
A 3 C
A

186 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

5.2 Trigonometric Ratios
Review D
Discuss the following question in the class
(i) How many sides does a triangle have?
(ii) What are the types of triangles on the basis of sides and
angles?
(iii) What do you mean by trigonometry?
E F
(iv) What have you understood about the ratio?
(v) Make a list all of the possible ratios of the sides of the given right angled
triangle.

Right Angled Triangle

A right-angled triangle consists of one right angle, two acute angles and three sides.
These arc called elements of a right-angled triangle.
One of the acute angles is considered for naming side of the A
right-angled triangle is called reference angle. In the figure q
∠C and ∠A arc two acute angles. We can take ∠A or ∠C as a
reference angle (But only one angle at a time)
The side opposite to the right angle is called hypotenuse and is
denoted by h. The side opposite to the reference angle is called a
B C
perpendicular and is denoted by p. The remaining side is called
base and is denoted by b.
When ∠ACB = α is taken as reference angle then for α, AC is hypotenuse, AB is
perpendicular and BC is base.
A
Similarly, if ∠BAC = θ is taken as reference angle, then for q, AC
is hypotenuse, BC is perpendicular and AB is base. q

In ΔABC, for reference angle ∠ACB = a,

AC = Hypotenuse = h
a
AB = Perpendicular = p C
B
BC = Base = b
For reference ∠BAC = q,
AC = Hypotenuse = h

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 187

 BC = Perpendicular = p
AB = Base = b
Based on reference angle θ, the following six ratios may be obtained.

AB p BC b AB p
1. = 2. = 3. =
AC h AC h BC b
AC h AC h BC b
4. = 5. = 6. =
AB p BC b AC p

These ratios are called trigonometrical Ratios.

1. The ratio of perpendicular to the hypotenuse is called the sine of the angle a.
p
i.e. sina = .
h
2. The ratio of base to the hypotenuse is called the cosine of the angle a.
b
i.e. cose a =
h
3. The ratio of perpendicular to the base is called the tangent of the angle a.
p
i.e. tan a =
b
4. The ratio of hypotenuse to the perpendicular is called the cosecant of the angle
h
a i.e. coseca = .
p
5. The ratio of hypotenuse to the base is called the secant of the angle a.
h
i.e. seca =
p
6. The ratio of base to the perpendicular is called the cotangent of the angle a.
b
i.e. cota =
p

Relation of Trigonometric Ratios

Reciprocal Relations.

We know that
p h
sinθ = , cosecθ =
h p
b h
cosθ = , secθ =
h b
p b
tanθ = , cotθ =
b p

188 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (i) sinθ × cosecθ (ii) cosθ × secθ (iii) tanθ × cotθ
p h b h p b
= × = × = ×
h p h b b p
=1 =1 =1
\ sinθ × cosecθ = 1 \ cosθ × secθ = 1 \ tanθ × cosθ = 1

Hence the Reciprocal Relations are

(i) sinθ . cosecθ = 1 (ii) cosθ . secθ = 1 (iii) tanθ . cotθ = 1
1 1 1
sinθ = cosθ = tanθ =
cosecθ secθ cotθ
1 1 1
cosecθ = secθ = cotθ =
sinθ cosθ tanθ

Quotient Relations
We know that,
p
(i) tanθ =
b
p
h sinθ
or, tanθ = = [Dividing numerator and dendminator by h]
b cosθ
h
sinθ
\ tanθ =
cosθ
b
(ii) cotθ =
p
b
h cosθ
or, cotθ = = [Dividing numerator and denominator by h]
p sinθ
h
cosθ
\ cotθ =
sinθ
Hence the quotient relations are :
sinθ cosθ
(i) tanθ = (ii) cotθ =
cosθ sinθ

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 189

Conversion of Trigonometric Ratios
In trigonometry, there are altogether six trigonometrical ratios. Each ratio of any
acute angle is the ratio of two sides of a right-angled triangle. If two sides of a right-
angled triangle are given, then we can find the remaining side of the triangle by
using Pythagoras theorem. If we know the value of any one trigonometrical ratio,
we can find the remaining ratios using the following two methods.
(i) With the help of Pythagoras theorem.
(ii) With the help of fundamental trigonometrical formulae.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

3
1. If tanθ = , find the value of other trigonometric ratios.
4
Solution :
A
3
Here, tanθ =
4
p AB 3
or, = =
b BC 4 3

Then, AB = 3 units and BC = 4 units. θ

B 4 C
Now, using Pythagoras theorem.
h2 = p2 + b2
or, AC2 = AB2 + BC2
or, AC2 = (3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16
AC = 25
\ AC = 5 units

p AB 3 h AC 5
Now, sinθ = = = cosecθ = = =
h AC 5 p AB 3
b BC 4 h AC 5
cosθ = = = secθ = = =
h AC 5 b BC 4
b BC 4
cotθ = = =
p AB 3
1 – cot2θ
2. If 41sinθ = 40, find the value of
2cotθ
Solution:
Here, 41sinθ = 40
40
or, sinθ =
41
190 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 p 40
Now, sinθ = =
h 41
i.e. p = 40, h = 41, b = ?
We have,

= h – p = (41) – (40) = 1681 – 1600 = 81 = 9 cm

2 2 2 2
b
1 – cot2θ
Now,
2 cotθ
9 2 1600 – 81
1– 1 – 81
40 1600 1600
= 9 = =
2× 18 18
40 40 40
1519 1519
= = .
40 × 18 720

3. If (a2 + b2) cosθ = (a2 – b2), prove that: (a2 + b2) tanθ = 2ab
Solution:
Here, (a2 + b2) cosθ = a2 – b2
a2 – b2

or, cosθ = 2
a + b2
b a – b2
2
or, = 2
h a + b2
i.e. b = (a2 – b2) units
h = (a2 + b2) units
Now, p = h2 – b2
= (a2 + b2)2 – (a2– b2)2
= (a4 + 2a2b2 + b4 – a4 + 2a2b2 – b4
= 4a2b2
\ p = 2ab
p
Now, tanθ =
b
2ab
or, tanθ = 2
a – b2
\ (a2 – b2) tanθ = 2ab. proved
a asinθ – bcosθ
5. If tanθ = , find the value of
b asinθ + bcosθ
Solution:
a
Here, tanθ =
b
asinθ – bcosθ
asinθ – bcosθ cosθ
Now, =
asinθ + bcosθ asinθ + bcosθ
cosθ

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 191

 a
–b
a× a2 – b2
atanθ – b b b a2 – b2
= = a
= = Ans.
atanθ + b a + b2
2
a2 + b2
a×b+b
b

Exercise 5.4
Section 'A'
1. Find all the other trigonometric ratios when
5 5 9 17
(a) sinθ = (b) secθ = (c) tanθ = (d) secθ =
13 4 40 15
4
2. If sinA = , find the value of 4cosA + 3tanA
5
1– cot2A
3. If 2sinA = 3 , find the value of .
2cotA
4. If a2 – b2 tanθ = b, find the value of sinθ and cosθ.
3tanA – 7
5. If 5sinA = 4, find the value of .
tan A + 7

Section 'B'
x xsinA + ycosA
6. If tanA = , find the value of
y xsinA – ycosA
5sinA – 3cos A
7. If 4cotA = 3, find the value of
sinA + 2cosA
a
8. If sinθ = , show that a – b tan q = a.
2 2
b
1
9. If sinθ = , prove that tanθ + cotθ = 2
2
10. If x2 + y2 sinθ = x, prove that xsinq + ycosq = x2 + y2
1
11. If 1 –
­ cosA = , show that 4sin2A + tan2A = 6
2
cos2 – sin2
12. If cotα = ­ 3 , find the value of
2cos . sin
1
13. If tanθ = p, show that secθ . cosecθ = p + .
p
4 12
14. If cosA = and sinB = , find the value of sinA cosB + cosA sinB.
5 13
2xy 2xy
15. If tanq = 2 , prove that sinq = 2
x – y2 x + y2

192 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Trigonometrical Ratios of Some Standard Angles
Trigonometrical Ratios of 30º and 60º A

Let, ABC be an equilateral triangle in which AB = BC = CA and 30°30°

∠BAC = ∠ABC = ∠ACB = 60º

2a
2a
Let, AB = BC = CA = 2a units.
60° 60°
Draw AD⊥ BC. then
B D C
a a
∠BAD = ∠DAC = 30º and BD = DC = a units.
In ΔABD,
AD2 = AB2 – BD2
= 4a2 – a2
= 3a2
\ AD = a 3

Now, from right angled triangle ABD, for ∠BAD = 30º,

AB = h = 2a, BD = p = a and AD = b = a 3
BD a 1
Now, sin30º = = =
AB 2a 2

AD a 3
cos30º = = = 3
AB 2a 2
BD a 1
tan30º = = =
AD a 3 3
AB 2a
cosec30º = = =2
BD a

AB 2a 2
sec30º = = =
AD a 3 3
AD a 3
cot30º = = = 3
BD a
Similarly, in ΔABD, for ∠ABD = 60º,

AB = h = 2a, AD = p = a 3 and BD = b = a.
AD a 3
Now, sin60º = = = 3
AB 2a 2
BD a 1
cos60º = = =
AB 2a 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 193

 AD a 3
tan60º = = = 3
BD a
AB 2a 2
cosec60º = = =
AD a 3 3
AB 2a
sec60º = = =2
BD a

BD a 1
cot60º = = =
AD a 3 3

Trigonometrical Ratios of 45º

Let us consider an isosceles right angled triangle ABC, where ∠ABC = 90º,
AB = BC. Then ∠BAC = ∠BCA = 45º
Let AB = BC = a units
Then, in ΔABC, A

AC2 = AB2 +BC2 45° a 2

= a2 + a2 a

= 2a2 45°
\ AC = a 2 . B a C
Now, for ∠ACB = 45º,
AB = p = a, AC= h = a 2 and BC = b = a
AB a 1
Now, sin45º = = =
AC a 2 2
BC a 1
cos45º = = =
AC a 2 2
AB a
tan45º = = =1
BC a
AC a 2
cosec45º = = = 2
AB a
AC a 2
sec45º = = = 2
BC a
BC a
cot45º = = =1
AB a

Trigonometrical Ratios of 0°
Let us consider a right angled triangle ABC, where ∠ABC = 90º.
Let ACB be a very small angle. A
If ∠ACB becomes smaller and smaller and finally approaches to 0º,
then AB will be zero and AC and BC will be equal.
Let, AC = BC = a units and AB = 0 unit. C B

Now, for ∠ACB = 0º, AB = p = 0, AC = h = a and BC = b = a.

194 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 AB 0
Now, sin0º = = =0
AC a
BC a
cos0º = = =1
AC a
AB 0
tan0º = = =0
BC a
AC a
cosec0º = = =∞
AB 0
AC a
sec0º = = =1 A
BC a
BC a
cot0º = = =4
AB 0
Trigonometrical Ratios of 90º
Let us consider a right angled triangle ABC where ∠ABC = 90º.
If ∠ACB becomes greater and greater and finally approaches to
90º then BC becomes smaller and smaller and at last becomes
zero. In this condition AB = AC and BC = 0 unit B C

Let, AB = AC = a units.
Now, For ∠ACB = 90º, AB = p = a, AC = h = a, BC = b = 0
p AB a b BC 0
Now, sin90º = = = = 1 cos90º = = = =0
h AC a h AC a
b AB a h AC a
tan90º = = = = ∞ cosec90º = = = =1
b BC 0 p AB a
h AC a b BC 0
sec90º = = = = ∞ cot90º = = = =0
b BC 0 p AB a
Trigonometrical ratios of the standard angles in Tabuler form.

Angles 0º 30º 45º 60º 90º

1 1 3
sin 0 1
2 2 2
3 1 1
cos 1 0
2 2 2
1
tan 0 1 3 ∞
3
2
cosec ∞ 2 2 1
3
2
sec 1 2 2 ∞
3
1
cot ∞ 3 1 0
3

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 195

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the value of :

1
(a) 2sin45º. cos45º + 3tan30º . cot60º – cosec30º.sec60º.
2
   
(b) 8cot2 + 4tan2 – 3sin2 +3cos2
4 4 3 6
    
(c) sec2 . cosec2 cos2 + 2tan2 – cosec2
4 3 3 4 6
Solution:

1
(a) 2sin45º. cos45º + 3tan30º . cot60º – cosec30º. sec60º.
4

1 1 1 1 1
=2× × +3× × – ×2×2
2 2 3 3 4
2 3 4
= + – =1+1–1=1
2 3 4

   
(b) 8cot2 + 4tan2 – 3sin2 + 3cos2
4 4 3 6

= 8 × cot245º + 4tan245º – 3sin260º + 3cos230º

2 2
= 8 × (1)2 + 4(1)2 – 3 3 +3 3
2 2
3 3
=8+4–3× + 3 × = 12
4 4

    
(c) sec2 . cosec2 cos2 + 2tan2 – cosec2
4 3 3 4 6

= sec245º . cosec260º (cos260º + 4tan245º – cosec230º)

2 1
2 2
+ 4(1)2 – (2)2
= ( 2 )2 . 2
3
4 1 8 1 2
= 2 ×3 × 4 + 4 – 4 = × = 3.
3 4
2. Prove the followings :
 
cos2 – sin2
(a) 1 – 2sin2 
= 6 6 (b)
1 + tan30°
=
cos30° + tan30°
6 cos2  + sin2  1 – tan30° cos30° –sin30°
6 6
Solution :

196 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1 + tan30°
 (b) L.H.S. =
(a) L.H.S. = 1 – 2sin2 1 – tan30°
6
1
1+
3
=1– 2sin230º = 1
1–
1 2 3
=1–2
2
2 3 +1
=1–
4 3 3 +1
= =
3 –1 3 –1
= 1– 1 = 1
2 2 3
 
cos2 – sin2
R.H.S. = 6 6 cos30° + tan30°
  R.H.S. = cos30° – sin30°
cos2 + sin2
6 6
cos230° – sin230° 3 1
= +
cos230° + sin230° 2 2
=
3 1 3 1 3 1
2 2 – –
2 – 2 4 4 2 2
= 2 2 =
3 1 3 1
– + 3 +1
2 2 4 4
2
3–1 =
4 2 1 3 –1
= = 4 = 2 2
3+1
4 3 +1
=
3 –1
\ L.H.S. = R.H.S. proved
\ LH.S. = R.H.S. proved

3. If A = 30º and B = 60º, show that

(a) sin(A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB (b) cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA
Solution:
(a) L.H.S. = sin(A + B) (b) L.H.S. = cos3A
= sin(30º + 60º) = cos3 × 30º
= sin90º = cos90º
=1 =0
R.H.S. = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB R.H.S. = 4cos3A – 3cosA
=sin30º.cos60º+cos30º.sin60º = 4cos330º – 3cos30º
1 1
= 2 × 2 + 3 . 3 3
3
2 2 =4× –3 3
1 3 2 2
= + 4
4 3 3 3 3
4
=4× –
8 2
= 4 = 1
3 3 3 3
= – =0
\ L.H.S. = R.H.S. proved 2 2
\ L.H.S. = R.H.S. proved

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 197



Exercise 5.5
Section 'A'
1. Find the value of (p = 180°) :
(a) sin60º.cos60º.sin30º (b) 2cosec30º . sec60º . tan60º . cot30º
(c) (sin30º + cos60º) . tan30º (d) 3tan230º . tan45º . sin230º.sin245º
(tan30° + cos30°)
(e) sin260º + cos245º + tan260º (f) tan30° . cos30°

(g) tan260º + 2cos245º + 3sec230º (h) 2cos245º + cos230º + sin245º

   
(i) sin + cos sin – cos
6 6 6 6
   
(j) 2 3 sin . cos . tan . cosec
6 4 3 4
Section 'B'
2. Prove the followings (p = 180°):
1
(a) tan260º . sin290º + 3sin245º . tan230º = 3
2
2cot30°
(b) cot230° – 1
= 3

1
(c) tan260º . sin230º + 3sin245º . tan230º – sin260º . cot45º =
2
3 3 19
(d) 3sin260º + cot230º – 2cosec260º – tan230º =
4 4 12
1
(e) cos45º . cos60º + sin60º . sin45º = ( 6+ 2)
4
   
(f) cos2 – cos2 = sin2 – sin2
6 3 3 6
  
tan . cosec . tan
3 3 3
(g) =2
 
3 sec2 . sin2
4 4
(h) 33 + 4 + 50cos60° = 6
1 + tan30­° cos30° + sin30°
(i) =
1 – tan30° cos30° – sin30°
  3   1
(j) cot2 – 2cos2 . – sec2 – 4sec2 = – 4
6 3 4 4 6 3

198 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 sin30° 1 + cos30°
(k) + = 2cosec30º
1 + cos30° sin30°
sin45° – sin30°
(l) = 3–2 2
cos45° + cos60°

3. If A = 30º and B = 60º, verify the followings

(a) sin(A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB
(b) cos(B – A) = cosB . cosA + sinB . sinA
tanA + tanB
(c) tan(A + B) =
1 – tanA . tanB
cotA . cotB + 1
(d) cot (B – A) =
cotA – cotB
(e) cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA
(f) sin3A = 3sinA – 4sin3A
(g) cos2A = cos2A – sin2A
2tanA
(h) tan2A =
1 – tan2A
(i) sin(A + B) . sin(B – A) = sin2B – sin2A
2tanA
(j) 2sinA.cosA =
1 + tan2A

4. Find the value of x :

1 1 17
(a) xtan245º – sin260º – cot230º + sec245°=
2 4 12
(b) xsin45º . cos45º. tan60º = tan245º – cos260º
(c) tan60º. cosec60º + 3 cot30º = xsec60º. cosec30º

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 199

Relation of Trigonometric Ratios from Pythagorean Theorem
We know that, by Pythagoras theorem.
(i) p2 + b2 = h2 (ii) p2 + b2 = h2
Dividing both sies by h2, we get Dividing both sies by b2, we
p2 b2 h2 get
+ =
h2 h2 h2 p2 b2 h2
+ =
or, (sinθ)2 + (cosθ)2 = 1 b2 b2 b2
∴ sin2θ + cos2θ =1 or, (tanθ)2 + 1 = (secθ)2
or, tan2θ + 1 = sec2θ
∴ sec2θ – tan2θ =1
(iii) p2 + b2 = h2 A
Dividing both sies by p2, we get
p2 b2 h2
+ =
p2 p2 p2 h
or, 1 + (cotθ)2 = (cosecθ)2 p

or, 1 + cot2θ = cosec2θ

∴ cosec2θ – cot2θ = 1 q
B C
Hence, Pythagorean Relations are :
(i) sin2θ + cos2θ = 1 (ii) sec2θ – tan2θ = 1 (iii) cosec2θ – cot2θ = 1

sin2θ = 1 – cos2θ sec2θ = 1 + tan2θ cosec2θ = 1 + cot2θ

sinθ = 1 – cos2θ secθ = 1 + tan2θ cosecθ = 1 + cot2θ

cos2θ = 1 – sin2θ tan2θ = sec2θ – 1 cot2θ = cosec2θ – 1

cosθ = 1 – sin2θ tanθ = sec2θ – 1 cotθ = cosec2θ – 1

Trigonometric Identities
Review
Discuss the following questions in the class.
(i) What are the values of x in the given mathematical statements?
(a) x2 + 3 = 7
(b) x+5=2
(ii) What type of mathematical statements are called identity?
(iii) What is the difference between equation and identity?
(iv) Write 3 examples of identity of trigonometrical ratios?

200 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(v) Is cos2q + sin2q = 1 a trigonometric identity?
A mathematical statement which is always true for every condition or for any values
of its variable is known as an identity. Some examples of algebraic identities are :
(i) (x + 2)2 = x2 + 4x + 4, (ii) (x – 5) (x + 5) = x2 – 25
The mathematical statement which is true only for particular values of variable is
called an equation. x + 3 = 5, x2 – 9 = 0 etc. are equations because the first relation is
true only for x = 2 and second relation is true for x = ± 3. sin2θ + cos2θ = 1, secθ cosθ
= 1, tan2θ = sec2θ – 1 etc, are the trigonometric identities because these relations
are true for any value of θ.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Prove the followings identities:

(a) sinθ.cotθ = cosθ
(b) tan2θ . cos2θ + cot2θ . sin2θ = 1 (c) cot2θ – cos2θ = cot2θ . cos2θ
1 – cos4A
(d) = 1 + 2cot2A
sin4A
(e) (asinA + bcosA)2 + (bsinA – acosA)2 = a2 + b2
1 – cosθ
(f) = cosec q – cotq
1 + cosθ
(a) sinθ.cotθ = cosθ

Solution:
(a) L.H.S. = sinθ . cotθ
cosθ
= sinθ. = cosθ = R.H.S. proved.
sinθ
(b) tan2θ . cos2θ + cot2θ . sin2θ = 1
L.H.S. = tan2θ . cos2θ + cot2θ . sin2θ
sin2θ 2θ + cos θ . sin2θ
2
= .cos
cos2θ sin2θ

= sin2θ + cos2θ

= 1 = R.H.S. proved.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 201

(c) cot2θ – cos2θ = cot2θ . cos2θ
L.H.S. = cot2θ – cos2θ
cos2θ
= – cos2θ
sin2θ
cos2θ – cos2θ .sin2θ
=
sin2θ
cos2θ(1 – sin2θ)
=
sin2θ
cos2θ . cos2θ
=
sin2θ
= cos2θ . cot2θ
= R.H.S. proved.
1 – cos4A
(d) = 1 + 2cot2A
sin4A
1 – cos4A
L.H.S. =
sin4A
1 cos4A
= 4 –
sin A sin4A
= cosec4A – cot4A

= (cosec2A – cot2A) (cosec2A + cot2A)

= 1(1 + cot2A + cot2A)
= 1 + 2cot2A
= R.H.S. Proved

(e) (asinA + bcosA)2 + (bsinA – acosA)2 = a2 + b2

L.H.S. = (asinA + bcosA)2 + (bsinA – acosA)2

= a2sin2A + 2absinA.cosA + b2cos2A + b2sin2A – 2absinA.cosA + a2cos2A
= a2sin2A + a2cos2A + b2sin2A + b2cos2A
= a2(sin2A + cos2A) + b2(sin2A + cos2A)
= a2 + b2 = R.H.S. proved.

202 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1 – cosθ
(f) = cosec q – cotq
1 + cosθ
1– cosθ
L.H.S. = = 1 – cosθ 1 – cosθ
1 + cosθ ×
1 + cosθ 1 – cosθ
(1– cosθ)2 (1 – cosθ)2
= =
1 – cos θ
2 sin2θ

1 – cosθ 1 cos θ
= == – = cosecθ – cotθ =R.H.S. proved.
sinθ sin θ sin θ
(g) sin2θ . tan2θ + cos2θ . cot2θ = tan2θ + cot2θ – 1
L.H.S. = sin2θ . tan2θ + cos2θ . cot2θ

sin2θ 2θ . cos θ = sin θ + cos θ

2 4 4
= sin2θ . + cos
cos2θ sin2θ cos2θ sin2θ
sin6θ + cos6θ (sin2θ)3 + (cos2θ)3
= = sin2θ.cos2θ
sin2θ.cos2θ
(sin2θ + cos2θ)3 – 3sin2θ.cos2θ(sin2θ + cos2θ)
=
sin2θ.cos2θ
1 – 3sin2θ.cos2θ
=
sin2θ.cos2θ
1 3sin2θ.cos2θ
= 2 –
sin θ.cos θ
2 sin2θ.cos2θ

= cosec2θ . sec2θ – 3
= (1 + cot2θ) (1 + tan2θ) – 3
= 1 + cot2θ + tan2θ + tan2θ . cot2θ – 3
= tan2θ + cot2θ + 1 + 1 – 3
= tan2θ + cot2θ – 1
= R.H.S. proved.

(h) sin2a . sec2β + tan2β . cos2a = sin2α + tan2β

L.H.S. = sin2a . sec2β + tan2β . cos2a
= sin2a (1 + tan2β) + tan2β (1 – sin2a)
= sin2a + sin2a .tan2β + tan2β – sin2a . tan2β

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 203

 = sin2a + tan2β
= R.H.S. proved.

(i) (1 + cotθ + cosecθ) (1 + cotθ – cosecθ) = 2cotθ

L.H.S. = (1 + cotθ + cosecθ) (1 + cotθ – cosecθ)
= (1 + cotθ)2 – (cosecθ)2
= 1 + 2cotθ + cot2θ – cosec2θ
= 1 + 2cotθ – 1 [ cosec2q – cot2q = 1]
= 2cotθ
= R.H.S. proved.

(j) (2 – cos2A) (1 + 2cot2A) = (2 + cot2A) (2 – sin2A)

L.H.S. = (2 – cos2A) (1 + 2cot2A)

2cos2A
= (2 – cos2A) 1 +
sin2A
sin2A + 2cos2A
= (2 – cos2A)
sin2A
(2 – cos2A)
= (sin2A + 2cos2A)
sin2A
2 cos2A
= 2 – (sin2A + 2 – 2sin2A)
sin A sin2A
= (2cosec2A – cot2A) (2 – sin2A)
= (2 + 2cot2A – cot2A) (2 – sin2A)
= (2 + cot2A ) (2 – sin2A)
= L.H.S. proved.

secA – tanA + 1 1 + secA + tanA

(k) =
secA – tanA – 1 1 – secA – tanA
secA – tanA + 1
L.H.S. =
secA – tanA – 1
(secA – tanA) + (sec2A – tan2A)
=
(secA – tanA) – (sec2A – tan2A)
(secA – tanA) + (secA + tanA) (sec A – tan A)
=
(secA – tanA) – (secA – tanA) (secA + tanA)

204 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (secA – tanA) (1 + secA + tanA)
=
(secA – tanA) (1 – secA – tanA)
1 + secA + tanA
=
1 – secA – tanA
= R.H.S. proved.

cosecA + cotA – 1 1 + cosA

(l) =
1 – cosecA + cotA sinA
cosecA + cotA – 1
L.H.S. =
1 – cosecA + cotA
(cosecA + cotA) – (cosec2A – cot2A)
=
1 – cosecA + cotA
(cosecA + cotA) – (cosecA – cotA) (cosecA + cotA)
= 1 – cosecA + cotA
(cosecA + cotA) (1 – cosecA + cotA)
= = cosec A + cot A
1 – cosecA + cotA
1 cosA
= +
sinA sinA
1 + cosA
=
sinA

= R.H.S. proved.

1 1 1 1
(m) – = –
secA – tanA cosA cosA secA – tanA
1 1
L.H.S. = –
secA – tanA cosA
sec2A – tan2A
= – secA
secA – tanA
(secA – tanA) (secA + tanA)
= – secA
(secA – tanA)

= secA + tanA – secA

= tanA

1 1
R.H.S. = –
cosA secA + tanA
sec2A – tan2A
= secA –
secA + tanA

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 205

 (secA – tanA) (secA + tanA)
= secA –
(secA + tanA)

= secA – secA + tanA

= tanA
\ L.H.S. = R.H.S. proved

1 + (cota.secb)2 1 + (cosa.tanb)2
(n) =
1 + (cota.secθ)2 1 + (cota.tanθ)2
1 + (cota.secb)2
L.H.S. =
1 + (cota.secθ)2
1 + cot2a.sec2b
=
1 + cot2a.sec2q

1 + cot2a(1 + tan2b)
=
1 + cot2a(1 + tan2θ)
1 + cot2a + cot2a.tan2b
=
1 + cot2a + cot2a.tan2θ
cosec2a + cot2a.tan2b
= 2
cosec a + cot2a.tan2θ

1 + cos2a .tan2b 1 + cos2a .tan2b

sin2a sin2a sin2a
= =
1 + cos a .tan2q
2
1 + cos2a .tan2q
sin2a sin2a sin2a

1 + (cosa tanb)2
= = R.H.S. proved.
1 + (cosa .tanq)2

Exercise 5.6
Section 'A'
1. Multiply the followings :
(a) (sinθ + cosθ) (sinθ – cosθ)
(b) (sinA + cosA) (sin2A – sinA.cosA + cos2A)
(c) (5tanθ – 3cosθ) (7tanθ – 2cosθ) (d) (1 + tanθ) (1 – tanθ) (1 + tan2θ)
(e) (2sin2θ + cos2θ) (3sin2θ – 2cos2θ)
2. Simply the followings :
(a) 5sinA + 3sinA – 7cosA – 2sinA – 4cosA

206 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (b) 3sin2θ + 7sinθ – 2sin2θ – sinθ
(c) 3tan2A + 4sin2A – 7(tan2A – 2sin2A) – 2
(d) (sinA – cosA) (sinA + cosA) (sin2A – 2sinA.cosA + cos2A)
cosA cosA
(e) (sinA – secA)2 – (sinA + secA)2 +(f)
1 – sinA 1 + sinA
1 1 1 tan A
(g) – (h) +
secA – tanA secA + tanA 1 – tanA tanA – 1
3. Factorise :
(a) sin2A – cos2A (b) cos4θ – cos2θ. tan2θ
(c) sec4θ – cos4θ (d) 4sin2θ – 5sinθ – 6
(e) cos6θ – sin6θ (f) sin4θ + 4cot4θ
4. Prove the following.
(a) tan A. cos A = sin A. (b) sin A. sec A = tan A
sin θ . cosec θ
(c) cosec θ . cos θ. tan θ = 1 (d) tanθ . cosθ = cosec θ
5. Prove the following identities :
(a) (1+ cot2θ) sin2θ = 1
(b) (1 + cot2θ) (1 – cos2θ) = 1
(c) tanα + cotα = secα . cosecα
(d) cosθ + sinθ. tanθ = secθ
(e) tan2θ – cot2θ = sec2θ (1 – cot2θ)
cosec2θ – 1
(f) = cos2θ
cosec2θ
(g) sec4A – sec2A = tan4A + tan2A
(h) (sinA + cosA)2 + (sinA – cosA)2 = 2
(i) sin4A + 2sin2A . cos2A + cos4A = 1
(j) secA 1 – cos2A = tanA
(k) cosθ 1 + cot2θ = cosec2θ – 1
(l) sin6A + cos6A = 1 – 3sin2A.cos2A
(m) (sinA – cosecA)2 + (cosA – secA)2 = cot2A + tan2A – 1
(n) 1 – 2sinA.cosA = sinA – cosA

Section 'B'
6. Prove the following:
1 1
(a) – =1
sin A tan2A
2

sin A cos A
(b) – = 1
cosecA sec A

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 207

 cosec2 q – 1
(c) = cos2 q
cosec2q
1
(d) = sec A + tan A
sec A–tan A
1 – tan2A cot2A – 1
(e) =
1 + tan2A cot2A + 1
1 1
(f) – = 2 tan A × sec A
1 – sinA 1 + sin A
1 + tan q cos q + sin q
(g) =
1 – tan q cos q – sin q
sin A – sin B cos A – cos B
(h) + =0
cos A + cos B sin A + sin B
cot2q
(i) = cos2q
1 + cot2 q
sin A + cos A sin A – cos A 2
(i) + =
sin A + cos A sin A + cos A sin2A + cos2 A
1 + sin4A
(k) = 2 sec2A – 1
cos4 A
1 1
(l) – = 2 (1 + tan2A)
1 + sin A 1 – sin A
1 + sin q
(m) = (sec q + tan q)2
1 – sin q
1 + tanq 2 1 + tan2q
(n) =
1 + cotq 1 + cot2 q
tanq sinq
(o) – = 2 cot q
secq – 1 1 + cosq
cos A 1 + sin A
(p) + = 2 sec A
1 + sin A cos A
cos2A sin2A
(q) + =1
1 – tan A
2 1 – cot2 A
1 + cosq tan2q
(r) =
1 – cosq (secq–1)2

7. Prove the followings:

1 – sinθ
(a) = secθ – tanθ
1 + sinθ
1 + cosθ
(b) = cosecq + cotq
1 – cosθ

208 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1 – cosθ sin θ
(c) =
1 + cosθ 1 + cos θ
1 – tan2A 1 + tanA
(d) =
1 – tan2A cot A–1
1 + sinq 1 – sinq
(e) – = 2 tanq
1 – sinq 1 + sinq
1 + cosq 1 – cosq
(f) – = 2 cot q
1 – cosq 1 + cosq
8. Prove the following

secA – tanA + 1 1 – sinA

(a) sec A + tanA + 1 = cosA

cosecA – cotA – 1 1 – cosA

(b) 1 – cosec A + cot A = sinA
1 – sinq + cosq 1 + cosq
(c) sinq + cosq – 1 = sinq
cosA – sin A + 1 1 – sin A
(d) cos A + sin A+ 1 = cosA

secA – tanA + 1 1 + sec A + tan A

(e) sec A – tanA– 1 = 1 – sec A – tan A

1 – cosec A + cot A cosec A + cotA –1

(f) 1 + cosec A – cot A = cosec A + cotA + 1
Section 'C'
9. Prove the following identities :
(a) (1 + sinA + cosA)2 = 2(1 + sinA) (1 + cosA)
(b) (sinA + cosecA)2 + (cosA + secA)2 = tan2A + cot2A + 7
(c) (1 + cotA)2 + (1 + tanA)2 = (secA + cosecA)2
(d) (cotθ – 3) (3cotθ – 1) = 3cosec2θ – 10cotθ
(e) cosA(2tanA + 1) (tanA + 2) = 2secA + 5sinA
(f) (1 + cotA – cosecA) (1 + tanA + secA) = 2
(g) (3 – 4sin2θ) (1 – 3tan2θ) = (3 – tan2θ) (4cos2θ – 3)
(h) (sin6A – cos6A) = (1 – 2cos2A) (1 – sin2A.cos2A)
(i) sin8α – cos8α = (2sin2α – 1) (1 – 2sin2α . cos2α)
tanA cotA
(j) + = 1 + secA . cosecA
1 – cotA 1 – tanA

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 209

 1 1 1 1
(k) – = –
sinA cosecA + cotA cosecA – cotA sinA
(l) 1 + 3sinθ – 4sin2θ = (1 + 2sinθ)2 (1 – sinθ )
1 + (cosecA. tanB)2 1 + (cotA. sinB)2
(m) =
1 + (cosecC.tanB)2 1 + (cotC.sinB)2
cosθ cosa cosθ cosa
(n) + = +
sinθ + cosa sina – cosq sinθ – cosa sina + cosq
(o) (1 + sinα – cosα)2 + (1 – sinα + cosα)2 = 4(1 – sinα . cosα)

(p) (sin A + cos A)3 = 3 (sin A + cos A) – 2(sin3A + cos3A)

(q) a sin A – b cosA)2 + (a cosA + b sinA)2 = a2 + b2

(r) (cosec θ – sinθ) (sec θ – cosθ) (tanθ + cotθ) = 1

(s) sin6A + cos6A = 1 – 3 sin2A. cos2A.

(t) sec4A (1 – sin4A) – 2tan2A = 1

(u) secθ (1 – sinθ) (sec θ + tanθ) = 1

(v) (secθ + tan θ – 1) (sec θ – tan θ + 1) = 2 tanθ

(w) 2(cos6θ + sin6θ) – 3(sin4θ + cos4θ) + 1 = 0

210 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Trigonometrical Ratios of Any Angle
In the adjoining figure, the two straight lines XX' and Y
YY' intersect at O. These two lines divide the entire
plane into four equal parts called quadrants. P
+ ve
X' X
XOY is called first quadrant, YOX' is called second O – ve

quadrant, X'OY' is called third quadrant and XOY' is P'

called fourth quadrant. In first quadrant, the range of
angle is 0º to 90º. In second quadrant, the range of the
angle is 90º to 180º. In third, 180º to 270º and the fourth
quadrant, the range of the angle is 270º to 360º.

If a revolving line OP revolves about O in the anticlockwise direction, the angle

formed is taken as positive where as when OP revolves about O in the clockwise
direction, the angle formed is taken as negative.

Sign of Trigonometrical Ratios of Angles in the Quadrants.

(i) When the revolving line OP lies in the first quadrant
Let OP be a revolving line
Let(x, y) be the coordinates of the point P1 When the
Y
revolving line OP reaches at P1 of first quadrant.
Form P1, P1M^OX is drawn. P1(x, y)
Since the point P1 lies on the first quadrant, r
θ X
OM = x = +ve X'
O M P
PM = y = +ve
OP1 = r = +ve
Y'
For, ∠MOP1 =θ
P1 M y
sinθ = = = +ve
OP1 r
OM x
cosθ = = = +ve
OP1 r
P1M y
tanθ = = = +ve
OM x
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 211
 OP1 r
cosecθ = = = +ve
P1M y
OP1 r
secθ = = = +ve
OM x
OM x
cotθ = =
= +ve
P1M y
Hence, all the trigonometrical ratios of an angle in the first quadrant are
positive.
(ii) When the revolving line OP lies in the second quadrant Y
Let OP be a revolving line. Let (x, y) be the
coordinates of the point P2 when the revolving line P2(x, y)
OP reaches at P2 of the second quadrant. From P2, θ
P2M^OX' is drawn. X' X
M O P
Since P2 lies in the second quadrant.
OM = x = –ve
P2M = y = +ve
OP2 = r = +ve Y'
P2M y
Now, sinθ = = = +ve
OP2 r
OM x
cosθ = = = –ve
OP2 r
P2M y
tanθ = = = –ve
OM x
OP2 r
cosecθ = = = +ve
P2M y
OP1 r
secθ = = = –ve
OM x
OM x
cotθ = = = –ve
P2M y
Y
Hence, in the second quadrant sinθ and cosecθ are
positive and the rest are negative.
(iii) When the revolving line OP lies in the third quadrant
θ
M
Let P3(x, y) be the position of the point P of the X' X
O P
revolving line OP in the third quadrant.
Here, OM = x = –ve
M P3 = y = –ve P3(x, y)
OP3 = r = +ve
Y'
P3M y
Now, sinθ = = = – ve
OP3 r

212 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 OM x
cosθ = = = – ve
OP3 r
MP3 y
tanθ = = = +ve
OM x
OM x
cotθ = = = +ve
P3M y
OP3 r
cosecθ = = = –ve
MP3 y
OP3 r
secθ = = = –ve
OM x
Hence, in the third quadrant, tanθ and cotθ are positive and the rest are
negative. Y

(iv) When the revolving line OP lies in the four quadrants

Let P4(x, y) be the coordinates of the point P4.
O
When the revolving line OP reaches at P4 of the X'
M X
fourth quadrant, then P
θ
OM = x = +ve P4(x, y)
M P4 = y = –ve
OP4 = r = +ve Y'
MP4 y OP4 r
Now, sinθ= = = –ve cosecθ = = = –ve
OP4 r MP4 y
OM x OP4 r
cosθ = = = + ve secθ = = = +ve
OP4 r OM x
MP4 y OM x
tanθ = = = – ve cotθ = = = –ve
OM x OP4 y

Hence, in the fourth quadrant, cosθ and Y
secθ are positive and the rest are negative.
The sign of the six trigonometrical ratios 2nd quadrant 1st quadrant
of an angle of any magnitude can be sin and cosec (+ve) All (+ve)
remembered from the adjoining diagram. S A
X' X
Note: This rule is popularly known as CAST rule. T O C
3rd quadrant 4th quadrant
tan and cot (+ve) cos and sec (+ve)

Y'

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 213

Trigonometrical Ratios of Negative Angle
Let OP be a revolving line.
Let P1(x, y) be the coordinates of the point P1. When the revolving line OP makes an
angle θ with X-axis in anti clock wise direction
Y
i.e.
∠P1OP = θ
P1M y P1(x, y)
Then, sinθ = =
OP1 r
M X
OM x X'
cosθ = = O P
–θ
OP1 r
P1M y P2(x, –y)
tanθ = =
OM x
OP1 r Y'
cosecθ = =
P1M y
OP1 r
secθ = =
OM x
OM x
cotθ = =
P1M y
Let P2(x, –y) be the image of P1(x, y) when the reflection takes place about
X-axis.
Then ∠POP2 = – θ
MP2 –y
Now, sin(– θ) = = = – sin q
OP2 r
OM x
cos(– θ) = = = cosθ
OP2 r
MP2 –y
tan(– θ) = = = – tanθ
OM2 r
OP2 r
cosec(– θ) = = = – cosecθ
MP2 y
OP2 r
sec(– θ) = = = secθ
OM x
OM x
cot(– θ) = = = – cotθ
MP2 –y
Hence the trigonometrical ratios of negative angle is written as follows :
sin(– θ) = – sinθ
cosec(– θ) = – cosecθ
cos(– θ) = cosθ
sec(– θ) = secθ
tan(– θ) = – tan θ
cot(– θ) = – cotθ
214 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
Trigonometrical Ratios of Complementary Angle (90º – θ)
Let O be the centre of circle and r be its radius.
Y
Let (x, y) be the coordinates of the point P1 when the
revolving line OP reaches at P1 Let ∠P1OP = θ. P1(x,y)
r 90° – θ
Draw P1M ^OX. θ
X' X
O M P
Then ∠OP1M = 90º – θ.

Here, OM = x, P1M = y and OP1 = r.

P1M y
Now, sinθ = =
OP1 r
OM x
cosθ = =
OP1 r
P1M y
tanθ = =
OM x
OP1 r
cosecθ = =
P1M y
OP1 r
secθ = =
OM x
OM x
cotθ = =
P1M y
OM x
Again, sin(90° – θ) = = = cosθ
OP1 r

O1M y
cos(90° – θ) = = = sinθ
OP1 r
OM x
tan(90° – θ) = = = cotθ
O1M y
OP1 r
cosec(90° – θ) = = = secθ
OM x
OP r
sec(90° – θ) = = = cosecθ
O1M y
P1M y
cot(90° – θ) = = = tanθ
OM x
Hence the trigonometrical ratios of (90º – θ) are as follows :
sin(90º – θ) = cosθ

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 215

 cos(90º – θ) = sinθ
tan (90º – θ) = cotθ
cosec(90º – θ) = secθ
sec (90º – θ) = cosecθ
cot (90º – θ) = tanθ

Trigonometrical Ratios of (90º + θ)

Y
Let O be the centre of circle and r be the radius. x)
y, P1(x, y)
(– (90° + θ)
Let (x, y) be the coordinates of the point P1 when the P2
revolving line OP reaches at P1. Let ∠P1OP = θ. θ
X' Y
Y -coordinate of P1 y O P
Then, sinθ = =
Radius OP1 r
X -coordinate of P1 x
cosθ = =
Radius OP1 r Y'
Y -cocrdinate of P1 y
tanθ = =
X-coordinate of P1 x
Radius OP1 r
cosecθ = =
Y -coordinate of P1 y
Radius OP1 r
secθ = =
Y -coordinate of P1 x
X -cocrdinate OP1 x
cotθ = =
Y -coordinate of P1 y
Hence, P2(– y, x) is the image of P1 after rotation through + 90º about the origin O.
Then ∠P2OY = θ and ∠P2OP = 90º + θ.

Y -coordinate of P2 x
Now, sin(90­° + θ) = = = cos θ
Radius of OP2 r
X -coordinate of P2 –y
cos(90­° + θ) = = = – sinθ
Radius of OP2 r
Y -cocrdinate of P2 x
tan(90­° + θ) = = = – cotθ
X -coordinate of P2 –y
Radius of OP2 r
cosec(90­° + θ) = = = secθ
Y -coordinate of P2 x
Radius of OP2
sec(90­° + θ) = = r = – cosecθ
Y -coordinate of P2 –y
X -cocrdinate of P2 –y
cot(90­° + θ) = = = – tanθ
Y -coordinate of P2 x

216 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Hence, the trigonometrical ratios of (90º + θ) are as follows :
sin(90º + θ) = cosθ
cos(90º + θ) = – sinθ
tan (90º + θ) = – cotθ
cosec(90º + θ) = secθ
sec (90º + θ) = – cocecθ
cot (90º + θ) = – tanθ
Trigonometrical Ratios of (180° – θ)
Let O be the centre of circle and r be its radius. Let (x, y) be the coordinates of the
point P1 when the revolving line OP reaches at P1.
Let ∠P1OP =θ Y
)
Then, y,
x
y x (– P1(x, y)
sinθ = cosθ = P2
(180° – θ)
r r
y r θ
tanθ = cosecθ = X'
θ x
x y O P
r x
secθ = cotθ =
x y

Y'

Let P2 be the image of P1 after reflection through Y-axis. Then the image of P2 is
(– x, y), ∠P2OX' = θ and ∠P2OP = 180º – θ.
Now,
sin(180º – θ) = y = sinθ
r
cos(180º – θ) = x
– = – cosθ
r
tan (180º – θ) = y = – tanθ
–x
cosec(180º – θ) = r = cosecθ
y
sec (180º – θ) = r = – secθ
–x
cot(180º – θ) = – x = – cotθ
y
Hence the trigonometrical ratios of (180º – θ) are as follows :
sin(180º – θ) = sinθ
cos(180º – θ) = – cosθ
tan (180º – θ) = – tanθ
cosec(180º – θ) = cosecθ
sec (180º – θ) = – secθ
cot(180º – θ) = – cotθ
Trigonometrical Ratios of (180º + θ)
We know that, (180º + θ) = 90º + (90º + θ)

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 217

So, sin(180º + θ) = sin{90º + (90º + θ)} = cos(90 + θ) = – sin θ
cos(180º + θ) = cos{90º + (90º + θ)} = – sin(90 + θ) = – cosθ
tan(180º + θ) = tan{90º + (90º + θ)} = – cot(90 + θ) = tanθ
cosec(180º + θ) = cosec{90º + (90º + θ)} = sec(90 + θ) = – cosecθ
sec(180º + θ) = sec{90º + (90º + θ)} = cosec(90 + θ) = – secθ
cot(180º + θ) = cot{90º + (90º + θ)} = – tan(90 + θ) = cotθ.
Trigonometrical Ratios of (270º – θ)
We know that, (270º – θ) = 180º + (90º – θ)
So, sin(270º – θ) = sin{180º + (90º – θ)} = –sin(90 – θ) = –cosθ
cos(270º – θ) = cos{180º + (90º – θ)} = – cos(90 – θ) = –sinθ
tan(270º – θ) = tan{180º + (90º – θ)} = tan(90 – θ) = cotθ
cosec(270º – θ) = cosec{180º + (90º– θ)} = – cosec(90 – θ) = –secθ
sec(270º – θ) = sec{180º + (90º – θ)} = – sec(90 – θ) = –cosecθ
cot(270º – θ) = cot{180º + (90º – θ)} = cot(90 – θ) = tanθ.

Trigonometrical Ratios of (270º + θ)

We know that, (270º + θ) = 180º + (90º – θ)
So, sin(270º + θ) = sin{180º + (90º + θ)} = – sin(90 + θ) = – cosθ
cos(270º + θ) = cos{180º + (90º + θ)} = – cos(90 + θ) = sinθ
tan(270º + θ) = tan{180º + (90º + θ)} = tan(90 + θ) = – cotθ
cosec(270º + θ) = cosec{180º + (90º+ θ)} = – cosec(90 + θ) = – secθ
sec(270º + θ) = sec{180º + (90º + θ)} = – sec(90 + θ) = cosecθ
cot(270º + θ) = cot{180º + (90º + θ)} = cot(90 + θ) = – tanθ.
General rule for finding the trigonometrial ratios of any angle with
referred to 90º.
The trigonometric ratios of any angle can be expressed interms of acute angle by
expressing the angle in the form of (n × 90º ± θ) and the trigonometric ratios is
determined by the following steps.
Step 1 : First express the given angle in the form (n × 90º ± θ) where n is a whole
number.
Step 2 : Find the quadrant in which the angle terminates.
Step 3 : The sign of the value of the trigonometric ratios is determined according to
the quadrant where the angle terminates.
Step 4 : If n is even in the angle (n × 90º ± θ), there will be no change in the
trigonometric ratios.

For example : S A
(i) sin(180º + θ) = sin(90 × 2 + θ) = – sinθ
T C
(ii) cos(720º+ θ) = cos(90 × 8 + θ) = cosθ
(iii) tan1860º = tan(90 × 20 + 60º) = tan60º = 3

218 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Step 5 : In n is odd in the angle (n × 90º ± θ), then the trigonometrical ratios
change from sine to cosine, cosine to sine, tangent to cotangent, cotangent
to tangent, cosecant to secant and secant to cosecant

For example :
(i) sin(90 + θ) = sin(90 × 1 + θ) = cosθ
(ii) tan480º = tan(90 × 5 + 30) = – cot30º = – 3
1
(iii) cos1035º = cos(90 × 11 + 45) = sin45º =
2

The numerical values of the angles 0º, 30º, 45º, 60º, 90º, 120º, 135º, 150º and 180º are
given below:
Angles →
0º 30º 45º 60º 90º 120º 135º 150º 180º
Ratios ↓

sin 0 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 0
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 1 1 1 1
cos 1 0 – – – 3 –1
2 2 2 2 2 2

Tan 0 1 1 3 ∞ – 3 –1 1 0
3 3
Cosec ∞ 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 ∞
3 3

Sec 1 2 2 2 – 2 2 –1
∞ –2 –
3 3

Cot 3 1 1 0 1 –1 – 3
∞ – ∞
3 3

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the complementary angle of 35º.

Solution: The complementary angle of 35º = 90º – 35º = 55º
2. Find the supplementary angle of 105º.
Solution : The supplementary angle of 105º = 180º – 105º = 75º
3. Prove the followings :
(a) cos80º – sin70º = sin10º – cos20º
(b) tan 10º . tan35º . tan55º . tan80º = 1
(c) sin40º . cos50º + cos50º . sin40º = 1
(d) sin112º + cos106º + cos74º – sin68º = 0

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 219

Solution :
(a) L.H.S. = cos80º – sin70º
= cos(90º – 10º) – sin(90º – 20º)
= sin10º – cos20º
= R.H.S. proved.
(b) L.H.S. = tan10º . tan35º . tan55º . tan80º
= tan10º . tan35º . tan(90º – 35º) . tan(90º – 10º)
= tan10º . tan35º . cot35º . cot10º
= tan10º . cot10º . tan35º . cot35º
=1×1
=1
= R.H.S. proved
(c) L.H.S. = sin40º . cos50º + cos50º . sin40º
= sin(90º – 50°) . cos50º + cos(90º – 50º) . sin50º
= cos50º . cos50º + sin50º . sin50º
= cos250º + sin250º
=1
= R.H.S. proved.

(d) L.H.S. = sin112º + cos106º + cos74º – sin68º

= sin(180º – 68º) + cos(180º – 74º) + cos74º – sin68º
= sin68º – cos74º + cos74º – sin68º
=0
= R.H.S. proved
4. Prove the followings :
(a) tanθ + tan(180º – θ) + cot(270º + θ) + cot(270º – θ) = 0
1
(b) sin2135º + cos2150º – tan2225º =
4
(c) sin(– θ) . cos(90 + θ) + cos(– θ) . sin(90 + θ) = 1
1
(d) sin420º . cos570º + cos(– 660º) . sin(– 690º) = –
2
sin(270° – θ) . cos (180° – θ) . tan (360° – θ) . sec (– θ)
(e) =1
cos(360° – θ) . cosθ . cot(90° + θ) . cosec(90° – θ)
 3 3 7
(f) sin + sin – sin – sin =0
8 8 8 8
 3 . 3 . 7
(g) tan . tan tan tan =1
8 8 8 8
Solution:
(a) L.H.S. = tanθ + tan(180º – θ) + cot(270º + θ) + cot(270º – θ)
= tanθ + (– tanθ) + (– tanθ) + tanθ
= tanθ – tanθ – tanθ + tanθ
=0
= R.H.S. proved.

220 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (b) L.H.S. = sin2135º + cos2150º – tan2225º
= sin2(90 × 1 + 45º) + cos2(90 × 1 + 60º) – tan2(90 × 2 + 45º)
= cos245º + sin260º – tan245º
2 2
1 3
= + – (1)2
2 2
1 3
= + –1
2 4
2+ 3–4 1
= =
4 4
= R.H.S. proved.

(c) L.H.S. = sin(– θ) . cos(90° + θ) + cos(– θ) . sin(90° + θ)

= – sinθ . (– sinθ) + cosθ . cosθ S A
= sin2θ + cos2θ T C
=1
= R.H.S. proved.
(d) L.H.S. = sin420º . cos570º + cos(– 660º) . sin(– 690º)
= sin(90 × 4 + 60) . cos(90 × 6 + 30º) + cos660º .
(– sin690°)
= sin60º (– cos30º) – cos(90 × 7 + 30º) . sin (90 × 8 – 30º)
= – 3 × 3 – sin30º (– sin30º)
2 2
–3 1 1
= + ×
4 2 2
–3 1
= +
4 4
= – 2 = – 1
4 2
= R.H.S. proved.

sin(270° – θ) . cos (180° – θ) . tan (360° – θ) . sec (– θ)

(e) L.H.S. =
cos(360° – θ) . cosθ . cot(90° + θ) . cosec(90° – θ)
sin(90 × 3 – θ) . cos(90 × 2 – θ) . tan (90 × 4 – θ) secθ
=
cos(90 × 4 + θ) . cosθ . cot(90 × 1 + θ) . cosec(90 × 1 – θ)
(– cosθ) . (– cosθ) . (– tanθ) . secθ
=
cosθ . cosθ . (–tanθ) . secθ
= 1.

= R.H.S. proved
 3 5 7
(f) L.H.S. = sin + sin – sin – sin
8 8 8 8
7 5 5 7
= sin  – + sin  – – sin – sin
8 8 8 8

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 221

 7 5 5 7
= sin + sin – sin – sin
8 8 8 8
=0
= R.H.S. proved
 3 5 7
(g) L.H.S. = tan . tan . tan . tan
8 8 8 8
 3    3
= tan . tan . tan + . tan +
8 8 2 8 2 8
 3  3
= tan . tan . – cot . – cot
8 8 8 8
  3 3
= tan . cot . tan . cot
8 8 8 8
=1×1=1
= R.H.S. proved.
5. Find the value of x :
tan(90° + θ) . cot(180° – θ) + x . sec(90 + θ) . cosecθ = xcotθ . tan(90 + θ)
Solution :
Here, tan(90 + θ) . cot180º – θ)+ x . sec(90 + θ) . cosecθ = xcotθ . tan(90 + θ)
or, (– cotθ) . (– cotθ) + x . (– cosecθ) . cosecθ = xcotθ . (– cotθ)
or, cot2θ – xcosec2θ = – xcot2θ
or cot2θ = xcosec2θ – xcot2θ
or, cot2θ = x(cosec2θ – cot2θ)
or, cot2θ = x × 1
\ x = cot2θ.
6. If A, B and C are the angles of a triangle ABC, show that
sin(A + B) = sinC
Solution :
When A, B and C are the angles of a triangle,
A + B + C = 180º
A + B = 180º – C.
L.H.S. = sin(A + B)
= sin(180º – C)
= sinC = R.H.S. proved

222 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 5.7
Section 'A'
1. Find the complementary angle of the following angles :
(a) 45º (b) 50º (c) 10º (d) 70º (e) 35º
2. Find the supplementary angle of the following angles :
(a) 70º (b) 100º (c) 135º (d) 19º (e) 170º
3. Prove the followings :
(a) sin72º + cos36º = cos18º + sin54º
(b) tan55º – cos25º = cot35º – sin65º
(c) sin10º . sin70º . sin85º = cos5º . cos20º . cos80º
(d) sin10º . cos75º . sec80º . cosec15º = 1
(e) sin95º + cos105º – tan115º = sin85º – cos75º + tan65º
(f) sin20º + cos40º – tan80º – sin160º – sin50º – tan100º = 0
(g) tan81º . tan63º . tan45º . tan27º . tan9º = 1
(h) sin40º . sin140º – cos40º . cos140º = 1
4. Find the value of the followings :
(a) sin240º (b) sin330º (c) sin420º
(d) cos150º (e) cos480º (f) cos1020º
(g) cos(– 570º) (h) tan690º (i) tan1410º
(j) tan(–1395º) (k) cosec(– 585º) (l) sec(– 405º)
11
(m) cot(– 600º) (n) cosec (o) cot960º.
4

Section 'B'
5. Find the values of the followings :
(a) 6sin150º + 2cos120º + tan135º
(b) cos150º + sin120º + sin2150º + cos2120º
(c) sin2120º – cos2120º – sin2135º – tan2150º
(d) tan245º – 4sin260º + 2cos245º + sec180º + cosec135º
sin2120° – cos2120°
(e) 2
3tan 150° + cot2135°

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 223

6. Prove the followings :
(a)
cos150º + tan2135º + cos180º + sin120º = 0
4 1 1 3
(b) cos2150º – sec2135º + 3tan2150º – sin2120º =
3 2 3 4
1
(c) cos 90º + 2sin 120º – tan 135º + cot 150º = 4
2 2 2 2
2
–5
(d) sin135º . cos120º + cos135º . sin260º = 4
2
1
(e) cos150º + sin120º + sin 150º + cos 120º =
2 2
2
7 Prove the followings :
3+ 3
(a) sin420º . cos390º + cos660º . sin480º =
4
(b) tan585º . cot405º + tan765º . cot675º = 0
(c) cos570º . sin150º – sin330º. cos390º = 0
(d) cos420º . sin390º – sin300º . cos(–330º) = 1
(e) sin780º . cos390º + sin(– 330º) . cos300º = 1
3 +1
(f) sin225º . sin300º – cos315º . cos240º =
2 2
(g) cos306º + cos234º + cos162º + cos18º = 0
8. Simplify :
(a) cot(90° – A) + tan(90° – A) – cosecA . secA
(b) tan2θ . sec2(90 – θ) – sin2θ . cosec2(90 – θ)
(c) cos(270º – A) . sec(180º – A) . sin(270º + A) . cos(450º – A)
sinA cosA tanA
(d) × .
cos(90° – A) sin(90° – A) cot(90° – A)
sin(180° – A) cot(90° – A) cot(– A)
(e) × × cos(270° – A)
tan(180° + A) tan(90° + A)
sin(180° – θ) sec(90° + θ) cot(– θ)
(f) × ×
sin(90° + θ) cot(180° + θ) cos(180° – θ)
sin(180° + θ). cot(180° – θ) . tan(90° + θ)
(g)
tan(270° – θ) . cos(180° + θ)
sin(90° – A) tan(180° – A) sec(90° + A)
(h) + –
sin(180° – A) tan(180° + A) cosec(180° – A)

cos3(180° + A) tan(360° – A) cosec2(180° – A) secA

(i) 2 × × ×
sin (90° + A) sec ( – A)
2 cos(180° – A) cosec(90° + A)
sin(270° – A) cot(270° – A) cos(360° – A)
(j) × ×
tan(180° – A) tan(270° + A) sin(180° + A)
224 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
9. Prove the followings :

 3 + 3 + cos 7
(a) cos + cos cos =0
8 8 8 8
 3 + 5 + 7
(b) tan + tan tan tan =0
8 8 8 8
 3 + 5 + 7
(c) cos2 + cos2 cos2 cos2 =2
8 8 8 8
 3 + 5 + 7
(d) sin2 + sin2 sin2 sin2 =2
8 8 8 8
 3 + 5 + 7
(e) cos2 + cos2 cos2 cos2 =2
16 16 16 16
 3 . 5 . 7
(f) tan . tan tan tan =1
8 8 8 8
10. Find the value of x :
(a) 2cot120º – x sin120º . cos180º = tan150º
(b) tan2135º – sec260º = x . sin135º . cos45º . tan60º
(c) 3sin420º + x. cos120º . tan225º = x . cot120º
(d) xcosθ . cot(90° + θ) + sin(90° + θ) × cosec(90° – θ) = 0
(e) tan(90° + θ) . cot(180° – θ) = xcotθ . tan(90° + θ) – xsec(90° + θ). cosec θ.
(f) xsin(90°–θ).cos(90°–θ)–cos(180°–θ)cos(90°+θ) = sin(180°–θ) . sin(90° + θ)
11. If A, B, C are the angles of a triangle, show that
C
(a) sin(A + B) = sinC (b) cos A + B = sin 2
2 2
B
(c) tan(2B + 2C) + tan2A = 0 (d) cosec A + C = sec 2
2 2
(e) cosA + cosB + cosC + cos(A + B) + cos(B + C) + cos(C + A) = 0

12. Find the value of A from the following (0° ≤ A ≤ 90°).

(a) sinA = cos2A (b) sec7A = cosec3A (c) tan6A = cot3A
(d) sin5A = cos4A (e) cos7A = sin2A (f) sin A × cot A = sin 3A

tan205° – tan115° 1 + p2
13. If tan25º = P, show that: =
tan245° + tan335° 1 – p2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 225

5.3 Compound Angles
The sum or difference of two or more angles is called a compound angle. If A, B and
C are the three angles, then (A + B) or (A –B) or (A + B + C) or (A – B – C) etc are
the compound angles.
X'
Trigonometric ratios of (A + B) and (A – B)
R
Let XOX' and YOY' be X-axis and Y-axis respectively. P (cosA, sinA)
B
Consider a unit circle (circle having radius 1 unit) A
X' X'
O –B M
with centre at origin O. Let the circle cuts X-axis
(1, 0)
at M, then the coordinates of M are (1, 0). Let P be Q (cosB – sinB)
another point on the circumference of the circle such
that ∠POM = A. Then the coordinates of P are (cosA,
sinA).
Let R be another point on the circumference of the Note:
P (ON, PN)
circle such that ∠ROP = B. Then ∠ROM = A + B. So,
coordinates of R are (cos (A + B), sin (A + B)).
Also take a point Q on the circumference of the circle N O
as shown in the figure making ∠QOM = ∠POR = B.
cosA = ONOP= ON1
But ∠QOM is subtended in –ve direction so ∠MOQ \ON = cosA
= – B. SinA = PNPO= PN1
Hence, the coordinates of Q are (cos (–B), sin (–B)) \ PN = sinA

= (cosB, – sinB).
RM and PQ are joined.
In the figure

PM/A, PR / B and MQ / – B.
Now, PM + PR = PM + MQ
or, MPR = PMQ
\ chord RM = chord PQ. [Equal arcs cut of equal chords]
Now, RM2 = PQ2
or, [cos (A + B) – 1]2 + [sin (A + B) – 0]2 = (cosA ­– cosB)2 + (sinA + sinB)2
or, cos2 (A + B) – 2 cos (A + B) + 1 + sin2 (A + B) = cos2A – 2cosA . cosB + cos2B +
sin2A + 2sinA . sinB + sin2B)
or, 1 + 1 – 2 cos(A + B) = 1 + 1 – 2cosA . cosB + 2sinA.sinB
or, 2 – 2cos(A + B) = 2 – 2cosA . cosB + 2sinA . sinB

226 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

\ cos(A + B) = cosA . cosB – sinA . sinB ... (i)
Replacing –B by B in equation (i), We get
Cos(A – B) = cosA . cos(– B) – sinA . sin(– B)
\ cos(A – B) = cosA . cosB + sinA . sinB …(ii)
∵ [cos(– B) = cosB = Sin(– B) = – sinB]
Again, sin(A + B) = cos [90º – (A + B)]
= cos [(90º – A) – B]
= cos (90 – A) . cosB + sin (90 – A). sinB
\ sin(A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB … (iii)
Similarly, sin(A­– B) = cos [90 – (A – B)] = cos [(90 – A) + B]
= cos (90 – A) . cosB – sin (90 – A) . sinB
\ sin(A – B) = sinA .cosB – cosA . sinB … (iv)
sin(A + B)
Again, Tan (A + B) =
cos(A + B)
sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB
=
cosA . cosB – sinA . sinB
sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB
cosA . cosB
=
cosA . cosB – sinA sinB
cosA . cosB
sinA . cosB cosA . sinB
+
cosA . cosB cosA . cosB
= [Dividing Nr andDr by cosA . cosB]
cosA . cosB sinA . sinB
–
cosA . cosB cosA . cosB
tanA + tan B
=
1 – tan A. tan B.

tanA + tan B … (v)

\ tan (A + B) =
1 – tan A. tan B.
sin(A – B)
Tan (A – B) =
cos(A – B)
sinA . cosB – cosA . sinB
=
cosA . cosB + sinA . sinB
sinA . cosB – cosA . sinB
cosA . cosB
= [Dividing Nr andDr by cosA . cosB]
cosA . cosB + sinA . sinB
cosA . cosB
tanA – tan B
= . Similarly,
1 + tan A. tan B.

cotA . cotB –1 … (vii)

cot(A + B) =
cot A + cotB

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 227

 cotA . cotB + 1 ... (viii)
cot(A – B =
cotB – cotA

Compound angles formulae

Sin(A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB Sin(A ­– B) = sinA . cosB – cosA . sinB
cos(A + B) = cosA . cosB – sinA.sinB cos(A – B) = cosA.cosB + sinA.sinB
tanA + tanB tanA – tanB
tan(A + B) = tan(A – B) =
1 – tanA . tanB 1 + tanA . tanB
cotA . cotB – 1 cotA . cotB + 1
cot(A + B) = cot(A – B) =
cotB + cotA cotB – cotA

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the value of :

(a) Sin 75° (b) tan 105° (c) cos(– 285°)
Solution:
(a) sin 75° (b) Tan105º
= sin (45º + 30º) = tan (60º + 45º)
= Sin45º. Cos30º + cos45º. sin30º tan60° + tan45°
=
1 1 1 1 – tan60° . tan45°
= . 3+ .
2 2 2 2 = 3
+1
+1 1– 3 . 1
= 3
2 2 +1 1+ 3
= 3 ×
1– 3 1+ 3
(c) cos (– 285º) 1+2 3 +3
=
= cos285º 1–3
2(2 + 3 )
= cos (90 × 3 + 15) =
–2
= sin 15° = ­­– (2 + 3 )
= sin (45° – 30°)
= sin 45°. cos 30° – cos 45°. sin30°

1 1 1
= . 3– .
2 2 2 2
–1
= 3
2 2
3 5
2. If sinA = and cosB = , find the value of sin(A – B) and cos (A + B)
5 13
3
Solution : Here, sinA =
5
3 2 4
cosA = 1 – sin2A = 1– = .
5 5 5
cosB =
13

228 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 5 2 12
sinB = 1 – cos2B = 1 – 13 = .
13
Now, sin(A – B) = sinA . cosB – cosA . sinB Cos (A + B) = cosA.cosB – sinA . sinB

3 5 4 12 4 5 3 12
= . – × = × – ×
5 13 5 13 5 13 5 13
15 48 20 36
= – = –
65 65 65 65
– 33 – 16
=­ = ­
65 that: sin2(45° – A) + sin2(45° + A) = 1
3. Prove 65

Solution:
L.H.S. = sin2(45° – A) + sin2(45° + A)
= (sin45°.cosA – cos45°.sinA)2 + (sin45°.cosA + cos45°.sinA)2
= 1 cosA – 1 sinA 2 + 1 cosA + 1 sinA 2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
= cos2A – 2 . cosA . sinA + sin2A + cos2A + 2 . cosA . sinA + sin2A
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1
= (cos2A + sin2A) + (cos2A + sin2A)
2 2
1 1
= +
2 2
= 1 = R.H.S. proved

4. Prove that : sinA + sin(A + 60°) + sin(A – 60°) = 2sinA

Solution :
L.H.S. = sinA + sin(A + 60º) + sin(A – 60º)
= sinA + sinA . cos60º + cosA . sin60º + sinA . cos60º – cosA . sin60º
= sinA + 2sinA . cos60º
1
= sinA + 2sinA .
2
= 2sinA = R.H.s. proved

5. Prove that : tanA + cot2A = cosec2A

Solution :
L.H.S. = tanA + cot2A
sinA cos2A
= +
cosA sin2A
sin2A . sinA + cos2A . cosA
= cosA . sin2A
cos(2A – A)
=
cosA . sin2A
cosA
=
cosA . sin2A
= cosec2A = R.H.S. proved

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 229

 cos8° + sin8°
6. Prove that : = tan53°
cos8° . sin8°
Solution :
R.H.S. = tan53º
= tan(45° + 8°)
sin(45° + 8°)
=
cos(45° + 8°)
sin45° . cos8° + sin8° . cos45°
=
cos45° . cos8° – sin8°. sin45°
1 1
2 cos8° + 2 sin8°
= 1 1
cos8° – sin8°
2 2
cos8° + sin8°
= = L.H.S. proved
cos8° – sin8°
7. Prove that : sin35° + sin55° = 2 sin80°
Solution :
L.H.S.= sin35º + sin55º
= sin(45º – 10º) + sin(45º + 10º)
= sin45º.cos10º – cos45º.sin10º + sin45º.cos10º + cos45º.sin10º
= 2 sin 45°. cos 10°
1
=2× cos10º
2
= 2 cos (90º – 80º)
= 2 sin80º
= R.H.S. proved

8. Prove that : tan35° + tan10° + tan35° . tan10° = 1

Solution :
We know that 35º + 10º = 45º
Now, tan(35º + 10º) = tan45º
or, tan 35° + tan10° = 1
1 –tan 35°. tan 10°
or, tan35º + tan10º = 1 – tan35º. tan10º
\ tan35º + tan10º + tan35º. Tan10º = 1 proved.

9. Prove that : cot57° . cot21° . cot12° = cot57° + cot21° + cot12°

Solution :
We know that : 57º + 21º + 12º = 90º
or, 57º + 21º = 90º – 12º
Now, cot(57° + 21°) = cot(90° – 12°) = tan12°
cos57° . cot21° – 1
1
or, cos57° + cot21° =
cot12°
or, cot57° . cot21° . cot12° – cot12° = cot57° + cot21°
\ cot57º. cot21º. cot12º = cot57º + cot21º + cot12º proved.

230 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

10. Show that : tan80° = 2tan70° + tan10°
Solution:
We know that, 80º = 70º + 10º
Now, tan80º = tan (70º + 10º)
tan70° + tan10°
or, tan 80° =
1 – tan70° . tan10°
or, tan80º – tan80º.tan70º.tan10º = tan70º + tan10º
or, tan80º – tan80º. tan70º . tan(90° – 80º) = tan70º + tan10º
or, tan80º – tan80º . tan70º. cot80º = tan70º + tan10º
or, tan80º – tan70º = tan70º + tan10º
\ tan80º = 2tan70º + tan10º proved.

k 1 
11. If tanA = and tanB = , Show that : (A + B) =
k+1 2k + 1 4
Solution :
We have,
tanA + tanB
Tan (A + B) =
1 – tanA° . tanB°
k 1
+
k + 1 2k + 1
or, tan (A + B) =
k 1
1– .
k + 1 2k + 1
2k2 + k + k + 1
(k + 1) (2k + 1)
or, tan(A + B) =
2k2 + k + 2k + 1 – k
(k + 1) (2k + 1)
2k + 2k + 1
2
=
2k2 + 2k + 1
or, tan(A + B) = 1
or, tan(A + B) = tan45º

∴ A + B = proved.
4
1 1
12. If sinA = and sinB = , then prove that : A + B = 45°
10 5
Solution :
1
Here, sinA =
10
1 2 3
Now, cosA = 1 – sin2A = 1 – 10 =
10
1
. Sin B =
5

1 2 2
Now, cosB = 1 – sin2B = 1– =
5 5
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 231
 Now, sin (A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA.sinB
1 2 3 1
= . + .
10 5 10 5
2 3
= +
50 50
2 1
= =
5 2 2
or, sin (A + B) = sin45º
\ A + B = 45º

13. Prove that :

sin(A + B + C) = sinA . cosB . cosC + cosA . sinB . cosC + cosA .
cosB . sinC – sinA . sinB . sinC
Solution :
L.H.S. = sin(A + B + C)
= sin{(A + B) + C}
= sin(A + B).cosC + cos(A + B). sinC
= (sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB) . cosC + (cosA . cosB – sinA . sinB) . sinC
= sinA . cosB . cosC + cosA . sinB . cosC + cosA . cosB . sinC – sinA . sinB . sinC
= R.H.S. proved.

A B B C C A
14. If A + B + C = pc, prove that: tan . tan + tan . tan + tan . tan = 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
Solution :
Here, A + B + C = pc
or, A + B = pc – C
A B  C
or, + = – [Dividing both sides by 2)
2 2 2 2
A B c C
Now, tan + = tan –
2 2 2 2
A B
tan + tan
2 2 C 1
or, = cot =
A B 2 tanC
1 – tan . tan 2
A 2 C 2 B
or, tan . tan + tan . tan = 1 ­– tanA . tanB
C
2 2 2 2 2 2
B B
\ tanA . tan + tan . tanC + tan C . tanA = 1 proved.
2 2 2 2 2 2

232 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 5.8
Section 'A'
1. Find the value of the followings by using compound angle formulae.
(a) sin15º (b) cos75º (c) cos105º (d) sin75º
(e) tan15º (f) cot75º (g) sec75º (h) cosec105º
(i) cot105º (j) sin(– 165º) (k) tan(– 195º) (l) cos(– 255º)

2. Prove the followings :

1 1
(a) cos15º ­– sin15º = (b) sin75º – sin15º =
2 2
1
(c) tan15º + cot15º = 4 (d) sin105º + cos105º =
2

(e) sin105º + cos75º = 3 (f) cos 75° + sin 75° = 3

2 2

3 12
3. (a) If sinA = and cosB = , then find the value of
5 13
(i) sin(A + B) (ii) cos(A + B)
4 1
(b) If cosA = and sinB = , then find the value of
5 5 2
(i) cos(A – B) (ii) sin(A – B)
1 1
(c) If tanA = and tanB = , then find the value of
2 3
(i) tan(A + B) (ii) tan(A –­ B) (iii) cot(A + B) (iv) cot(A –
­ B)
(d) If sinA = cosB = 3, then find the value of
2
(i) sin(A + B) (ii) cos(A –­ B) (iii) tan(A – B) (iv) cot(A ­+ B)

4. Prove the followings :

1 1
(a) cos(A + 45º) = (cosA – sinA) (b) sin(A – 45º) = (sinA – cosA)
2 2
 1 cosB – sinB
(c) cos θ – = (cosq + 3 sinθ) (d) tan(45º – B) =
3 2 cosB + sinB
cosq – sinq
(e) cot(q + 45º) = (f) sin(45º + A) – cos(45° – A) = 0
cosq + sinq
(g) sin(45º + A) + cos(45° + A) = 2 cosA.
1
(h) sin(45º + A).cos(45° – A) = (1 + 2sinA.cosA)
2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 233

 (i) 2sin(A + 45°) . sin(A – 45°) = sin2A – cos2A
cos(45° – A)
(j) tan(45° + A) . tan (45° – A) = 1 (k) = 1
sin(45° + A)
(l) cos2(45° + A) + cos2(45° – A) = 1 (m) sec2(45° ­– A) – cot2(45° + A) = 1
(n) sin2(45° ­– A) + sin2(45° + A) = 1 (o) cosec2(45°­+ A) – tan2(45° – A) = 1

5. Prove the followings :

(a) sin(A + B) + sin(A – B) = 2sinA.cosB
(b) cos(A – B) – cos(A + B) = 2sinA.sinB
(c) sin(A + B) . sin(A – B) = sin2A – sin2B
(d) cos(A + B) . cos(A – B) = cos2A – sin2B = cos2B – sin2A
cot2A . cot2B – 1
(e) cot (A + B). cot (A – B) =
cot2B . cot2A
tan2A – tan2B sin2A – sin2B
(f) tan (A + B). tan (A – B) = =
1 – tan A . tan B cos2B – sin2A
2 2

(g) sinA.sin(B – C) + sinB.sin(C – A) + sinC.sin(A – B) = 0

(h) cosA + cos(120º + A) + cos(120º – A) = 0
(i) sinA + sin(A + 120º) + sin(A – 120º) = 0

6. Prove the followings :

sin(A + B) cos(A + B)
(a) = tanA + tanB (b) = cotB – tanA
cosA . cosB cosA . sinB
sin(A – B) sin(A + B) . sin(A – B)
(c) = cotB – cotA (d) cos2A . cos2B = tan2A – tan2B
cosA . sinB
cos(A + B) . cos(A – B)
(e) sin2A . cos2B = cot2A – tan2B

sin(A + B) – sin(A – B)
(f) cos(A + B) + cos(A – B) = tanB

sin(A – B) sin(B – C) sin(C – A)

(g) + +
sinA . sinB sinB . sinC sinA . sinC= 0

(h) sin(A + B + C) = cosA . cosB . cosC (tanA + tanB + tanC – tanA . tanB . tanC)

7. Prove the followings :

(a) sin3A . cosA + cos3A . sinA = sin4A
(b) cos130º . cos40º + sin130º . sin40º = 0

234 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1
(c) sin25º . cos5º + cos25º . sin5º = 2
tan25° + tan35°
(d) 1 – tan35° . tan35 = 3

(e) cos(A – B) . cos(A + B) + sin(A – B) . sin(A + B) = cos2B

(f) sin(60° + q).cos(30° – q) + cos(60° + q) . sin(30° – q) = 1

tan5 – tan2
(g) 1 + tan5 . tan2 = tan3 α

cot(A – B) . cotB – 1
(h) cot(A – B) + cotB = cotA
1 + tan(A+ B) . tanB
(i) tan(A+B) – tanB = cot A
cos5 sin5
(j) cosec8 + sec8 = sin13 α

(k) Cot 2q + tan q = cosec 2q

(l) (cosA + cosB)2 + (sinA – sinB)2 = 2 + 2cos(A + B)

Section 'B'
8. Prove the followings :

(a) cos20º – sin20º = 2 sin25º (b) cos55º + cos35º = 2 cos10º

(c) 3 cos10º + sin10º = 2sin70º (d) cos40º + 3 sin40º = 2cos160º

cos10° – sin10° cos35° + sin35°
(e) cos10° + sin10° = tan35º (f) cos35° – sin35° = cot10º
cos9° + sin9° sin20° + cos20°
(g)
cos9° – sin9° = tan54º (h) sin20° – cos20° = cot155º

9. Prove the followings :

(a) 1 – tan5º . tan40º = tan5º + tan40º
(b) tan22º + tan23º + tan22º . tan23º = 1
(c) tan65º – tan20º – tan65º. Tan20º = 1
(d) cot25º. cot20º – cot25º – cot20º = 1
(e) tan8A – tan5A – tan3A = tan8A . tan5A . tan3A
(f) cot10A . cot6A + cot10A . cot4A – cot6A . cot4A + 1 = 0

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 235

 (g) tan20º + tan72º + tan88º = tan20º . tan72º . tan88º
(h) tan10º + tan70º + tan100º = tan10º . tan70º . tan100º
(i) tan80º + tan65º + tan35º = tan80º . tan65º . tan35º
(j) tan40º . tan35º + tan40º . tan15º + tan35º . tan15º = 1
(k) cot57º . cot21º . cot12º = cot57º + cot21º + cot12º

10. Show that :

(a) tan50º = tan40º + 2tan10º (b) tan80º = 2tan70º + tan10º
(c) tan65º = tan25º + 2tan40º (d) 2tan50° + tan 20° = cot20°


11. If A + B = 4 , then show that:
(a) tanA + tanB = 1 – tanA . tanB (b) (1 + tanA) (1 + tanB) = 2

12. If A + B = 225º then show that :

(a) cotA + cotB = cotA.cotB – 1 (b) (1 – cotA) (1 – cotB) = 2

Section 'C'
5 1 c
13. (a) If tanA = 6 and tanB = , show that A + B = 4
11
1 2
(b) If tanA =k and tanB = k, show that A + B = 2
m+1 c
(c) If cotA = m and cotB = 2m + 1, show that A + B = 4
1 1 c
(d) If sinα = and sinβ = , show that α + β = 4
10 5
4 7 c
(e) If cos q = 5 and cosβ = , show that q + β = 4
5 2
14. Expand:
(a) sin(A + B + C) (b) cos(A + B + C) (c) tan(A + B + C)
15. If A + B + C = pc, prove that:
(a) tan A + tanB + tanC = tanA . tanB . tanC
(b) cotA . cotB + cotB . cotC + cotC . cotA = 1
A B C A B C
(c) cot 2 + cot 2 + cot 2 = cot 2 . cot 2 . cot 2
16. (a) An angle b is divided into two parts α and q such that tan α : tan q = a : b
a–b
Show that sin(α – q ) = a + b sinβ.
tanα m + 1 sin(α + β)
(b) If tanb = m, prove that m – 1 =
sin(α – β)
236 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
UNIT

6 VECTOR

6.1 Vector
Review
Discuss the following questions.
(a) What is your height?
(b) What is your school distance from your home?
(c) A man is driving a motorcycle with the speed of 40km per hour.
(i) How far does he reach in 2 hours?
(ii) Where does he reach in 2 hours?
Introduction to vector
Which of the following are measurable ?
Weight, force, distance, knowledge, density, area, volume, sentiment etc.
We often go to the market to buy necessary things we get things by measurement.
For example, we get rice in kilogram (kg.), cloth in metres, oil in litres and so on.
Similarly, when we walk from home to school, we may walk a certain distance such
as 1km to the east and so on. Thus, measurement is an essential aspect of physical
science and our daily life as well.
The quantities which we can measure are called physical quantities. We can
classify the physical quantities into two classes which are as follows.
(i) Scalar quantities or scalar
(ii) Vector quantities or vector
(i) Scalar :
From the above question (a) what is your height? If you say, that my height
is 5.5 inches or 5.6 inches it gives the complete, answer about height. In
general, what is the boiling point of water? Discuss on it.
The boiling point of water is 100°c. A number 100 and its unit (°c) completely
describes about the temperature. The physical quantities which have such
values are known as scalar. Length, mass, density, height, area, volume
temperature etc. are examples of scalar.
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 237
 The physical quantity which have only magnitude but no direction is called
scalar quantity or simply scalar.

(ii) Vector
From above question (c) (i) the distance cover a man in 2 hours is (40km × 2)
= 80km. But we can't say about the position of a man in 2 hours. We are not
known about the direction of him. So, to know his position (displacement)
we should know the direction. The physical quantities which are depends
on direction are known as vector. Velocity, acceleration, displacement, force,
weight, pressure etc. are examples of vector.

The physical quantity which have both magnitude as well as direction is
called vector quantity or simply vector.

Difference between vectors and scalars

Vectors Scalars
1. Vectors have both magnitude 1. Scalars have magnitude only.
and direction.
2. They are represented by directed 2. No arrows are required in
line segment and with symbols symbols representing scalars like
with an arrow at the top like AB . AB.
3. They cannot be added or 3. They can be added or subtracted
subtracted by simple algebraic by simple algebraic methods.
methods i.e. they are operated
through vector geometry.

Notation of a vector:
A vector is generally denoted by bold faced type of letters. For example: a, PQ.
But due to inconveniency of writing it is not so used. So for a vector a letter or a
combination of two letters with an arrow over it is used. For example : a or PQ .
For a scalar, a letter or a combination of two letters without an arrow over it is
used. For example a or PQ are the scalar.
Representation of a vector:
A vector is generally represented by a directed line segment. The
length of the line segment is chosen according to some scale to B
represent the magnitude and the arrow to represent the direction
A
238 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
of the vector. A vector from point A to point B is denoted by AB . We call the point
A, the initial (starting) point or tail and B, the terminal (end) point or head of the
vector AB . The directed arrow (→) was first introduced by English scientist Sir
Isaac Newton (1642 – 1727A.D).

Representation of vector in terms of components:

Case I When initial point is at origin and terminal Y
point is at A(x, y)
Let, A(x, y) be a point in a Cartesian plane. Join the A(x, y)
origin O to A. Now, OA is directed from O to A. So,
OA is a vector. From A, draw AM perpendicular to y
OX. Then, OM is called X-component or horizontal
X' x X
component of OA and AM is called Y-component or O M

vertical component of OA. Y'

Here, OM = x and MA = y.
To displace from O to M and again from M to A is same as to displace from O
to A.
Therefore, OA in terms of components is written as
x
OA = (OM, MA) = (x, y) or
y
x
∴ OA = (x, y) or
y

Here, OA is said to be position vector of A. x and y are called the x-component
and y-component of OA respectively.

Case II When initial point is at (x1, y1) and terminal point is D(x2, y2)
Let C(x1, x1) and D(x2, y2) be two points Y

in the plane and join C to D. Then CD is a D(x2, y2)

E )
vector. To find CD, we need its x-component
,y1
( x1
and y-component. For this, draw CM and F C P
DN perpendicular to x-axis.
Similarly, DE and CF are drawn X' X
O M N
perpendicular on y-axis.
Y'
Here,
OM = x1 ON = x2
CM = y1 DN = y2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 239

 x- component MN = ON – OM = x2 – x1
and y- component EF = DN – PN
= y2 – CM [ PN = DM]
= y2 – y1
x2 – x1
Now, CD = (CP, DP) = (x2 – x1, y2 – y1) or
y2 – y1
x –x
Hence, CD = y2 – y 1 or (x2 – x1, y2 – y1)
2 1

A vector whose x-component and y-component are arranged horizontally as

(x2 – x1, y2 – y1) is known as row vector. But a vector whose x and y components
x2 – x1
are arranged vertically as is known as a column vector.
y2 – y1

A vector can be express either in a row vector or in a column vector.

Note:
x
(i) If P(x, y) be a point then the position vector of P is OP = (x, y) or
y
(ii) If C(x1, y1) and D(x2, y2) be two points, the position vector of C and D are
x1 x2
OC = and OD = .
y1 y2

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. A point M(–2, 3). Find the position vector of M.

Solution: Here,

M(–2, 3) is a point in a plane. Joined O and M then OM is called position

vector.

x-component of OM = OQ = –2

y-component of OM = QM = 3
–2
∴ OP = ( –2, 3) or
3

240 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

2. Find UV if U(5, –3) and V(3, 4)

Solution: Here,

Let, U(5, –3) = (x1, y1) and V(3, 4) = (x2, y2)

x2 – x1
By formula UV = = 3–5 = –2 = –2
y2 – y1 4 – (–3) 4+3 7

∴ UV = – 2
7
3. Represent the following vectors by the directed line segment in a
square grid.
2 –4
(i) AB = (ii) CD =
3 6
–4 4
(iii) = MN (iv)
= PQ
–7 –8
Solution: Here,
2
(i) AB =
3 B
x-component of AB = 2 and

y-component of AB = 3 A
Starting from A, 2 units right and 3 units

above will give the point B. Then directed line

2
segment AB will give
3
–4
(ii) CD =
6 D
x-component of CD = – 4 and

y - component of CD = 6

Starting from C, 4 units left and then 6 units

C
above will give the point D. Then directed line
–4
segment CD will give
6

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 241

(iii) Here, M
–4
MN =
–7
x-component of MN = –4

y-component of MN = –7

Starting from M, 4 units left and 7 units below

N
will give the point N.
–4
Then, MN will give .
–7
(iv) Here,
6 P
PQ =
–8
x-component of PQ = 6

y-component of PQ = –8

Starting from point P, 6 units right and 8 units

below will give the point Q. Then the directed Q

6
line segment PQ will give .
–8

4. From the given square grid, find x and y-component of the directed

line segment ST and EF . Also, find the vectors represented by them.

Solution:

From given graph, for ST

E
Starting from S, x-component (right) = 4 and T

y-component (above) = 6
4
∴ ST = (4, 6) or
6
For EF ,
S F
Starting from E, x -component (right) = 6 and

y-component (below) = –7
6
∴ EF = (6, –7) or
–7

242 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 6.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define vector and scalar with examples.
(b) What are the directed line segments? Define initial point and terminal
point of directed line segment.
2. (a) What is the meaning of the word vector introduced in mathematics and
who used it arrow (→) as symbol for the first time?
(b) How can vectors be represented?
3. (a) Which of the following quantities are vectors and scalars? Write with
reason.
(i) velocity (ii) force (iii) temperature
(iv) time (v) area (vi) volume
(vii) mass (viii) weight (ix) acceleration
(x) speed (xi) displacement (xii) distance
(xiii) density (xiv) pressure
b. Write down the initial point and the terminal point of the following vectors.
(i) Y (ii) Y

S Z

X' X X' X
O O

Y' Y'
(iii) H (iv) J

4. (a) If 'O' be the origin and the coordinates of H(4, 7), write OH in terms of
components.

If 'O' be the origin and the coordinates of L(–4, –3), write OL in terms of
(b)
components.
5. (a) Find the vectors represented by the directed line segment joining the
following points.
(i) A(3, 5) and B(4, 7) (ii) C(2,3 ) and D(–3, 5)
(iii) E(–4, –3) and F(4, 9) (iv) G(–1, 2) and H(–3, 5)
(b) A vector displaces the point P(4, 3) to the point Q(3, 0). Express PQ in
row and column vector.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 243

 (c) A vector RS displaces a point R(–1, –6) to the point S(8, 11) then find
RS in row and column vector.

Section 'B'
6. Draw the directed line segment from origin to the points given below. Express
their position vectors both in row and column form.
(i) Z(3, 5) (ii) W(5, 0) (iii) V(0, 6)
(iv) M(–4, –3) (v) N(5, –8) (vi) (–3, –3)
7. Represent the following vectors by the directed line segment in the square
grid.
0 –5 –4
(i) AB = (ii) CD = (iii) MN =
–6 –6 6
5 5
(iv) PQ = (v) UV = (5, 0) (vi) IJ =
–3 2

8. In the adjoining figure, some arrow diagrams corresponding to some points

are given. Find the x-component and y- component corresponding to each
directed line segment joining the origin and the given points and find the
position vectors corresponding to the given points.
Y

Z
A

X' X
R O Q

M
N
Y'
9. Find the x-component and y-components of each directed line segment and
find the vectors represented by them.

244 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Y

B
E
S
A
U
Q
T
F
H G

V X
P
A B

10. The points A, B, C and D are the vertices of a

parallelogram ABCD, Find the directed line
segments represented by the points and also write
the equivalent pairs.
D C

11. Divide all the students of class 9 in different groups. According to group, make
a list of physical quantities which are available in our surroundings (home,
society and school). Present the list of physical quantities from each group in
the class and discuss which are vectors and scalars quantities with reason.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 245

Magnitude of a vector
Case I When initial point is at origin and terminal point is at point P(x, y)
Let, P(x, y) be any point in the plane. Join the Y P(x, y)
origin O to P. Now OP is directed from O to P.
Then OP is a vector whose magnitude means the y
length of OP is denoted by |OP |
X' X
Draw PM perpendicular on OX. O x M
We have, Y'
OM = x and PM = y
By using pythagoras theorem, in right angled DOPM
OP2 = OM2 + MP2­= x2 + y2
or, OP = x2 + y2
Hence, the length of OP = |OP | = x2 + y2

i.e. |OP | = (x-component)2 + y-component)2

Case II: When initial point is at p(x1, y1) and terminal point is at point
Q (x2, y2)

If P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2) be the two points. By joining P and Q and directed
from P to Q so that PQ is a vector. Y
) Q(x2, y2)
Now, ,y1
x1
x-component of PQ = MN = PR = ON – OM P( R
= x2 – x1 O
X' X
M N
and y -component of PQ = QR = BN – NR Y'
= y2 – PM = y2 – y1

∴ The magnitude of a vector PQ = | OP |

= (x-component)2 + (y-component)2
or, |PQ | = (x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2

246 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Direction of a vector
Case I When initial point is at origin and terminal point is at point P(x, y)

The direction of a vector in two dimensions is Y

determined by the angle it makes with the positive
x-axis. P(x, y)

Let, θ be the angle made by the vector OP with the

positive x-axis, i.e. ∠XOP = θ. Draw PM perpendicular
y
with OX. Then,
q
X' x X
x-component of OP = OM = x O M

Y'
y -component of OP = MP = y
In right angled ∆POM
PM p y
tanθ = =
OM b x
y-component of OP
or, tanθ =
x-component of OP

y
or, θ = tan-1
x
Case II When initial point is at p(x1, y1) and terminal point is at point
(x2, y2)
Y
Q(x2, y2)
If P(x1, y1) be the initial point and Q(x2, y2) be
, 1 y)
the terminal point of the vector PQ then the P(x 1 q y S
y y – y1
direction of PQ = θ = tan-1 = tan-1 2
x x2 – x1 X'
y2 – y1 M N X
O
∴ θ = tan -1
x2 – x1
Y'
Note:
(i) If the given vector lies in 2nd, 3rd and 4th quadrant, first find the least
positive angle (θ).
(ii) S.N. x-component y-component Direction
1 Positive (+ve) Positive (+v) Acute angle (θ)
2. Negative (–ve) Positive (+ve) 180° – θ
3. Negative (–ve) Negative (–ve) 180° + θ
4. Positive (+ve) Negative (–ve) 360° – θ

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 247

 Relation between vector components and direction (θ)
x-component y-component Direction
Positive (+ve) Zero (0) θ = 0°
Negative (–ve) Zero (0) θ = 180°
Zero (0) Positive (+ve) θ = 90°
Zero (0) Negative (–ve) θ = 270°

Types of vectors
(i) Row vector: A vector whose x-component and y-component are written
horizontally and enclosed within the round brackets is known as row vector.
→ →
For example: AB = (x2 – x1, y2 – y1), a = (2, – 3), b = (5, – 2).
(ii) Column vector
→
Can we write a = (2, – 3) by another way?
→ → 2
We can write a = (2, – 3) by a =
–3
∴ A vector whose x-component and y-component are written vertically and
enclosed within the round brackets is known as a column vector.
For example:
x –x → 5 → –7
(i) AB = y2 – y1 (ii) a= ,b= etc
2 1 –3 8

Note: A vector can be expressed either as a row vector or as a column vector.

(iii) Position vector:
A vector whose initial point is taken as origin is called
Y
position vector of the terminal point. If origin (O) be
A
the initial point, then the position vector of any point B
P referred to the origin is defined to the vector OP .
X' X
In the figure, OA , OB , OC and OD are the O
position vectors of the terminal points A, B, C and D D
respectively. C
Y'
In position vector, the components of the vector is the

coordinates of the terminal point of the vector. If A(–7, 8) are the coordinate of
–7
the terminal point A then the position vector of A i.e. OA = (–7, 8) or
8

248 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(iv) Unit vector:
→ → Y
What are the magnitudes of a = (–1, 0) and b = (0, 1)?

Do their magnitude are 1 ? B(0, 1)

A vector whose length or magnitude is 1 unit i.e. unity A
X' X
O (1, 0)
is called a unit vector. So, if |CD | = 1 unit then the
Y'
vector CD is called a unit vector.
→
The unit vector along x-axis is written with the symbol i = (1, 0) and the unit
→
vector along y-axis is written as j = (0, 1).

From figure,
→ 1 → 0
OA = i = (1, 0) or and OB = j = (0, 1) or
0 1
Again,

Each non-zero vector has unit vector along its own direction. Thus, the unit
→ → ^
vector of a non-zero vector a in the direction of a is denoted by a (read as 'a'

cap).
→
^ ^ a
∴ The vector a is given by a = →
|a |
(v) Zero of Null vector:

A vector whose length or magnitude is zero is called zero vector or null vector.

So, if |MN| = 0 then the vector MN is called the zero vector. Generally, a zero
→ → 0
vector is denoted by O , where O =
0
The initial and the terminal point of a zero vector are coincides i.e.
0
AA = BB = CC =
0
(vi) Negative vector:
A B
4 4
If AB = then can we write BA also ? Discuss
5 5
A B
on it.

The vector AB displaces A to B and BA displaces B to A.

The length of AB and BA are equal but they are opposite in direction.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 249

 Therefore, negative vector of AB is BA

∴ BA = – AB

or, AB = – BA
→ 6 → –6 →
For example: If a = and b = then →
a and b are said to be negative
2 –2
vectors to each other.

(vii) Like vectors:

Two vectors are said to be like if they have same B

→
a
direction whatever may be their magnitudes. D
→ → →
From figure, two vectors a and b are said to be A b
→ →
like vectors if a = kb where k > 0.
C
If AB = 2CD, then AB and CD are like vectors.

(viii) Unlike vectors:

Two vectors are said to be unlike if they have opposite directions whatever

may be their magnitudes. →

a
M N
→ →
From figure, two vectors a and b are said to be →
b
→ → P Q
unlike vectors if b = k a where k < 0

If PQ = – 2MN, then PQ and MN are unlike vectors.

(ix) Equal vectors:

Two vectors are said to be equal if they have equal magnitude and same

direction.

Let, two vectors AB and CD are in same direction B

and |AB | = |CD|, then AB and CD are equal D

A
vectors and written as AB = CD.
C
Similarly, if PQ and QR are in same direction and

250 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 |PQ | = |QR| then PQ and QR are called equal vectors.

i.e. PQ = QR. P R
Q
→ x → x
Also, two vectors a = y1 and b = y2 are equal if x1 = x2 and y1 = y2
1 2

(x) Parallel (collinear) vectors:

Two vectors are said to be parallel (collinear) if they are like or unlike. Let two
→ → → → → →
vectors a and b are said to be parallel if a = kb or b = ma where k and m are

scalars (positive or negative.)

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

–3
1. If AB = find magnitude of AB.
–4
Solution: Here,
–3
AB = –4
Here, x-component of AB (x) = –3
y-component of AB (y) = – 4
By formula,

|AB | = x2 + y2 = (–3)2 + (–4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25 = 5 units

∴ The magnitude of AB = |AB | = 5 units.

2. If PQ displaces the point P(–7, –3) to the point Q(–3, –8), find the vector
PQ , |PQ |, the direction of PQ and a unit vector along PQ .

Solution: Here
Let, P(–7, –3) = (x1, y1)
Q(–3, –8) = (x2, y2)
Now,
x2 – x1 –3 + 7 4
(i) PQ = y2 – y1 = –8 + 3 = –5

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 251

 (ii) Here, x-component of PQ (x) = 4
y-component of PQ (y) = –5

∴ |PQ | = x2 + y2 = 42 + (–5)2 = 16 + 25 = 41 units

(iii) For the direction of PQ .
If θ be the angle between PQ and positive x-axis, then,

y –5
tanθ = =
x 4

or, θ = tan-1 –5 = –51.34

4

Least positive angle = 51.34°

Since, x-component of PQ is positive and y-component of PQ is negative so

the angle lies in 4th quadrant.

\ Required direction = 360° – 51.34° = 308.66°

(iv) Again, unit vector of PQ

^ PQ (4, –5)
Since, x-component of PQ = PQ = =
|PQ | 41
^ 1
∴ PQ = (4, –5)
41

→ →
3. If AB displaces A(5, 2) to B(9, 5). Find AB in form of x i + y j . Also find
its unit vector along AB .
Solution: Here,

Let, A(5, 2) = (x1, y1) B(9, 5) = (x2, y2)

x –x 9–5 4
(i) Now, AB = y2 – y1 = =
2 1 5–2 3
→ →
Again, AB in form of x i + y j is

4 4 0 1 0 → →
AB = 3 = 0 + 3 = 4 0 + 3 1 = 4 i + 3 j

→ → → →
∴ AB = 4 i + 3 j in form of x i + y j .

252 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(ii) Since,

x-component of AB (x) = 4

y-component of AB (y) = 3

∴ |AB |= x2 + y2 = 42 + 32 = 16 + 9 = 25 = 5 units.

^ AB
The unit vector of AB = AB =
|AB |
→ →
4i + 3j
=
5
^ 4 → 3→
∴ AB = i + j.
5 5
^
4 → 3→
Hence, unit vector along AB is AB =i + j.
5 5
4. If vector AB displaces A(2, –1) to B(3, 3) and vector PQ displaces
P(5, 5) to Q(4, 1) then show that AB = –PQ .

Solution: Here, AB displaces A(2, –1) to B(3, 3)

PQ displaces P(5, 5) to Q(4, 1)

For AB :
Let, A(2, –1) = (x1, y1)
B(3, 3) = (x2, y2)

x2 – x1 3–2 1
Now, AB = = =
y2 – y1 3+1 4

For PQ :
Let, P(5, 5) = (x1, y1) and Q(4, 1) = (x2, y2)

x2 – x1 4–5 –1
Now, PQ = = =
y2 – y1 1–5 –4

–1 1
and – PQ = – =
–4 4

Since, the corresponding components of AB and –CD are equal.

∴ AB = –CD.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 253

5. If vector AB displaces the point A(2, 2) to B(4, 8) and vector CD
displaces point C(4, –2) to the point D such that AB = –CD , find the
point D.
Solution: Here,
Let, the point D(x, y)
AB displaces the point A(2, 2) to B(4, 8) and CD displaces the point C(4, –2)
to the point D(x, y) and AB = –CD
For AB :
Let, A (2, 2) = (x1, y1)
B(4, 8) = (x2, y2)

x2 – x1 4–2 2
Now, AB = = =
y2 – y1 8–2 6

For – CD:
We have, – CD = DC
∴ Let, D(x, y) = (x1, y1)
C(4, –2) = (x2, y2)

x2 – x1 4–x
Now, DC = =
y2 – y1 –2 – y

By the question
AB = –CD
or, AB = DC

2 4–x
or, =
6 –2 – y
Comparing the corresponding components of equal vectors, we get
2=4–x and 6=–2–y
or, x = 4 – 2 = 2 or, y = –2 – 6
y=–8
Hence, the point D(x, y) = D(2, – 8)

254 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 6.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) What do you mean by position vector of a point?
(b) Define a null vector and a unit vector.
2. (a) Define parallel vectors. Does the direction disturb the vectors to be
parallel?
(b) Define magnitude of a vector?
(c) What do you mean by direction of a vector?
3. (a) If the given vector lies in 3rd quadrant then how to find the direction of
a vector?
(b) Write the differences between like vectors and unlike vectors.
→
(c) Write the formula to calculate the unit vector of a .

4. Check whether the following vectors are like or unlike.
→ 2 → 4 → 2 → –6
(i) b = 5 , c = 10 (ii) d = , e =
5 –15
→ –4 → 2
(iii)
f = ,g =
2 –1

Section 'B'
5. Find the magnitude and direction of the following vectors.

→ 7 → –4 0
(i) a= –7 3 (ii) b = 4
(iii)
AB = 7
–6 –5 –6
(iv)
BC = 7
(v) MN = –6 (vi)
PQ = 3
6. Find the angle between the positive x-axis and each of the following
vectors.
–8 0 → –2
(i) –5
(ii) 4
(iii) (1, 1) (iv) a= 2

7. Find the magnitude and direction of the vectors represented by the

directed line segment joining the following points.
(i) A(2, –2) and B(7, –5) (ii) M(4, –2) and Q(6, 1)
(iii) P(–4, 5) and B(4, –5) (iv) S(2, 4) and T(5, 7)
8. (a) If AB displaces the point A to the point B and CD displaces from C to D
then prove that |AB | = |CD|
(i) A(–5, 4), B(0, 2), C(1, –1) and D(6, –3)
(ii) A(4, 5), B(7, –3), C(–1, –3) and D(2, –11)

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 255

 (b) P(–3, –2), Q(2, 4), R(x, 3) and S(2, –2) are four points. If |PQ|= |RS |
then find the value of x.
9. Show that the following vectors are unit vectors.

→ 1 1
(i) a = (1, 0) (ii) AB = ,
2 2

3 –4 → –1 –2
(iii) PQ =, (iv) e = ,
5 5 5 5
10. Find the unit vector along the direction of following vectors.

→ → → → →
(i) a = (3, –4) (ii) b = (5, 3) (iii) e = 6 i + 6 j

→ 1 → 2 → →
(iv) c = (v) d = (vi) 4 i – 5 j
1 3
→ →
11. If AB displaces A to B. Find AB in form of x i + y j . Also find its unit vector
along AB .
(i) A(5, 6) and B(–2, 0) (ii) A(–2, 1) and B(–1, –2) (iii) A(6, 2) and B(2, 5)
12. (a) If (a, 1) is an unit vector then find the value of a.
–3 b
(b) If C = , is an unit vector then find the value of b.
13 13
3
13. (a) If the magnitude of BC = is 7 units, find the value of 'b' and direction
b

of BC .
a
(b) If the magnitude of EF = is 13 units, find the value of a and direction
7

of EF .
e
(c) If AB = and its angle with x-axis is 30°, find |AB |.
4

14. (a) If A(–1, 1), B(0, 4), C(–1, 6) and D(–2, 3) are four points, prove that AB

= – CD.
(b) If AB displaces A (–5, 2) to B(3, 5) and CD displaces C(1, 0) to D(9, 3).
Show that AB = CD
(c) If A(1, 2), B(2, 5), C(1, 0) and D(0, –3) are collinear points in a plane,

show that AB = –CD . Is AD = –BC ? Write with reason.

256 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Section 'C'
p
15. A vector is and its angle with x-axis is 45° and the magnitude is 2 2 units.
q
Find the vector.
16. (a) If A (2, –3), B(6, 5), C(x, 2) and D(–3, y) are four points. Find the values
of x and y when AC = BD. Also find |CD|.
(b) The vector MN displaces the points M(2, 3) to N(3, 7) and vector RK
displaces R(1, 4) to K such that MN = RK, find the coordinates of K.
(c) If A, B, C and D are four points with coordinates (2, –2), (6, 4), (m, n) and
(3, – 5) respectively such that AB = CD, find the coordinates of C. Also
find |CD|.

17. What are the uses of vector quantity in our daily life? Investigate and make a
report and present in the classroom.

Vectors Operation
Vectors can be added, subtracted and multiplied with each other. Similarly, a vector
can be multiplied by scalar quantity.
The operation by which two or more vectors combine to give a single vector is known
as vector operation. They are

1. Multiplication of a vector by a scalar

→
x → →
a
Let, a = y1 then the multiplication of a
1
→
by a scalar 'k' denoted by ka is defined by →
ka
→ x kx
k a = k y1 = ky1 Fig. (i)
1 1
→ →
k a is a vector parallel to a and its →
a
→
magnitude is k times the magnitude of a .
→ → →
a and k a have the same direction when k ka
Fig. (ii)
is positive as in fig (i). and their direction

are opposite when k is negative as in figure (ii).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 257

 Properties of scalar multiplication
→ →
If a and b are two vector, m and n are scalars then
→ → → →
(i) a = 0 when m = 0 (ii) m(na ) = (mn) a = n(ma )
→ → → → → → →
(iii) (m + n) a = ma + na (iv) m( a + b ) = ma + mb
2. Addition of vectors:
Addition of vectors can be expressed in terms of different principles as
described below.
(i) Triangle law of vector addition
→ → B
Let, a and b be two vectors. Let us take a point O and
→ →
draw the vectors OA = a and AB = b . Such that the
→ →
terminal point of a is the initial point of b .
→
By joining O and B it is directed from O to B and defined b
as
OB = OA + AB O → A
a
→ →
or, OB = a + b
∴ The displacement from O to A and again from A to B is same as
displacement from O to B. This law of addition of vectors is known as the
triangle law of vector addition.
Hence, triangle law of vector addition states that "the sum of the vectors
represented by two sides of a triangle taken in the same order is equal to the
vector represented by the third side taken in the reverse order".

Note:

(a) A vector PQ can be expressed as the sum of PR and RQ taking 'R' a

point in the same plane.
(b) The sum of vectors representing the sides of a triangle, taken in order
is zero. Let 'O' be the origin. In ∆OBC,
O
OB + BC + CO = (0, 0) = O
(c) By triangle law of vector addition OB + BC = OC
or, BC = OC – OB
or, BC = position vector of the point C – position
B C
vector of the point B

(ii) Parallelogram law of vector addition D C

→
→ → b
In the adjoining figure, let, AB = a and AD = b be two

vectors having same initial point A. A parallelogram ABCD A → B

a

258 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 is made by taking AB and AD as the adjoining sides. Then AD = BC, AD//BC,
AB = DC and AB//DC.
→
Now, AD = BC = b

In ∆ABC, by triangle law of vector addition

AB + BC = AC
or, AB + AD = AC [ BC = AD being opp. sides of //gram]
→ →
or, AC = AB + AD or,
AC = a + b

This is called the parallelogram law of vector addition.

Hence, parallelogram law of vector addition states that "if two adjacent sides
of a parallelogram through a point represents two vectors in magnitude and
direction their sum is given by the diagonal of the parallelogram through the
same point in magnitude and direction."

(iii) Polygon law of vector addition

E D
It is the expanded form of triangle law of vector addition.
Two or more vectors can be added by the application of
F C
polygon law of vector addition.

In the adjoining figure, ABCDEF is a polygon. The sum A B

of vectors represented by AB , BC , CD , DE and EF

taken in order is equal to AF . Join AC, AD and AE.
In ∆ABC, by ∆ law of vector addition

AC = AB + BC ..........(i)
Similarly, in ∆ACD,

AD = AC + CD

AD = AB + BC + CD ............(ii) [ From (i)]

In ∆ADE,

AE = AD + DE

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 259

 = AB + BC + CD + DE ............ (iii) [ From (ii)]
In ∆AEF,
AF = AE + EF
AF = AB + BC + CD + DE + EF [From (iii)]

∴ AF = AB + BC + CD + DE + EF

Hence, polygon law of vector addition states that "the number of vectors can be
represented in magnitude and direction by the sides of polygon taken in order, their
sum is given in magnitude and direction by the closing side of the polygon taken in
reverse order.

Addition of column vectors

x x
Let, OA = y1 and OB = y2 be the position vectors of A and B respectively.
1 2
Now, constructing a parallelogram OACB as shown in the figure taking OA and OB
as adjacent sides, we get

OA + OB = OC ( By parallelogram law of vector addition)

Again, draw BN, AM and CQ perpendiculars on OX, and AP perpendicular to CQ,
we get.

DOBN ≅ DCPA [  ∠BNO = ∠CPA, ∠BON = ∠CAP and OB = CA]

∴ CP = BN and AP = ON
ON = x2, BN = y2, OM = x1, AM = y1 Y

x-component of OC = OQ ,y 2) C
B(x 2
= OM + MQ
= OM + AP
(x1,y1)A
P
= OM + ON X' X
O N MQ
= x1 + x2
Y'
y-component of OC = CQ
= CP + PQ
= BN + AM = y2 + y1 = y1 + y2

OQ x +x
∴ OC = CQ = y1 + y 2
1 2

260 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Thus, OA + AC = OC
x x x +x
OA + OB = OC gives y1 + y2 = y1 + y 2
1 2 1 2

Hence, the column vectors are added by adding x-components and y-components
respectively to get x and y component of the resultant vector.
Properties of vector addition:
→ → → →
(i) a + b = b + a (Commutative property)
→ → → → → →
(ii) a + (b + c ) = (a + b ) + c (Associative property)
→ → → → →
(iii) a + 0 = 0 + a = a (Identity property)
→ → →
(iv) a + (–a ) = 0 (Additive inverse property)

3. Subtraction of vectors
Discuss on the following questions.
→ → → →
Can we write a – b as a + (–b ) ? What are the similarity between addition

and subtraction of vector.

→
B
→ →
The difference of two vectors a and b denoted by a
→
→ →
b
– b is defined as the vector sum of a and negative →
a
O A
→ → x → x → →
of b . So, if a = y1 and b = y2 then a – b is → → →
1 2
–b a –b
→ → → → x1 –x2
defined by a – b = a + (– b ) = y1 + –y2
x –x D C
= y1 – y 2
1 2

→ →
Let, OA = a and OB = b
→
If OB = OD and they are opposite then OD = – OB = –b

OACD is a parallelogram then by parallelogram law of vector addition

→ →
OC = OA + OD OC = a – b

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 261

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

–5 3
1. If AB = 3
and CD = –3
, find AB + CD, AB – CD, 2AB + 3CD and
their magnitudes.
Solution: Here,
–5 3
AB = 3
and CD = –3
Now,
–5 3 –5 + 3 –2
(i) AB + CD = 3
+ –3 = 3 – 3 = 0
–5 3 –5 – 3 –8
(ii) AB – CD = 3
– –3 = 3 + 3 = 6
–5 3 –10 9 –10 + 9 –1
(iii) 2AB + 3CD = 2 3
+ 3 –3 = 6
+ –9 = 6–9
= –3

(iv) |AB + CD | = x2 + y2 = (–2)2 + (0)2 = 4 + 0 = 2 units

(v) |AB – CD | = x2 + y2 = (–8)2 + (6)2 = 64 + 36 = 100 = 10 units and

(vi) 2AB + 3CD |= x2 + y2 = (–1)2 + (–3)2 = 1 + 9 = 10 unit.

3
2→ → 2 → →
2. If a = 6 and b = prove that a and b are parallel.
41
2
Solution : Here,
3
→ 2 → 2
a = 6 and b = .
41
2
→ 2 1
Now, a = 6
=2 3
→
a 1
\ = 3 ........... (i)
2

3 3 3×1
→ 2 2 2 3 1
and b = = = 3×3 =2
41 9 3
2 2 2

262 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 →
3 a →
or, b = [ From equation (i)]
2 2
→ 3→
or, b= a
4
By the definition of parallel vector
→ → 3
b = ka where k =
4
→ →
Hence, it is proved that a and b are parallel.

→ 3 → –1 → 0 → → →
3. If a = 1 , b = 0
and c = 3 find the scalar 'k' such that 3a + kb = c

Solution: Here,
→ 3 → –1 → 0 → → →
a = , = 0 , c = 3 and 3a + kb = c
1 b
→ → →
Since, 3a + kb = c
3 –1 0
or, 3 1 + k 0
= 3
9 –k 0
or, 3 + 0
= 3
9–k 0
or, 3 = 3

Comparing corresponding components, we get

9–k=0

\ k=9
→ 3 → → 2 →
4. If p = –2 and 4p + 3q = 6 find q .

Solution: Here,
→ 3 → → 2
p = –2 and 4p + 3q = 6
→ → 2
Now,
4p + 3q = 6
3 → 2
or, 4 –2
+ 3q = 6
12 → 2
or, –8 + 3q = 6

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 263

 → 2 12
or, 3 q = 6
– –8
→ –10
or, 3q = 14
→ 1 –10
or, q =
3 14
→ –10 14
∴ q= ,
3 3
→ → → →
5. If the position vectors of A and B are i + 2 j and 3 i – j respectively,

find AB and its magnitude. Also, find the unit vector along the
direction of AB .

Solution: Here,
→ →
The position vector of the point A(OA ) = i + 2 j
→ →
The position vector of the point B(OB ) = 3 i – j

We have,
→ → → → → → → → → →
(i) AB = OB – OA = 3 i – j – ( i + 2 j ) = 3 i – j – i – 2 j = 2 i – 3 j
→ →
AB = 2 i – 3 j

∴ AB = (2, –3)

(ii) |AB | = x2 + y2 = (2)2 + (–3)2 = 5 units

(iii) Again,
AB (2, – 3)
Unit vector of AB = (AB ) = =
|AB | 5
\ AB = 2, –3
5 5

6. The coordinates of P and Q are (5, 12) and (3, 4) respectively.

(i) Write the column vector PQ . (ii) | PQ |
(iii) Direction of PQ .
(iv) M be the midpoint of PQ find the position vector of M under the
operation of (a) vector addition (b) vector subtraction

264 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Solution: Here, the coordinates of P and Q are (5, 12) and (3, 4) respectively.

Let, P(5, 12) = (x1, y1) Q(3, 4) = (x2, y2)
x –x 3–5 –2
(i) By formula, PQ = y2 – y 1 = 4 – 12 = –8
2 1

(ii) |PQ | = x2 + y2
= (–2)2 + (–8)2

= 4 + 64

= 68 = 2 17 units
(iii) For the direction of PQ
We have,
y –8
tanθ = =
x –2
or, θ = tan-1 (4) = 75.96°

Since, both components of PQ are negative, so PQ lies in 3rd quadrant.

\ Required direction = 180° + 75.96° = 255.96°.

(iv) Since, M is the midpoint of PQ. P(5,12) M Q(3, 4)

Let, O be the origin.
1 1 –2 –1
∴ MQ = PQ = = –4
2 2 –8
O
–1 1
and – MQ = – –4 = 4

1
∴ QM = 4

(a) Under the operation of vector addition

3 1 4
OM = OQ + QM = 4 + 4 = 8

(b) Under the operation of vector subtraction

3 –1 3+1 4
OM = OQ – QM = 4 – – 4 = 4 + 4 = 8

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 265

7. In ∆PQR, M is the midpoint of QR then show that P

1
PM = (PQ + PR )
2

Solution: Here, in ∆PQR, M is sthe midpoint of QR.

1 Q R
To show: PM = (PQ + PR ) M
2
In ∆PQM, by ∆ law of vector addition PQ + QM = PM
QM = PM – PQ ........... (i)
Similarly, in ∆PMR,
PM + MR = PR
or, MR = PR – PM ........... (ii)
By the question
QM = MR [ M is the mid point QR]
or, PM – PQ = PR – PM
or, PM + PM = PQ + PR
or, 2PM = PQ + PR
1
PM = (PQ + PR )
2
8. SILVER is a regular hexagon. If SI = V and IL = W , find SL, SV and
SE in terms of v and w . Also show that SI + IL + LV + VE + ER + RS
=0
Solution: Here,
SILVER is a regular hexagon.
SI = v and IL = w E V

To find: SL , SV and SE in terms of v and w .

To show: SI + IL + LV + VE + ER + RS = 0 R L

(i) In ∆SIL by ∆ law of vector addition

SL = SI + IL S I
SL = v + w
(ii) SV = 2IL [ Being diagonal of a regular hexagon is double of its sides]
SV = 2w

266 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(iii) In ∆SEV, by ∆ law of vector addition
SE + EV = SV
or, SE = SV – EV
= 2w – SI [ SI = EV ]
SE = 2w – v
(iv) Again, In regular hexagon SILVER by polygon law of vector addition, we get
SI + IL + LV + VE + ER = SR
or, SI + IL + LV + VE + ER = – RS
or, SI + IL + LV + VE + ER + RS = 0

Exercise 6.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) State triangle law of vector addition.
(b) Define the parallelogram law of vector addition.

(c) Express the vector PQ in terms of position vectors of P and Q taking

origin as initial point.
2. (a) Define Collinear vectors. Does the direction disturb them to be parallel?
(b) What do you understand by multiplication of a vector by a scalar? Give
a geometrical representation.
(c) State the polygon law of vector addition.

→ 2 → → 4 →
3. (a) If a vector q = –3 then find 3q . (b) If b = –3
then find –2b .

→ → → →
(c) If a = kb and k be a scalar. What is the relation between a and b ?

4 –2
4. (a) If AB = 3 and CD = 7
then find AB + CD .

→ 6 → 2 → →
(b) If p = –2 and q = 3 then find p – q .

→ → → → → → → →
5. (a) If p = 2 i – 3 j and q = 6 i + 8 j then find p + q .

→ → → →
(b) If MN = 5 i + 7 j and PQ = 3 i + 4 j then find MN – PQ .

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 267

 → 2 → → 5 →
6. (a) If m = 7 and m + n = 8 then find n .

4 2
(b) AB – CD = 10 and AB = –5
, find CD .

Section 'B'

→ 3 → –4 → → → →
7. (a) If a = 4 and b = –3 find a + b , a – b and their magnitudes.
–2
(b) If PQ = (5, 7) and RS = 3
find PQ + RS , PQ – RS and their
magnitudes.
→ → → →
(c) If MN = 4 i + 3 j and OP = –3 i – 4 j find MN + OP , MN – OP and their
magnitudes.
→ –3 → –2 → 2
8. If a = 4
, b = 1 and c = –3 find
→ → → → → → →
(i) 2a + 3b (ii) 3b – 4c (iii) a + (b + c )
→ → → → → → → → →
(iv) 2(a + b + c ) (v) 2a – 4c + 3b (vi) 2(a + b ) – 5 c
→ –5 → –10 → →
9. (a) If a = 2
and b = 4
show that a and b are parallel.

3
–3 –
(b) If AB = 2 and CD = 2 show that AB and CD are parallel.
1
→ → → →
(c) If PQ = 4 i + 5 j and RS = –8 i – 10 j then prove that PQ and RS are
parallel.
→ 3 → 6
10. (a) If p = –2 and q = k are two parallel vectors then find the value of 'k.
→ → → →
MN = 3 i – 2 j , PQ = 6 i + m j and MN||PQ then find the value of
(b)
scalar 'm'.
5 6
11. (a) If the position vector of A and B are 3 and 5 respectively, find AB .

(b) If the position vector of P and Q are (7, –3) and (2, 9) respectively then

find PQ and QP .

268 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 –3
(c) Find the position vector of N if the position vector of M is 7
5 P
and MN = 9
12. (a) In the given figure, alongside show that : PQ + QR + RP = 0
(b) If AB , BC , CD and DA be the vectors represent by the
sides of a parallelogram ABCD show that Q R

(i) AB + BC + CD + DA = 0 (ii) AB + CD = 0
(iii) BC + DA = 0
(c) In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral. Express the following
vectors as a single vector. D C
(i) AB + BC (ii) AC – BC
E
(iii)
BC + CD + DA (iv)
BE + EC – BA
(v) AE – BE + BC
A B
→ 2 → –3 → –1
13. (a) If a = 3
, b = 5
and c = 8
. Find the scalar 'm' such that
→ → →
a + mb = c .

2 –1 –1 D C
(b) If AB = 1 , CD = 2
and EF = 7
find 'k' such

that AB + kCD = EF .

A B
(c) In the given figure alongside, ABCD is a →
a →
b
→ → →
parallelogram. If OA = a , OB = b and OC = c find
→ → →
OD in forms of a , b and c .
C B

→
c
→
(d) In the adjoining figure, OA = 2CB = a and
→ → → O →
A
OC = c . Find OB and BA in terms of a and c . a

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 269

 Section 'C'
14. ( a) If the position vector of A and B are (6, 4) and (4, –2) respectively, find
AB , magnitude of AB and the direction of AB . Also find the unit vector
along the direction of AB .
→ →
(b) The position vectors of the points A and B are 5 i + 6 j and
→ →
4 i + 2 j respectively. Find, AB in column form, magnitude of AB and

the direction of AB . Also, find the unit vector along the direction of AB .
–4 6
15. (a) If the position vectors of A and B are 3
and 5
respectively find

(i) AB (ii) the magnitude of AB

(iii) the position vector of the middle point M of AB using vector addition.
2 –4
(b) If the position vectors of A and B are 5 and 1 . If P is the midpoint of
AB, find the position vector of P on the basis of the operations under
(i) vector addition (ii) vector subtraction
→ → → → →
16. (a) The position vectors of four points A, B, C and D are a + b +c , 2a +5b ,
→ → → → → →
3a + 2b – 3c and a – 6b – c respectively. Prove that CD = – 2AB and

CD //AB .
→ →
(b) The position vectors of four points, A, B, C and D are 2a + 4c ,
→ → → → → → → 2
5a +3 3 b + 4c , –2 3 b + c and 2a + c respectively. Show that CD =
3
AB and AB is parallel to CD .
V

(c) In the given ∆VAT, M and N are the midpoints of
sides VA and VT respectively then by using triangle M N
1
law of vector addition prove that MN = AT and
2
MN //AT .
A T

17. (a) If ABCDE is a regular pentagon than prove that:
(i) AB + BC + CD + DE + EA = 0
(ii) AB + AE + BC + DC + ED + AC = 3AC

270 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 → →
(b)
'MONKEY' is a regular hexagon. If MO = m , ON = n , NK = →
p and KE
→
=q then,
(i) Find the vector represented by MO + ON .
(ii) Express MO + ON + NK in terms of sum of single vector.
(iii) Prove that : MN + NK = MO + OK
→ → → →
(iv) Prove that : m +n + p = 2n
→
(v) Prove that: m +→
q =0

18. (a) Prove by vector method that the points A(–2, 3), B(3, 8) and C(4, 1) are
the vertices of an isosceles triangle.
(b) Show by vector method that the points A(2, 1), B(2, 3), C(5, 3) and
D(5, 1) are the vertices of a rectangle.
A

19. In the adjoining ∆ABC, D, E and F are the mid points of

F E
sides BC, AC and AB respectively.
Prove that: AD + BE + CF = 0. B C
D

20. (a) What are the uses of vector operation in our daily life? Investigate, make
a report and present in the classroom.
(b) Compare the addition and subtraction of vectors with the addition and
subtraction of matrix, Algebra. When the dot product of the two vectors
is a scalar quantity then what is the cross product of two vectors? Ask
with your teacher, investigate and make a report and present it in the
class-room.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 271

 UNIT

7 TRANSFORMATION

7.1 Transformation
Review
You have already learnt about the transformation in class 8 in compulsory
mathematics. Now, discuss the following questions in the class among the friends.
(i) What have you understand about the transformation?
(ii) How many types of transformation you have learnt and what are they?
(iii) Can you draw the images of the following figures after reflection through the
line l.
(a) l (b) (c)
A P
H G
Q
B E F
l l
C
R

A
(iv) Are the object and its corresponding image congruent?

(v) Draw the image of DABC after rotation through +90° about C
O
the centre at O.

(vi) What are the difference found in the object and image after rotation.
(vii) When an geometrical object is rotated or reflected or translated, are the image
and object congruent or similar? Why?

Introduction
The rule or process of changing an object either in position or in size or in both
the position and size is known as transformation. In transforming an object

272 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

corresponding to a given object, there will be a definite object of the similar form
known as image of the given object under transformation.
In transformation, each point of a plane has exactly one image point and each image
point has exactly one pre-image point in the same plane. So, transformation is also
called a one to one and onto function (or mapping).
Transformation sometimes leaves certain points unchanged. These points, distance,
angles, parallelograms, triangle etc which are unchanged in transformation are
called invariants and such transformations are called identity transformations.
There are four fundamental types of transformations. They are reflection, rotation,
translation and enlargement or reduction.
In reflection, rotation and translation, there is change in the position of the object
or geometrical figure but not in size. In these three transformations, the image and
object are congruent and are also called isometric transformations.
In enlargement or reduction there is change in the position as well as in the size of
the object or geometrical figure . In this transformation, the image and object are
similar. So, this transformation is called non-isometric transformation.

Reflection
Reflection is a type of transformation. In this
transformation, the shape and size of the object and
image are same. The line through which the reflection
takes place is known as the axis of reflection. The
axis of reflection acts as two way plane mirror.
Object Image
Properties of the reflection of geometrical Mirror
objects in the axis of reflection.
When a geometrical figure is reflected in the axis of M
reflection, the following properties are found. A A'
P

1. The object and its image are equidistant from the axis
of reflection. In the adjoining figure, AP = PA', BQ = C R C'
QB' and CR = RC'. B Q
B'

2. The shape of the object and image are laterally inverted. i.e. top remains at
the top, bottom remains at the bottom but left side is transformed into right
and right into left.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 273

 Object Mirror Image
B
3. The line joining the same ends of object and its A
P
image are perpendicular to the axis of reflection.
In the adjoining figure AA', BB' and CC' are
perpendicular to the axis of reflection PQ.
C'
B'
4. The points on the axis of reflection are invariant
points i.e. their images are the same points.
X Q C
A'
B
B'
A X
A'
A A
Y
5. The bilaterally symmetrical figures will have similar image after T T
refection in vertical axes.
M M
X
Method of finding the image under refection
In the adjoining figure, MN is the axis of reflection and ABC is a triangle

To obtain the image of DABC, following steps are A M

used.
C' F
1. Draw AF^MN and produce it to A' making
B
AF=FA' E A'
2. Draw BD^MN and produce it to B' making BD C
=DB' D
3. Draw CE^MN and produce it to C' making N
CE= EC' B'
4. Join A'B,' B'C' and C'A' with straight lines.
DA'B'C' is obtained which is the image of DABC.

274 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Reflection using coordinates.
We can find the image of any geometrical figure through the following axes of
reflections.

1. Reflection about X-axis (y = 0 line).

Let A(4,3), B(–1, 4) and C(1, Y
–2) are the three vertices
of a triangle ABC in the
rectangular axes of coordinates.
From A,B and C draw AM, BN B(–1, 4)
and CR perpendiculars on X – A(4, 3)
C'(1,2)
axis. Produce AM making AM
= MA', BN making BN= NB' X' N
O R M X
and CR making CR = RC'. Join
C(1,–2) A(4, –3)
A', B' and C'. Then A', B' and B'(–1,–4)
C' are the images of A, B and
C of DABC under the refection
about X-axis. The co-ordinates
of A' , B' and C' are A' (4,–3) , B'
(-1,-4) and C'(1,2).
Y'
We can write coordinates of
DABC and its images as
A(4,3) → A' (4, –3)
B (–1, 4) → B'(–1, –4)
C(1, –2) → C'(1, 2).
We see that when the reflection is done on X -axis there is no change in
X-coordinate but there is a change in the sign of Y-coordinate of the image
of the given point .
Hence, for the object having coordinates P(x, y), its image under the reflection
through x–axis is P(x, –y). i.e. P (x,y) → P'(x, –y).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the image of A(– 7, – 6) after reflection through X–axis (y = 0 line).

Solution:
In reflection through X – axis (y = 0 line)
P(x, y) → P'(x, – y)
A(– 7, – 6) → A' (– 7, 6)
Hence, the image of A (– 7, – 6) is A' (– 7, 6).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 275

 Y
2. A(– 1, 6), B(– 3, – 4) and
C(2, 5) are the three vertices
of ∆ABC. Find the coordinates A(–1, 6)
of the vertices of the image C(2, 5)
B(–3, 4)
of ∆ABC after reflection in
X – axis. Also show the given
triangle and its image on the X' X
O
same graph.
Solution:
In reflection through X – axis B(–3,–4)
C'(2,–5)
P(x, y) → P' (x, – y) A'(–1,–6)
A(– 1, 6) → A' (– 1, – 6)
B(– 3, – 4) → B' (– 3, 4)
C (2, 5) → C' (2, – 5)
Y'
Now, ∆ABC and its image after
reflection in X – axis are shown on the graph.

2. Reflection about Y– axis (x = 0 line).

Let A(3, 2), B(6, 5) and (7, – 1) are Y

the three vertices of ∆ABC in the

rectangular axes of coordinates.
B'(–6,5) M B(6,5)
From A, B and C draw AN, BM
and CR perpendicular to Y-axis. N A(3,2)
A'(–3,2)
Produce AN making AN = NA', BM
X' O X
making BM = MB' and CR making C'(–7,–1) R C(7,–1)
CR = RC'. Join A',B' and C'. Then
A', B' and C' are the image of A, B
and C of ∆ABC under the reflection
about Y–axis. The coordinates of
A', B' and C' are A'(– 3, 2), B' (– 6,
Y'
5) and C' (– 7, – 1).
We can write the coordinates of ∆ABC and its image as
A (3, 2) → A' (– 3, 2)
B (6, 5) → B' (– 6, 5)
C(7, – 1) → C' (– 7, – 1)
276 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 We see that when the reflection is done on Y–axis, there is a change in sign in
x–coordinate but there is no change in y – coordinate of the image of the given
point.
Hence, for the object having coordinates P(x, y), its image under the reflection
through y – axis is P' (– x, y).
i.e. P(x, y) → P' (– x, y).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the image of the point A(– 8, – 6) after reflection through y-axis
(x = 0 line)
Solution: In reflection through y – axis .
P (x, y) → P' (–x, y)
A (– 8, – 6) → A' (8, – 6)
Hence, the image of A (– 8, – 6) is A' (8, – 6)

3. Reflection about the line y = x.

In the given rectangular axes Y
of coordinates MN is a straight
line passing through origin and M
bisects ∠YOX. The equation of A(2, 5)
D
the line MN is y = x.
B(–1,2) A(5,2)
E
Let A(5, 2), B (– 1, 2) and X' X
O
C (– 3, – 4) are the vertices of B(2,–1)
C'(–4,–3)
∆ABC. From A, B and C draw F
C(–3,–4)
AD, BE and CF perpendicular
on the line MN. Produce AD N
making AD = DA', BE making
BE = EB' and CF making CF =
Y'
FC'. Join A', B' and C' . Then A',
B', and C' are the image of A, B and C of ∆ABC under the reflection about
y = x line. The coordinates of A', B' and C' are A' (2, 5), B' (2, –1) and
C' (– 4, – 3).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 277

 We can write the coordinates of ∆ABC and its images as
A(5, 2) → A' (2, 5)
B (– 1, 2) → B' (2, – 1)
C (– 3, – 4) → C' (– 4, – 3).
We see that when the reflection takes place through the line y = x, the x
– coordinates and y-coordinates of the given point and its image are
interchanged.
Hence, for the object having coordinates P(x, y), its image under the reflection
through the line y = x is P' (y, x).
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (y, x)

Reflection about the line y = – x. Y

In the given rectangular axes of M
coordinates, MN is a straight line
passing through origin and bisects
∆YOX'. The equation of the line MN
is y = – x. 135° A(4,1)
X' O X
Let A (4, 1) be a point on the plane.
From A draw AR perpendicular to the R
line MN. Produce AR making AR = A(–1,–4)
RA'. Then A' is the image of the point
A after reflection in the line y = – x. N
The coordinates of A' is (– 1, – 4)
We can write the coordinates of A and Y'
its image A' as
A(4, 1) → A (– 1, –4).
We see that when the reflection is done in the line y = – x, then x – coordinate and
y– coordinate of the given point and its image are interchanged with change in sign
of both.
Hence, for the object having coordinates P(x, y), its image under the reflection
through the line y = –x is P' (– y, – x).
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (– y, – x).

278 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Y
Reflection about the line x = h
x = h is a line parallel to y-axis where
h is the distance between the line and M
P(x',y')
y-axis . P(x,y) T(h,y)
h
Let P (x, y) be any point on the plane. X' O X

From P, draw PT ⊥ MN and produce

PT up to P' making PT = P'T . Let P'
N
(x', y') be the image of P(x, y). From
figure, T is the midpoint of PP' and
the coordinates of T is (h, y).
Y'
Now, using midpoint formula,
x + x' y + y'
h= and y =
2 2

∴ x' = 2h – x and y' = y

Hence, the coordinates of P' (x', y') = P' (2h – x, y)
∴ When the reflection takes place through the line x = h, the image of P(x, y) is
P' (2h – x, y).
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (2h – x, y).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the image of the point A (– 6, – 5) after reflection about the line x
= 3.
Solution: In reflection through x = 3 (x = h, h = 3)
P (x, y) → P' (2h – x, y)
A (– 6, – 5) → A' (2 × 3 – (– 6), – 5) = A' (12, – 5).
Hence, the image of A (– 6, – 5) is A' (12, – 5).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 279

Reflection about the line y = k. Y
y = k is a line parallel to X – axis
P(x, y)
where k is the distance between the
line and X – axis . M N
T
Let P (x, y) be any point on the plane.
k
From P, draw PT ⊥ MN and produce P(x', y')
X' O X
PT to P' making PT = TP'. Let P'
(x', y') be the image of P(x, y). From
figure, T is the midpoint of PP' and
the coordinates of T is (x, k).
Now, using midpoint formula,
x + x' y + y'
x= and k =
2 2 Y'
∴ x' = x and y' = 2h – y
Hence, the coordinates of P' (x', y') = P' (x, 2k – y)
∴ When the reflection takes place through the line y = k, the image of P (x, y) is
P'(x, 2k – y)
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (x, 2k – y)

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the image of the point B(– 6, 2) after reflection about the line
y = – 2.
Solution: In reflection about the line y = – 2 (y = k, k = – 2)
P(x, y) → P' (x, 2k – y)
B(– 6, 2) → B' (– 6, 2 × (– 2) – 2) = B' (– 6, – 6)
Hence, the image of B (– 6, 2) is B' (– 6, – 6).

2. Find the axis of reflection when

(i) the image of A (5, – 6) is A' (5, 6).
Solution: Here, the image of A (5, –6) is A' (5, 6)

Now, midpoint of AA' = 5 + 5 , –6 + 6 = (5, 0)

2 2
Here, X – coordinates of P = X – coordinates of P'
So, the equation of the axis of reflection is y = b.
Since, the line passes through (5, 0) then
the equation of the axis of reflection is y = 0.
280 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 (ii) The image of B(6, 2) is B' (– 2, 2).
Solution:
Here, the image of B (6, 2) is B' (– 2, 2)

Now, midpoint of BB' = 6 – 2, 2 + 2

2 2
= (2, 2)
Here, y – coordinates of B = y – coordinates of B'.
So, the equation of the axis of reflection is x = a.
Since, the line passes through (2, 2)
2=a
∴ a = 2.
∴ The equation of the axis of reflection is x = 2.

Exercise 7.1
Section 'A'
1. Draw the image of each of the following geometrical figure after
reflection on the line MN.

(a) A B (b) M (c) A

Q
P B
M N M N
C
R
S
C
N
(d) M (e) P (f) M

E M A

A
D
D
B

Q R
C C
B
N N N

2. Find the images of the following points after reflection about X – axis
(y = 0 line)
(i) A(2, 3) (ii) B (– 6, 5) (iii) C (– 7, – 6) (iv) D (8, – 4)
(v) P(0, 0) (vi) E (5, 0) (vii) F (– 6, 0) (viii) G (0, 4)
(ix) H (0, – 7) (x) I (– 9, 6)
Also, write down the invariant points.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 281

3. Find the image of the following points after reflection about y – axis
(x= 0 line).
(i) A (1, 9) (ii) B (– 7, 8) (iii) C (– 2, – 6) (iv) D (3, – 5)
(v) E (5, 0) (vi) F (– 3, 0) (vii) G (0, 5) (viii) H (0, – 2)
Determine the invariant points.
4. Find the images of the following points after reflection about y = x
line.
(i) A (– 6, 4) (ii) B (– 5, – 7) (iii) C (9, – 6) (iv) D (2, 3)
(v) E (6, 0) (vi) F (0, 8) (vii) G (– 5, 0) (viii) H (0, 9).
5. Find the images of the following points after reflection about y = – x
line.
(i) A (0, 7) (ii) B (– 6, 8) (iii) C (5, – 3) (iv) D (– 1, – 2)
6. Find the image of the following points after reflection about x = 2
line.
(i) A (3, 1) (ii) B (– 6, 2) (iii) C (– 2, – 5) (iv) D (7, 6)
(v) E (– 6, 0) (vi) F (5, 0) (vii) G (0, – 7) (viii) H (0, 2).
7. Find the images of the following points after reflection about y = 3
line.
(i) A (3, 1) (ii) B (2, – 4) (iii) C (– 1, – 5) (iv) D (– 7, 8)
(v) E (7, 0) (vi) F (– 6, 0) (vii) G (0, – 5) (viii) H (0, 2)
8. Find the image of the points A (3, 2), B (– 7, 6) and C (– 5, – 8) after
reflection about the line joining the following points.
(i) (3, 3) and (– 7, – 7) (ii) (– 3, 3) and (8, – 8)
(iii) (– 3, 5) and (– 3, – 6) (iv) (7, – 2) and (– 1, – 2)
(v) (3, 0) and (– 7, 0) (vi) (0, – 8) and (0, 5)
9. Find the coordinates of the point A in each of the followings.
(i) A → A' (– 7, 6) after reflection in the line y = 0.
(ii) A → A' (3, 5) after reflection in the line x = 0
(iii) A → A' (– 7,– 6) after reflection in the line y = x
(iv) A → A' (6, – 2) after reflection in the line y + x = 0
(v) A → A' (1, 9) after reflection in the line 2y – 6 = 0
(vi) A → A' (– 3, 2) after reflection in the line 3x + 6 = 0.
10. Find the axis of reflection when
(i) A (3, 5) → A' (– 3, 5) (ii) B (– 7, 2) → B' (– 7, – 2)
(iii) C (9, – 5) → C' (– 5, 9) (iv) D (– 4, 6) → D' (– 6, 4)
(v) E (6, 4) → E' (– 2, 4) (vi) F (– 1, – 2) → F' (– 1, – 4)
Section 'B'
11. A (5, 2), B (– 3, 3) and C (1, 6) are the three vertices of ∆ABC. Find the
coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after reflection through y = 0
line. Show ∆ABC and its image on the same graph paper.

282 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

12. A (2, 6), B (– 1, 4) and C (5, 1) are the three vertices of ∆ABC. Find the
coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after reflection through x = –
2 line. Show ∆ABC and its image on the same graph.

13. A (– 2, – 3), B (– 1, 1), C (4, 1) and D (3, – 3) are the vertices of a parallelogram
ABCD. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image of parallelogram
ABCD after reflection through y = x line. Also show both the abject and its
image on the same graph.

14. A (3, 2), B (– 1, 4) and C (1, 5) are the vertices of ∆ABC. It is reflected in the
line y = – x line to ∆A'B'C'. The triangle A'B'C' is then reflected in y – axis
to ∆A"B"C". Write down the coordinates of A",B" and C". Also show ∆ABC ,
∆A'B'C' and ∆A"B"C" on the same graph.

15. Draw ∆MNK having the vertices M(2, 1), N (1, 5) and K (6, 7) on the graph
paper . Then draw the image ∆M'N'K' after reflection on x-axis. Again draw
∆M"N"K" after reflection on the line y = x.

Rotation
Rotation is the process of finding the image of an object by rotating every point of
the object in the same direction through a certain angle about a fixed point.
A
A
B
A' C'
100°
80°
B' C
O A' O
Figure (ii)
Figure (i)
In the above figure (i), a point A is rotated through 80º in clockwise direction about
the point 0. The image of the point A is A'. Here ∠AOA' = 80º and OA = OA'.

In figure (ii), DABC is rotated through 100º in anticlockwise direction about the
point 0. Here DA'B'C' is the image of DABC. In the figure, ∠AOA' = ∠BOB' = ∠COC'
= 100º, OA = OA', OB = OB' and OC = OC'. Here DABC and DA'B'C' have the same
shape and size.
The fixed point about which an object is rotated is called the centre of rotation. In
the above figures 0 is the centre of rotation. The angle through which every point

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 283

of the object is rotated is called the angle of rotation. The angle it rotated either in
clockwise direction or in anticlockwise direction. The rotation in clockwise direction
is negative rotation. In figure (i), the angle of rotation is –80º. The rotation in
anticlockwise direction is positive rotation. In figure (ii), the angle of rotation is +
100º.
A rotation through 90º in anticlockwise direction is called positive quarter turn
(Q+) A rotation through 90º in clockwise direction is called negative quarter turn
(Q–). A rotation through 180º in either direction is called half turn (H). The rotation
through 360º in either direction is called full turn.

Properties of rotation
(i) The image of an object can be obtained if the centre, angle and direction of
rotation are given .
(ii) A rotation transforms all the point of the geometrical figures in same direction
and same angular displacement.
(iii) The geometrical figure and its image after rotation are congruent.
(iv) The image distance from centre of rotation is equal to the object distance from
centre of rotation.
(v) The perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining a point of the object and
its corresponding image passes through the centre of rotation.
(vi) The rotation about a point through an angle a in the clockwise direction is
equivalent to the rotation about the same point through the angle (360º – a)
in anticlockwise direction and vice versa.

Method of finding the image after rotation.

When the centre of rotation, angle of rotation and the direction of rotation are given,
the image after rotation of an object can be obtained in the following ways.
∆ABC is a given triangle. O is the centre of rotation and 100º is angle of rotation and
is rotated in anticlockwise direction.
(i) Join A, B and C with O.
A

C'
B
C
A O
B'

284 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(ii) Draw arcs taking O as the centre and OA, OB and OC as radii in anticlockwise
direction.
(iii) Mark a point A' on the arc through A making OA' = OA and ∠AOA' = 100º.
(iv) Similarly mark B' and C' on the arcs through B and C making OB' = OB and
OC = OC' and ∠BOB' = ∠COC' = 100º.
(v) Join A'B', B'C' and C'A' to get DA'B'C'.
Hence, DA'B'C' is the required image of DABC after rotation through 100º in
anticlockwise direction about the centre of rotation at O.

Method of finding the centre and the angle of rotation.

Let AB be a straight line and A'B' be the image of AB after rotation. To find the
centre of rotation and the angle of rotation, the following steps are followed.
(i) Join AA' and BB'. A
(ii) Find the perpendicular bisector of the two lines AA' and
BB'.
B'
(ii) Here the perpendicular bisector of the two lines intersect B
at O, which is the centre of rotation.
(iv) Join A and A' with O. Similarly join B and B' with O. O A'
Then ∠AOA' or ∠BOB' is the angle of rotation.

Rotation using coordinates.

(i) Rotation through + 90º about the centre at origin (positive
quarter turn about the origin. Y
Let XOX' and YOY' be the rectangular axes of
coordinates. Let A (3, 1) be a point on the plane.
A'(–1,3)
Join OA. Taking O as the centre and OA as
A(3,1)
radius to draw an arc. Construct ∠AOA' = 90º X'
O X
in anticlockwise direction such that OA' meets
the arc at A'. Then A' is the image of A under
rotation through + 90º. From the graph, the
coordinates of A' are (– 1, 3) .
Y'
Hence, the image of A (3, 1) after rotation
through + 90º about the centre at origin is
A' (– 1, 3). i.e. A (3, 1) → A' (– 1, 3).
Similarly for P(x, y), the image after rotation through + 90º about the centre
at origin is P'(– y, x).
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (– y, x)

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 285

 Note: The image obtained after rotation through + 90º about a given point is same
as the image obtained. after rotation through – 270º about the same centre
of rotation i.e. for the rotation through – 270º P (x, y) → P' (– y, x).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

Y

1. Find the coordinates of the image

B(3,7)
of the point A (– 7, 6) after rotation
C(3,5)
through 90º in anticlockwise
A(1,3)
direction about the centre at C(–5,3)

origin. X' A'(–3, 1) X

O
Solution:
B(7,–3)
In rotation through 90º in
anticlockwise direction about the
centre at origin.
P (x, y) → P' (– y, x)
Y'
A(–7,6) → A'(–6,–7)
Hence, the image of A (– 7, 6) is A' (– 6, – 7)

2. A (1, 3), B (7, – 3) and C (3, 5) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the
coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after rotation
through 270º in clockwise direction about the centre at origin.
Solution:
In rotation through 270º in clockwise direction about the centre at origin.
(i. e. – 270º)
P (x, y) → P' (– y, x) A (1, 3) → A' (– 3, 1)
B (7, – 3) → B' (3, 7) C (3, 5) → C' (– 5, 3).

286 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

(ii) Rotation through 90º about the centre at origin (Negative
quarter turn about the centre at origin)
Let XOX' and YOY' be the rectangular axes of Y
coordinates. Let A (2, 4) be a point on the plane.
Join OA. Taking O as the centre and OA as A(2, 4)
radius, draw an arc. Construct ∠AOA' = 90º in
clockwise direction such that OA' meets the arc X' X
O
at A'. Then A' is the image of A under rotation
A'(4, –2)
through – 90º. From the graph, the coordinates
of A' is (4, – 2).
Hence, the image of A (2, 4) after rotation Y'
through – 90º about the centre at origin is
A' (4, – 2).
i.e. A (2, 4) → A' (4, – 2).
Similarly, for P (x, y), the image after rotation through – 90º about the centre
at origin is P' (y, – x)
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (y, – x)

Note:
The image obtained after rotation through – 90º about a given point is
same as the image obtained after rotation through + 270º about the same
centre of rotation
i.e., for the rotation through + 270º,
P(x, y) → P'(y, – x)

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the coordinates of the image of the point A (– 5, – 7) after rotation

through quarter turn in clockwise direction about the centre at
origin.
Solution:
In rotation through quarter turn in clockwise direction about the centre at
origin (i.e. – 90º)
P (x, y) → P' (y, – x)
A (– 5, – 7) → A' (– 7, 5)
Hence, the image of A (– 5, – 7) is A' (– 7, 5).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 287

 Rotation through 180º about the centre at origin (Halt turn
about the centre at origin)

Let XOX' and YOY' be the rectangular axes of coordinates.

Let B (4, 2) be a point on the plane. Join Y
OB. Taking O as the centre and OA as
radius, draw an arc. Construct ∠BOB' =
180º, such that OB' meets the arc at B'.
B'(4,2)
Then B' is the image of B under rotation
through 180º. From the graph, the X' O
X
coordinates of B' is (– 4, –2). Hence the
image of B (4, 2) after rotation through

B'(

A'
(4
–4
180º about the centre at origin is B' (– 4,

,–
,–2

2)
– 2).

)
i.e. B (4, 2) → B' (– 4, – 2). Similarly, for
P (x, y), the image after rotation through 180° about the centre at origin is
P' (–x, –y)
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (–x, –y)
Note:
The image obtained after rotation through + 180º about a given point is
same as the image obtained after rotation through – 180º about the same
centre of rotation. i.e. P(x, y) → P' (–x, –y)

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the coordinates of the image of A (6, 4) after rotation through

half turn about the centre at origin.
Solution: in rotation through half turn (180º) about the centre at origin,
P (x, y) → P' (– x, – y)
A (6, 4) → A' (– 6, – 4)
Hence, the image of A (6, 4) is A' (– 6, – 4).
2. A (– 3, 2), B (2, 3), C (0, 8) and D (– 4, 6) are the vertices of a quadrilateral
ABCD. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image of quadrilateral
ABCD after rotation through half turn about the centre at origin.
Solution:
In rotation through half turn (180º) about the centre at origin,
288 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 P (x, y) → P' (– x, – y)
A (– 3, – 2) → A' (3, 2) B (2, 3) → B' (– 2, – 3)
C (0, 8) → C' (0, – 8) D (– 4, 6) → D' (4, – 6)

C(0, 8)
D(–4, 6)

B(2,3)
A(3,2)
X' X
O
A'(–3,–2)
B'(–2,–3)

D'(4,–6)
C'(0,–8)

Y'

Note:
1. Rotation through + 90° about the centre at (a, b)
P(x, y) → P' (–y + a + b, x – a + b)
2. Rotation through – 90° about the centre at (a,b)
P(x, y) → P' (y + a – b, –x + a + b)
3. Rotation through ± 180° about the centre at (a,b)
P(x, y) → P' (–x + 2a, –y + 2b)
4. Rotation through ± 360° about the centre at (a,b)
P(x, y) → P' (x, y)

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 289

 Exercise 7.2
Section 'A'
1. Draw the image of the following objects with the help of given centre
of rotation, angle of rotation and the direction of rotation.
(a) A (b) A (c) A

B
O(–90°)
O(+90°) B C
O(180°)

(d) P (e) A (f) A

B D
Q R B
O(+120°) C O
O(–100°)
C

2. Find the coordinates of the image of the following points after rotation through
90º in anticlockwise direction about the centre at origin.
(i) A (3, 4) (ii) B (– 6, 4) (iii) C (– 6, – 8) (iv) D (1, – 5)
(v) E (0, 8) (vi) F (– 6, 0) (vii) G (0, – 7) (viii) H (5, 0)
3. Find the coordinates of the image of the following points after rotation through
90º in clockwise direction about the centre at origin.
(i) M (– 6, 4) (ii) N (7, 5) (iii) P (2, – 6) (iv) K (– 1, – 5)
(v) S (0, 6) (vi) T (7, 0) (vii) U (0, – 8) (viii) V (– 9, 0).
4. Find the image of the following points under the rotation through 180º about
the origin.
(i) A (– 6, – 7) (ii) B (8, 2) (iii) C (9, - 5) (iv) D(–1, 3)
(v) E (– 7, 0) (vi) F (0, – 5) (vii) G (8, 0) (viii) H (0, 3)
5. Find the image of the following points under the rotation through 270º about
the origin.
(i) M (0, 5) (ii) N (– 7, 6) (iii) R (5, – 3) (iv) S (1, 7)
6. Find the image of the following points under rotation through – 270º about the
origin.
(i) A (– 6, 3) (ii) B (7, – 5) (iii) C (– 1, – 2) (iv) D (7, 8)

Section 'B'
7. A (2, 5), B (–1, 3) and C (4, 2) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the coordinates of
the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after positive quarter turn about the origin.
290 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 Also draw∆ABC and its image on the same graph.
8. A (0, – 2), B (2, 1), C (– 1, 2) and D (– 3, – 1) are the vertices of a quadrilateral
ABCD. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image of the quadrilateral
after half turn about the centre at origin. Also plot both the object and the
image on the same graph.
9. A (2, 3), B (5, 1) and C (4, – 3) are the three vertices of ∆ABC. A', B' and C' are
the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after rotation through + 90º. A", B" and C"
are the vertices of the image of ∆A'B'C' after rotation through 180º. Find the
coordinates of vertices of ∆A'B'C' and ∆A"B"C".
10. A (– 2, 3), B (1, 6) and C (6, 1) are the vertices of ∆ABC. ∆A'B'C' is the image
of ∆ABC after rotation through half turn about the origin. Again ∆A'B'C'
is rotated through negative quarter turn about the centre at origin to get
∆A"B"C". Find the coordinates of the vertices of ∆A'B'C' and ∆A"B"C". Plot
∆ABC, ∆A'B'C' and ∆A"B"C" on the same graph.

Translation

Translation is an isometric transformation is which all the points of the object lying
on the plane are displaced from one position to another position through a fixed
distance in a definite direction.

Consider the following transformations

(a) A' (b) Q Q' (c) A' (d) D C
A
A a A C
b B'
P P' B d
D' C'
c
C' A' B'
C

→
In figure (a), the point A is displaced to the point A' in the direction of a at a
→ →
distance equal to the magnitude of a . i.e. AA' = |a |. The point A' is the image of
→
the point A after translation by a .

In figure (b), the two points P and Q of the line segment PQ are displaced in the
→ →
direction of b with the distance equal to the magnitude of b .

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 291

 →
In figure (c), ∆ABC is displaced by to ∆A'B'C' in the direction of c with the distance
→ →
equal to the magnitude of c . In the figure, AA' = BB' = CC' = |c |.
→
Similarly, in figure (d), Parallelogram ABCD is displaced by d to parallelogram
→ →
A'B'C'D' in the direction of d with the distance equal to the magnitude of d . In the
→
figure, AA' = BB' = CC' = DD' = |d |.

The vector which is used to translate a given object is called the translation vector.

→ → → →
In the above examples, a , b , c and d are the translation vectors.

Properties of translation
(i) In translation, an object and its image are congruent. i.e. the object and image
have the same shape and size.
(ii) Lines joining the corresponding points of the object and its image are equal
and parallel.

Method of finding the image under translation

In translation, the image of an object is obtained with the help of translation vector.
→
To translate ∆ABC by translation vector a , following steps are used.

A A'

B
B'
C C'
→
(i) Through the point A, draw a line segment in the direction of a and mark A'
→
on it making AA' = |a |.
→
(ii) Through the point B, draw a line segment in the direction of a and mark B'
→
on it making BB' = |a |.
→
(iii) Through the point C', draw a line segment in the direction of a and mark C'
→
on it making CC' = |a |.
(iv) Join A'B', B'C' and C'A' to form ∆A'B'C'. ∆A'B'C' is the image of ∆ABC after
→
translation by translation vector a .

292 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Translation using co-ordinates

Let XOX' and YOY' be the rectangular axes of coordinates. Now plot A(1, 3), B (5,

2) and C (– 1, – 4) of ∆ABC on the graph. Y

3
Let T = 4 be the translation vector. The A'(4,7)
B'(8,6)
given translation vector is also shown on 3
T=
4 A(1,3)
the graph. B(5,2)

X' O C'(2,0) X
Now, through the points A, B and C
draw line segments in the direction of
→ C(–1,–4)
translation vector T equal in length of the
vector T. From the graph ∆A'B'C' is the
image of ∆ABC after translation by the
vector T.
Y'
From the graph, ∆A'B'C' is the image of
∆ABC after translation by the vector T. The vertices of ∆A'B'C' are A' (4, 7), B' (8,
6) and C' (2, 0).
i.e. A (1, 3) → A' (4, 7) = A' (1 + 3, 3 + 4)
B (5, 2) → B' (8, 6) = B' (5 + 3, 2 + 4)
C (– 1, – 4) → C' (2, 0) = C' (– 1 + 3, – 4 + 4)
a
Similarly, when T = b is a translation vector then the image of P (x, y) is
P' (x + a, y + b)
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (x + a, y + b).

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the coordinates of the image of A(5, – 7) under the translation.

→ 3 a
T= 1 = b .
→ 3 a
Solution : Here, the translation vector T = 1 . = b .
In translation
P (x, y) → P' (x + a, y + b)
A (5, – 7) → A' (5 + 3, – 7 + 1) = A' (8, – 6)

Hence, the image of A (5, – 7) is A' (8, – 6).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 293

2. A (4, 3), B(– 3, 6) and C(2, - 1) are the three vertices of a ∆ABC. Determine
the coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after translation
–3
by translation vector 2
. Also plot ∆ABC and its image on the same
graph.
Solution: Here,
→ –3 a Y
the translation vector T = 2
= b .
B'(–6,8)
In translation,
B(–3,6)
P (x, y) → P' (x + a, y + b) A'(1, 5)
A (4, 3) → A' (4 – 3, 3 + 2) = A' (1, 5) –3 A(4,3)
T=
2
B (– 3, 6) → B' (–3 –3, 6+2) = B' (–6, 8) C'(–1,1)
X' O X
C (2, –1) → C' (2 – 3, –1 + 2) = C' (–1, 1) C(2,–1)
Hence, the coordinates of the image
of the vertices of ∆ABC are A' (1, 5),
B' (– 6, 8) and C' (– 1, 1).

Y'

3. Find the translation vector which translate a point A (5, 6) to the

point A' (– 1, 2).
Solution: Here, the image of A (5, 6) after translation is A' (– 1, 2)
a
Let, the translation vector be b .
Now, in translation,
P (x, y) → P' (x + a, y + b)
A (5, 6) → A' (5 + a, 6 + b)

By question, (5 + a, 6 + b) = (– 1, 2)

Now, equating the corresponding coordinates, we get

5 + a = – 1 and 6+b=2
∴ a = – 6 ∴ b=–4
→ a –6
Hence, translation vector T = b = – 4 .

294 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 7.3
Section 'A'
1. Draw the image of the following geometrical figures under the
translation by the given translation vector.

(a) A (b) A (c) A

B
B B C

C
(d) P (e) M (f) A

N K
Q S B D
R
R

2. Find the coordinates of the images of the following point under the
→ 3
translation T = 2 .

(a) A (5, 2) (b) B (– 7, 3) (c) C (– 6, – 4)

(d) D (8, – 1) (e) E (0, 6) (f) F (8, 0)

(g) G (0, – 3) (h) H (– 6, 0)

3. Find the coordinates of the images of A (6, 3) B (– 3, – 5), C (9, – 6) and

D (7, – 8) with the following translation vectors.

0 –3 5 –5
(a) T1 = 2 (b) T2 = 4 (c) T3 = –3 (d) T4 = –6

4. Find the translation vector which maps a points A (– 1, 2) to A' (– 4, – 6).

Using the same translation vector, find the images of the points B (– 2, 4) and

C (7, 5).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 295

5. Find the translation vector which translates a point M (6, – 3) to the point

M' (8, 4). Also find the image of A (9, 2) and B (– 1, 2) under this translation.

6. A(2, 6), B (– 1, 4) and C (6, 2) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the coordinates
3
of the vertices of image of DABC by the translation vector 2 . Also, plot ∆ABC

and its image on the same graph.

7. A (– 1, 2), B (5, 3) C (4, – 3) and D (– 3, – 2) are the vertices of quadrilateral

ABCD. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image of quadrilateral ABCD
–1
by the translation vector –3 . Also plot both the object and image on the same

graph.

8. A translation T maps a point B (3, 7) to B' (1, – 2). Find the vertices of ∆PQR

with the vertices P(– 1, –2), Q(2, 5) and R (3,2) under the same translation T.

Section 'B'

9. A (2, 4), B (5, 2) and C (8, 7) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the coordinates of
→ →
the image after translating in the magnitude and direction of AC. (ii) 2BA.

10. If the points P(3, 3), Q (2, 5), R (– 3, – 5) and S (7, – 1) form a quadrilateral
1
PQRS, find its translated image P'Q'R'S' in the magnitude and direction of
2
→
PR . Also show quadrilateral PQRS and its image P'Q'R'S' on the same graph.

296 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Enlargement
Enlargement is a non–isometric transformation in which the size of an object or
geometrical figure is changed without changing its shape. When the size of an object
increases, then it is called enlargement and when the size of the object decreases,
it is called reduction.
Consider the following transformation

(a) A' (b) R' Q' (c) A F
P
A'
A F'
N
B B' E
B M E'
O
B' C' D'
C C D
C' P'
Q R
Figure (i) Figure (ii) Figure (iii)

In figure (i), O is a fixed point and ABC is a triangle. Here OA, OB and OC are
joined and produced them up to A', B' and C' such that OA' = 2OA, OB' = 2OB and
OC' = 2OC. ∆A'B'C' is the image of ∆ABC whose shape is same as the shape of ∆ABC
and is two times bigger in size. This is the enlargement. Here O is called the centre
of enlargement.
In figure (ii), ∆P'Q'R' is the image of ∆PQR. They have the same shape and size. But
are on the opposite side of centre of enlargement M.
In figure (iii), Hexagon A'B'C'D'E'F' is the image of hexagon ABCDEF, where the
size of image is half of the size of object. Here, N is the centre. This is the reduction.

Centre of enlargement and scale factor

The enlargement (or reduction) is made with the help of a fixed point. The fixed
point is called the centre of enlargement. In the above figures O, M and N are the
centre of enlargement.
The ratio of the corresponding sizes of the image and the object is called the scale
factor. It is denoted by k.
In figure (i),
A'B' B'C' C'A'
Scale factor (k) = = = = 2.
AB BC CA

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 297

 In figure (ii)
P'Q' Q'R' R'P'
Scale factor (k) = = = = 2.
PQ QR RP

size of image
Hence, scale factor (k) =
size of object
Scale factor can also be defined as the ratio of image distance and object distance
from the centre of enlargement (or reduction).
OA' OB' OC'
From figure (i), Scale factor (k) = = = .
OA OB OC
For enlargement (or reduction), centre of enlargement (or reduction) and scale
factor must be given. An enlargement with centre at point O and scale factor k is
represented by E [Q, k].

Properties of enlargement.
1. The object and its image are similar.
2. If k > 1, then the image is larger in size than the given object.
3. If k = 1, then the size of image and object are same.
4. If k < 1 the image is smaller in size than the given object.
5. If k is positive the image and object lie on the same side of the centre of
enlargement.
6. If k is negative, the object and image lie on the opposite of centre of enlargement.
The image will be inverted.
7. The corresponding sides of object and image are parallel.
8. The object point, its image point and the centre of enlargement lie on a straight
line.

Method of finding the image under an enlargement.

1. When the scale factor is positive. A'
Here, centre of enlargement is O and scale factor k = 2. A
The image of ∆ABC is obtained by the following
procedures: O
B B'
(i) Join OA and produce it to A' making OA' = C
2OA. C'
(ii) Join OB and produce it to B' making OB' =
2OB.
(iii) Join OC and produce it to C' making OC' = 2OC
(iv) Join A' B' and C'.
Hence, ∆A'B'C' is the image of ∆ABC under the enlargement E [0, 2].

298 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

2. When the scale factor is negative
Here O is the centre of enlargement and - 1 is a scale factor. When the scale
factor is negative, the image and object are formed on the opposite sides of the
centre. The image of ∆ABC is obtained by the following procedures. C'
(i) Join AO and produce it to A' making OA' = AO A
o
(ii) Join BO and produce it to B' making OB' = BO. B B'
(iii) Join OC and produce it to C' making OC' = CO.
A'
(iv) Join A', B' and C' C
∴ ∆A'B'C' is the image of ∆ABC under the enlargement
E [0, – 1].

Eenlargement Using coordinates

Y
1. When the centre of enlargement C(12,8)
is at origin and scale factor is k, A'(2,6)
E[O, k]. C(6,4)
In the given figure, XOX' and A(1,3)
YOY' are the rectangular axes of
X' O X
co-ordinates.
B(4,–1)
Let A (2, 6), B (4,–1) and C (6, 4) B'(8,–2)
be the vertices of a ∆ABC. Let the
centre of enlargement be origin
(0, 0) and scale factor (k) be 2.
Join OA and produce it to A'
making OA' = 2OA. Also, join OB Y'
and produce it to B' making OB' = 2OB.
Similarly join OC and produce it to C' making OC' = 2OC.
Then A', B' and C' are the images of A, B and C respectively. The co-ordinates
of the images are A'(2, 6), B' (8, – 2) and C' (12, 8). Hence, when the centre of
enlargement is at origin and scale factor is 2, then
A (1, 3) → A' (2, 6) = A' (2 × 1, 2 × 3)
B = (4, – 1) → B' (8, – 2) = B' (2 × 4, 2 × – 1)
C (6, 4) → C' (12, 8) = C' (2 × 6, 2 × 4)
From the above examples, we can say that when the centre of enlargement is
taken as origin and scale factor as k, then the coordinates of the image of P (x,
y) is P' (kx, ky).
i.e. P (x, y) → P' (kx, ky).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 299

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the image of A (3, 5) under the enlargement with the centre at
origin and scale factor – 3.
Solution: Here, the centre of enlargement is at (0, 0).
Scale factor (k) = – 3
We know that, for centre at origin and scale factor k.
p (x, y) → P' (kx, ky)
A (3, 5) → A' (– 3 → 3, – 3 → 5) = A' (– 9, – 15).

2. A (2, 2), B (5, 1) and C (3, 5) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the
coordinates of the image of ∆ABC after enlargement with centre at
origin and scale factor 2. Present ∆ABC and its image on the same
graph.
Y C'(6,10)
Solution:
Here, centre of enlargement is at
origin and scale factor (k) = 2. C'(3,5)
A(4,4)
We know that, for centre at origin
and scale factor k. A(2,2)
A(5,1) B'(10,2)
P (x, y) → P' (kx, ky) X' O X

A (2, 2) → A' (2 × 2, 2 × 2) = A' (4, 4)

B (5, 1) → B' (2 × 5, 2 × 1) = B' (10,
2)
C (3, 5) → C' (2 × 3, 2 × 5) = C' (6,
10)
Y'

2. When the centre of enlargement is at (a, b) and scale factor k,

E [(a, b), k].
In the given figure, XOX' and YOY' are the rectangular axes of co-ordinates.
Let A (a, b) be the centre of enlargement and k be the scale factor.
Let P (x, y) be the given point.
Join AP and produce it to P' making AP' = kAP.
Let the coordinates of P' be (x', y')

300 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 → a
Here, Position vector of A = OA = b

→ x
Position vector of P = OP = y

→ x'
Position vector of P' = OP = y'
Now, In ∆AOP, using triangle law,
→ → →
OA + AP = OP

→ → → x a x–a
∴ AP = OP – OA = y – b = y – b
Similarly, In ∆OAP' using triangle law,
→ → →
OA + AP' = OP'

→ → → x' a x' – a
∴ AP' = OP' – OA = y' – b = y' – b

Now, AP' = kAP

x' – a x–a
or, y' – b = k y – b
x' – a k(x – a)
or, y' – b = k(y – b)

Now, x' – a = k (x – a)
∴ x' = k (x – a) + a
and y' – b = k (y – b)
∴ y' = k (y – b) + b.
Hence, the image of P(x, y) after enlargement with centre at (a, b) and scale
factor k is P' [k (x – a) + a, k (y – b) + b].

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the image of A (3, – 2) under the enlargement with centre at (1,
2) and scale factor 2.
Solution: Here, the centre of enlargement (a, b) = (1, 2), scale factor (k) = 2.
Now, in enlargement with centre at (a, b) and scale factor k.
P (x, y)→ P' (k (x – a) + a, k (y – b) + b)
A (3, – 2) → A' (2 (3 – 1) + 1, 2 (– 2 – 2) + 2) = A' (5, – 6)

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 301

2. A (1, 4), B (3, 0) and C (4, 2) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Determine the co-
ordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after enlargement with
centre at (0, 1) and scale factor – 2. Also show ∆ABC and its image on
the same graph.
Solution: Here, centre of enlargement (a, b) = (0, 1), scale factor (k) = – 2.
Now, In enlargement with centre at (a, b) and scale factor k,
P (x, y) → P' (k (x – a) + a, k (y – b) + b)
A (1, 4) → A' (-2 (1 -0) + 0, – 2 (4 – 1) + 1) = A'(–2, –5)
B (3, 0) → B' (-2 (3 – 0) + 0, – 2 (0 – 1) + 1) = B'(–6, 3)
C (4, 2) → C' (– 2 (4 – 0) + 0, – 2 (2 – 1) + 1) = C'(–8, –1)
Y

A(1,4)
C'(–6,3)
C(4,2)

X' X
O B(3,0)
C'(8,–1)

A'(–2,–5)

Y'
3. A (1, 3), B (– 3, 5) and C (– 2, – 3) are the vertices of ∆ABC. A' (4, – 3),
B' (12, – 7) and C' (10, 9) are the vertices of ∆A'B'C' which is the image
of ∆ABC after enlargement. Plot both ∆ABC and ∆A'B'C' on the same
graph and find the centre of enlargement and scale factor.
Y
Solution:
C'(10,9)
Here, the vertices of ∆ABC are
A (1, 3), B (– 3, 5) and C (– 2, – 3). The
B(–3,5)
vertices of the image of ∆ABC are A'
(4, – 3), B' (12, – 7) and C' (10, 9). Here A(1,3)
both ∆ABC and ∆A'B'C' are shown on P
X' X
the same graph. AA', BB' and CC' O
are joined and they intersect at (2,
C'(–2,–3) A'(4,–3)
1). This is the centre of enlargement.
Hence the centre of enlargement is P
(2, 1). B'(2,–7)

Again, by actual measurement,

Y'

302 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 length of A'B' 2.6
Scale factor = = = 2
length of AB 1.3

Here, image and object are on the opposite side of the centre of enlargement.
So, scale factor is negative. Scale factor (k) = – 2.
Hence, the centre of enlargement is (2, 1) and scale factor is – 2

Exercise 7.4
Section 'A'
1. Draw the images of the following geometrical figures after enlargement
with centre O and scale factor k.
(a) A (b) A (c) M S
O

O C
B D
N R
B 3 O 3
k= k=
C 2 2
(d) A (e) T S (f) A
O
U R (k = –2)
O
C
B P 1 Q
k= B
C 2
O (k = –1)
(g) C (h) P S

B
O Q O R
(k = –1) A (k = –2)

2. Find the coordinate of the images of A(3,2), B(–7, 6), C(–2, –5) and
D(9, –1) after enlargement E[0, 3] with centre at origin and scale
factor 3.
3. Find the coordinates of the image of the points A(–6, 0), B(0, 5),C(3, 0) and
D(0, –7) after each of the following enlargement.
(i) E[0, 2] (ii) E[0, –3]

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 303

4. Find the coordinate of the image of the points A(–3, 0), B(7, –5) C(6, 5) and
D (0, 6) after each of the following enlargements.
(i) E[(1, 0), 2] (ii) E [0, 2), 3] (iii) E [(1, 2), – 2]
Section 'B'
5. A (2, 4), B (– 3, 5) and C (– 2, – 3) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the coordinates
of the vertices of the image of ∆ABC after enlargement with centre at origin
and scale factor 2. Show ∆ABC and its image on the same graph.
6. A (2, 1), B (4, 5) and C (– 1, 4) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Enlarge the ∆ABC
with centre at (2, – 2) and scale factor – 2. Show ∆ABC and its image on the
same graph.
7. A (2, 1), B (2, 4) and C (5, 3) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the image of ∆ABC
under the enlargement with centre at (– 1, 2) and scale factor 3. Present ∆ABC
and its image on the same graph.
8. An enlargement maps point A (3, 2) onto A' (6, 4) and the point B (– 2, 1) onto
B' (– 4, 2). Find the centre and the scale factor of enlargement.
9. An enlargement maps A (2, 3) onto A'(2, 5) and B (6, 4) onto B' (10, 7). Find
the centre and the scale factor of enlargement.
10. A (1, 3), B (1, 5) and C (2, 5) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Also. A'(–4, 4), B'(–4, 8)
and C'(–2, 8) are the, vertices of ∆A'B'C'. Plot ∆ABC' and ∆A'B'C' on the same
graph and find the centre of enlargement and scale factor.
11. P(2, 1), Q(1, 4) and R(6,3)are the vertices of ∆PQR. Also P'(–4, –2), Q'(–2, –8)
and R'(–12, –6) are the vertices of ∆P'Q'R' which is the image of ∆PQR. Plot
∆PQR and ∆P'Q'R' on the same graph and find the centre and scale factor of
the enlargement.
12. A(–2, 2), B(–4, 6) and C(–6, –2) are the vertices of ∆ABC respectively and
∆A'B'C' is the image of ∆ABC under an enlargement where the co-ordinates of
A',B' and C' are (–6, 5), (–10, 13) and (–14, –3) respectively. Find the centre of
enlargement and scale factor using graph paper.
13. M(2, 3), N(6, 4) and S(5, 7) are the vertices of ∆MNS. Enlarge ∆MNS with
centre (3, 1) and scale factor 2. Present ∆MNS and its image on the graphs.
14. A(–2, 1), B(–2, 4), C(4, 4) and D(4, 1) are the vertices of a quadrilateral ABCD.
Enlarge quadrilateral ABCD with centre (0, – 2) and scale factor –1. Plot
quadrilateral ABCD and its image on the same graph.

304 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 UNIT

8 STATISTICS

8.1 Partition Values

Review
The following marks are obtained by 9 students of class 9 in a test of mathematics.
Marks: 32, 59, 24, 46, 75, 66, 35, 81, 53
Let us discuss the above questions based on the above data.
(i) How to arrange the given data in ascending order or in descending order?
(ii) What is the middle value of the given data after arranged in ascending order
or descending order?
(iii) Write the maximum and minimum value.
(iv) What is the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value?
The middle value of the data when they are arranged in ascending or descending
order is known as median. The median divides the given data in two equal parts. If
there are two middle numbers, taking the mean of those numbers we can find the
median. Again, discuss on the following questions in the class room.
(i) What is statistics? (ii) Define frequency.
(iii) What does represent by cumulative frequency?
(iv) What do you mean by average or mean value?
(v) What do you mean by individual series?
(vi) Write one-one example of individual and discrete series.
(vii) What is the range of the above data?
Partition values
The variate value which divide the whole data (arranging in ascending order) into
equal number of parts are known as partition values. The equal parts may two,
four, ten, hundred, etc. The value which divides the whole series into two equal
parts is known as median.
We consider the following 7 observations in ascending order, 19, 26, 38, 43,51,62, 75
(i) Which number divides the whole observation into two equal parts?
(ii) Is 43 divide into two equal pars? Discuss on it.
(iii) How many points or number should be there so that whole observation dividing
into 4 equal parts? Discuss on it.
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 305
 The middle value 43 divides the whole observations into two equal parts. So,
43 is known as the median. 26 divides the lower half 19, 26, 38 into two equal
parts. So, 26 is said to be the first quartile or lower quartile. 62 divides the
second half 51, 62, 75 into two equal parts and is known as the third quartile
or upper quartile.
Quartiles:
The variate values which divide the whole (arranging in ascending order) data into
4 equal parts are known as quartiles. There are three quartiles which are first
quartile (Q1), second quartile (Q2) and third quartile (Q3).
75% 25%
50% 50%
25% 75%
25% 25% 25% 25%
Q1 Q2 Q3
First quartile (Q1) has 25% of the observation below it and 75% of the observation
above it. Second quartile (median) has 50% of the observation below it and 50% of
the observation above it. Upper quartile (Q3) has 75% of the observation below it
and 25% of the observation above it.
The variate value dividing the lower half into two equal parts is known as the first
quartile or lower quartile. The variate value which divides the upper half into two
equal parts is known as third quartile or upper quartile.

Formula for the quartiles:

For Individual series:

If n is the number of observations,

n+1 th
then first quartile (Q1) = value of item,
4
3(n + 1 ) th
Median or second quartile (Md) or (Q2) = item and
4
n+1 th
Third quartile (Q3) = value of 3 item.
4

If n is odd, the middle value will give the median and if n is even, then the

mean of two middle values will be the median,

306 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

For Discrete Series:
N + 1 th
First quartile (Q1) = value of item
4
N + 1 th
Second quartile (Q2) = value of item
2
3(N + 1 ) th
and third quartile (Q3) = value of item.
4

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the median (2nd quartile) for each of the following set of
observations
(i) 62, 50, 78, 66, 74, 71, 80
(ii) 20, 15, 5, 10, 35, 25, 30, 40
Solution: Here,
i) Arranging the given data (observations) in ascending order, we get
50, 62, 66, 71, 74, 78, 80
No. of observations (n) = 7
n + 1 th
Median (Md) = The value of item.
2
7 + 1 th
= The value of item
2
= The value of 4th item
= 43
∴ Median (Md) = 43
ii) Arranging the given data in ascending order, we get
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40
No. of observations (n) = 8
n + 1 th
Median (Md) = The value of item
2
8 + 1 th
= The value of item
2
9 th
= The value of item
2
= The value of 4.5th item.
4th item + 5th item
=
2
20 + 25
=
2
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 307
 45
= = 22.5
2
∴ Median (Md) = 22.5

2. Obtain the first and third quartiles from the following observations.
102, 145, 126, 115, 136, 120, 148, 155
Solution: Here,
Arranging the given observation in ascending order, we get
102, 115, 120, 126, 136, 145, 148, 155
No. of observation (N) = 8

n+1 th
First quartile (Q1) = The value of item
4
8+1 th
= The value of item
4
9 th
= The value of item
4

= The value of 2.25th­ item.

= 2nd­ item + 0.25 (3rd item – 2­nd­ item)
= 115 + 0.25 (120 – 115)
= 115 + 0.25 (5)
= 116.25
3(n + 1) th
Again, third quartile (Q3 ) = The value of item.
4
= The value of (3 × 2.25)th item
= The value of 6.75th item
= 6th­item + 0.75 (7th item – 6­th item)
= 145 + 0.75 (148 – 145)
= 145 + 0.75 × 3
= 147.25

∴ First quartile (Q1) = 116.25 and third quartile (Q3) = 147.25

308 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

3. Find the median (Second quartile) of the following data.
Marks obtained 25 35 45 55 65 75
No. of students 5 15 10 8 6 2
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get

Marks obtained No. of students (f) Cumulative frequency (C.f)

25 5 5
35 15 20
45 10 30
55 8 38
65 6 44
75 2 46
Σf = N = 46
N + 1 th
Median = value of item
2
46 + 1 th
= value of item
2
= value of 23.5th­item
In C.f column, 30 is just greater than 23.5 so its corresponding value is 45.
∴ Median (Md) or 2nd quartile (Q2) = 45
4. Find the lower quartile and upper quartile from the following data.
Marks obtained 5 15 25 35 45 55
No. of students 3 7 15 5 8 2

Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data is ascending order, we get
Marks obtained No. of students (f) Cumulative frequency (C.f)
5 3 3
15 7 10
25 15 25
35 5 30
45 8 38
55 2 40
Σf = N = 40

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 309

 N + 1 th
Lower quartile (Q1) = value of item
4
40 + 1 th
= value of item = value of 10.25th ­ item.
4
In c.f. column 25 is just greater than 10.25 so its corresponding value is 25.
∴ Lower quartile (Q1) = 25
Again,
3(N + 1) th
Upper quartile (Q3) = value of item
4
= value of (3 × 10.25)th­ item = value of 30.75th item
In c.f. column, 38 is just greater than 30.75 so its corresponding value is 45.
∴ Upper quartile (Q3) = 45.

Exercise 8.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define individual and discrete series. Illustrate them with examples.
(b) What do you understand by quartiles?
(c) Define third quartile. Write the formula to find third quartile in discrete
series.
2. (a) What percentage of values are less than first quartile (Q1).
(b) Define median. How it divides the whole observation?
(c) What percentage of values are more than third quartile (Q3)
Section 'B'
3. (a) Find the median (2nd quartile) from the following data.
(i) 45kg, 60kg, 53kg, 48kg, 51kg, 63 kg
(ii) 8 cm, 16 cm, 28 cm, 60 cm, 30 cm, 60 cm, 8 cm, 12 cm, 8 cm
(iii) 110, 105, 100, 150, 250, 175, 225, 275, 110, 150, 100, 110
(b) Find the first quartile (Q1) from the following data.
(i) Weight (in kg) : 90, 100, 110, 125, 115
(ii) Marks: 20, 30, 60, 45, 110, 90, 80, 118, 115, 120
(iii) Height (in cm) : 22, 26, 14, 30, 18, 17, 35, 41, 12

(c) Find the upper quartile (Q3) from the following data.
(i) 50, 40, 55, 60, 61, 70, 49
(ii) 18, 20, 17, 24, 19, 21, 23
(iii) 63, 38, 47, 59, 24, 50, 75, 81, 8, 110
4. (a) 2x + 1, 3x – 1, 3x + 5, 5x – 7, 51, 63 and 70 are in ascending order. If the
first quartile is 20, what is the value of x.
310 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
 (b) 54, 60, 62, 65, 68, 2x + 30, 72 are in ascending order. If the third quartile
is 70, find the value of x.
5. (a) Out of total of 19 observation arranged in ascending order, the 5th and
6th observations are 25 and 28 respectively. Find the value of Q1.
(b) Out of total of 31 observations arranged in ascending order, the 23th,
24th and 25th observations are 35, 40 and 45 respectively. What is the
value of Q3?

Section 'C'
6. Find the median from the following data.
(a) Marks obtained 5 6 7 10 9 8
No. of students 2 3 1 2 3 5

(b) Daily Salary (in Rs.) 1000 1500 1700 1800 2000
Employers 6 4 10 9 6

(c) Daily Wages (in Rs.) 50 65 70 75 100 110
No. of workers 5 7 9 4 3 2
7. Calculate lower quartile from the following data.
(a) Weight of children ( in kg) 18 19 20 21 22
No. of children 7 10 15 8 3

(b) Temperature (in °c) 18 17 25 35 37

No. of days 12 15 28 25 20
8. Find the third quartile from the following data.

(a) x 100 150 200 250 300 350
f 10 13 18 25 15 8

(b) Marks 25 10 20 15 5 30
No. of students 3 2 5 4 3 2

(c) Weight (in kg.) 30 40 20 10 50 60
Frequency 3 4 5 3 2 7

9. Calculate all the three quartiles from the data given below by making discrete
frequency table.
20, 18, 19, 20, 25, 40, 30, 20, 18, 19, 20, 25, 40, 30, 30, 40, 25, 19, 20

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 311

Deciles:
Take a long rope. How many places should it be cut so that it is divided into 10
equal parts? Discuss in class.
The variate values dividing the total number of observation into ten equal parts
are known as deciles. There are nine deciles. They are denoted by D1, D2, D3, .......,
D8, D9.

Formula for deciles:

For Individual Series: For Discrete Series:
n+1 th N+1 th
Dn = N item Dn = n item
10 10

where, N = 1, 2, 3, ........ 9 where, n = 1, 2, 3, ........ 9

and n = number of observation. and N = Total sum of the frequency (Σf)

Percentile:
Take a long rope. How many places should it be cut so that it is divided into 100
equal parts? What is the length of each part? Discuss on the above questions.

The variate values dividing the total number of observations (arranged in ascending
order) into hundred equal parts are known as percentiles. There are 99 percentiles.
They are denoted by P1, P2, P3, ......., P98, P99. Which percentiles are also called 1st

quartile, median and 3rd quartiles? Discuss on it.

Formula for percentile:

For Discrete Series:
N+1 th
For Individual Series: Pn = n item
100
n+1 th
Pn = N item
100 where, n = 1, 2, 3, ......., 98, 99

where, N = 1, 2, 3, ........., 98, 99 N = Total sum of the frequency ( Σf)

n = number of observation.

312 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the 6th decile and 40th percentile of the following data.
62, 50, 78, 66, 74, 71, 80
Solution: Here,
Arranging the given data into ascending order of magnitude, we get
50, 62, 66, 71, 74, 78, 80
Number of observation (n) = 7
By formula,

n + 1 th
(i) 6th decile (D6) = value of N item.
100
7 + 1 th
= value of 6 item
10
= value of (4.8)th item

= 4th item + 0.8 × (5th item – 4th­ item)

= 71 + 0.8 × (74 – 71)
= 71 + 2.4
= 73.4

n + 1 th
(ii) 40th­percentile (P40) = value of N item
100
7+1
= value of 40 th item
100
320 th
= value of item
100
= value of (3.2)th item
= 3rd item + 0.2 (4th item – 3rd item)
= 66 + 0.2 (71 – 66)
= 66 + 0.2 × 5
= 66 + 1 = 67
∴ 6th decile (D6) = 73.4 and 40th percentile (P40) = 67

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 313

2. The ages of the 46 students of a secondary school are given below.
Ages (yr.) 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
No. of students 2 5 7 9 10 6 4 3
th th
Find 8 decile and 90 percentile.
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get
Ages No. of students (f) Cumulative frequency (C.f)
10 2 2
11 5 7
12 7 14
13 9 23
14 10 33
15 6 39
16 4 43
17 3 46
Σf = N = 46
By formula,
N + 1 th
(i) 8th decile (D8) = value of n item
10
46 + 1 th
= value of 8 item
10
47 th
= value of 8 × item
10
= values of 37.6th­ item
In c.f column, 39 in just greater than 37.6 so its corresponding value is 15.
∴ D8 = 15.
N + 1 th
(ii) Again, 90th percentile (P90) = value of n item
100
46 + 1 th
= value of 96 item
100
47 th
= value of 90 × item
100
4230 th
= value of item
100
= value of 42.30th item
In c.f column 43 is just greater than 42.30 so its corresponding value is 16.
∴ P90 = 16
Hence, 8th decile (D8) = 15 and 90th percentile (P90) = 16.

314 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 8.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) What do you understand by deciles and percentiles.
(b) Write the formula for 5th decile and 9th decile.
(c) Write the formula for 40th and 80th percentile.
2. (a) 25th percentile also called ............ quartile.
(b) 50th percentile also called ............
(c) 75th percentile also called ............ quartile.
Section 'B'
3. (a) Find the 7 decile from the following data: 16, 19, 21, 26, 24, 32, 31, 28,
th

34
(b) Find the 6th and 8th decile from the following data.
(i) 32, 24, 59, 46, 75, 35, 66, 53, 81
(ii) 51, 68, 77, 44, 56, 61, 82, 102, 75
4. (a) Find the 30th and 40th percentile from the following data.
(i) 8, 12, 21, 19, 17, 14, 24, 26, 29
(ii) 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 25, 29, 32, 33, 40, 43, 47, 49, 50, 54, 55, 66, 68
5. (a) Obtain 8th decile and 61st percentile of the following data.
22, 26, 14, 30, 18, 11, 35, 41, 12, 32
(b) Obtain the 3rd decile and 65th­ percentile of the following data: 6, 8, 5, 10,
4, 15, 16, 3
6. (a) 20, 30, 40, x + 1, 2x – 1, x + 7, 3x + 4, 90, 100 are in ascending order. If
6th decile is 70, find the value of x.
(b) If 12, 17, 2a + 3, 3a + 5, 36, 43 are in ascending order. If its 50th percentile
is 29, find the value of 'a'.
Section 'C'
7. (a) Find the 3rd and 6th deciles from the following data.
Marks obtained 35 45 55 65 75 85
No. of students 7 3 10 5 3 2
(b) Find the 4th and 9th deciles of the given data.
Weight (in kg) 5 10 15 20 25 30
No. of children 3 7 6 2 5 7

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 315

8. (a) Obtain the 36th and 50th percentile from the given data.
Ages (in yrs) 20 40 30 25 35 15
No. of people 3 4 3 2 5 4

(b) Find the 32nd and 80th percentile of the given data.
Height (in cm) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
No. of plants 10 6 15 8 4 5 3
9. (a) The daily wages of 79 workers are given below. Find 5th decile and 90th
percentile.
Wages (in Rs.) 400 500 625 700 900 1000
No. of workers 15 20 6 25 9 4
(b) Find the 4th decile and 80th percentile from the following data.
Fine (in Rs.) 5 10 15 20 25
No. of students 2 8 10 9 6

8.2 Measure of Variability or Dispersion

The marks obtained by 6 students of each two groups of class 9 in an examination
are given below.

Group A 25 26 27 27 28 29
Group B 0 10 18 27 27 80
Study the above given data and discuss on the following questions.
(i) What are the mean marks of groups A and B?
(ii) What are the median marks of groups A and B?
(iii) Do the mean and median represent all the characteristics of the
statistics? If not why?
(iv) Which group obtained marks is more dispersed from the central value?
(v) Does the group A and B have same average marks but different
variability ?
The various measure of central tendency gives us an idea of the concentration of
observation about the central part of the distribution. It cannot explain how the
values of data are scattered? Thus, dispersion is the scatterness of the items from
their central value. The measure of scatterness of item from the central value is
known as measure of dispersion (measure of variability).
The purpose to measure the dispersion is to find the homogeneity and heterogeneity
of the given data.

316 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 The various measure of dispersion are
(i) Range
(ii) Quartile deviation or semi interquartile range
(iii) Mean deviation or average deviation
(iv) Standard deviation
Quartile deviation:
Find the quartiles of the following data: 9, 7, 5, 15, 13, 11, 17. What does quartiles
represent? Discuss in classroom.
The given data is ascending order
5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17
It is an individual series and the number of observation (n) = 7
n + 1 th
Now, first quartile (Q1) = value of item
4
7 + 1 th
= value of item
4
= value of 2nditem
∴ First quartile (Q1) = 7
n + 1 th
Second quartile (Q2) = value of item
2
7 + 1 th
= value of item
2
= values of 4th item
∴ Second quartile (Q2) = 11
n + 1 th
Third quartile (Q3) = value of 3 item
4
7 + 1 th
= value of 3 item
4
= value of 6th item
∴ Third quartile (Q3) = 15
From the above results, discuss on the following questions.
(i) What is the average value of quartiles?
(ii) What is the relative difference between the quartiles?
The measure of dispersion depending upon the lower and upper quartile is known
as the "quartile deviation". The difference between the upper quartile (Q3) and the
lower quartile (Q1) is known as the interquartile range. Half of the interquartile
range is known as the "semi-interquartile range" or quartile deviation. To find the
quartile deviation we need first and third quartile.
The quartile divide the whole observation into 4 equal parts. So, there are 3
quartiles. The first quratile or lower quartile (Q1). The second quartile or median is
(Q2) or (Md). The third quartile or upper quartile is (Q3).

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 317

 Interquartile range = Q3 – Q1
Q3 – Q1
∴ Quartile deviation or semi-inter quartile range =
2
From above example,
Q3 – Q1 15 – 7 8
Quartile deviation (Q.D) = = = =4
2 2 2
The relative measure based on lower and upper quartiles known as the coefficient
of quartile deviation. It is given by
Q – Q1
Coefficient of Q. D. = 3
Q3 + Q1

15 – 7 8
∴ Coefficient of Q. D. = = = 0.3636 = 36.36%
15 + 7 22

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient from the following data
24, 27, 31, 37, 45, 48, 56
Solution: Here,
Arranging the given data in ascending order.
24, 27, 31, 37, 45, 48, 56
No. of observation (n) = 7
n + 1 th
First quartile (Q1) = The values of item
4
7 + 1 th
= The value of item
4

= The values of 2th item

∴ First quartile (Q1) = 27
n + 1 th
Third quartile (Q3) = The value of 3 item
4
= The value of (3 × 2)th item
= The value of 6th item
∴ Third quartile (Q3) = 48
Again, by formula,
Q3 – Q1 48 – 27 21
Quartile deviation (Q.D) = = = = 10.5
2 2 2
Q – Q1 48 – 27 21
and coefficient of Q.D. = 3 = = = 0.28 = 28%
Q3 + Q1 48 + 27 75
318 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9
2. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient of the following data.
Marks obtained 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19
No. of students 2 10 12 15 20 13 12 10 4
Solution: Here, Tabulating the given data is ascending order, we get
Ages No. of students (f) Cumulative frequency (C.f)
3 2 2
5 10 12
7 12 24
9 15 39
11 20 59
13 13 72
15 12 84
17 10 94
19 4 98
Σf = N = 98
Now,
N + 1 th
First quartile (Q1) = The value of item
4
98 + 1 th
= The value of item
4
= The value of 24.75th item
In c.f. column, 39 is just greater than 24.75 so its corresponding value is 9.
∴ First quartile (Q1) = 9
Again,
N + 1 th
Third quartile (Q3) = The value of 3 item
4
= The value of 3 × 24.75th item
= The value of 74.25th item.
In c.f column, 84 is just greater than 74.25 so its corresponding value is 15.
∴ Third quartile (Q3) = 15
By formula,
Q3 – Q1 15 – 9 6
Quartile deviation (Q.D) = = = =3
2 2 2
Q3 – Q1 15 – 9 6
and coefficient of Q.D. = = = = 0.25 = 25%
Q3 + Q1 15 + 9 24

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 319

 Exercise 8.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is dispersion ? Illustrate it with example.

(b) Define interquartile range. Write the formula to find interquartile range.
2. (a) Define semi-interquartile range.
(b) Write the various measure of dispersion.
(c) Write the formula to calculate the quadrile deviation and its coefficient.
3. (a) If the lower quartile and upper quartile of the data are 40 and 60
respectively, find the interquartile range.
(b) If the lower quartile and upper quartile of the data are 20 and 30
respectively, find the quartile deviation.
Section 'B'
4. (a) In a data, first quartile is 30 and the third quartile is 55. Find the
quartile deviation and its coefficient.
(b) In a data, quartile deviation and the first quartiles are 5 and 20
respectively. Find the third quatrile and coefficient of quartile deviation.
5
(c) In a data, the coefficient of quartile deviation is and its upper quartile
12
is 50 find its lower quartile and inter quartile range.
7
5. (a) In a data, the quartile deviation and its coefficient are 14 and
12
respectively. Find Q1 and Q3.
1
(b) In a certain data, the coefficient of quartile deviation is and the value
4
of upper quartile is 15 then find the lower quartile and quartile deviation.
6. (a) The third quartile and interquartile range of a data are 51 and 21
respectively. Find the coefficient of the quartile deviation.
(b) The third quartile of a data is 70. If the coefficient of quartile deviation
1
is , find the first quartile and interquartile range.
4
(c) In a data, the value of first quartile is 'y' and the quartile deviation is
also 'y'. Find the third quartile and the coefficient of quartile deviation.
Section 'C'
7. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient from the following data.
(i) Price (Rs.) : 13, 27, 6, 14, 13, 19, 8
(ii) Weight (in kg.) : 7, 15, 10, 13, 17, 18, 20

320 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (iii) Height (inches) : 4, 3, 10, 7, 8, 15, 12, 19, 24
(iv) Daily expenditure (in Rs.): 140, 123, 132, 130, 112, 118, 138, 135
8. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient of the following data.
(i) Weight (in Kg.) 40 45 50 55 60 64
No. of people 3 6 9 5 4 2

(ii) X 10 25 20 40 30 45
f 3 2 5 4 3 2

(iii) Age (in yrs.) 20 25 30 35 40 50 45
No. of members 6 11 7 4 3 1 1

(iv)
Wages (in Rs.) 50 60 75 90 82 91
No. of workers 10 12 8 3 5 1
9. Prepare a discrete frequency distribution table and find the quartile deviation
and its coefficient.
11, 12, 19, 11, 14, 12, 15, 13, 14, 12, 16,
16, 17, 15, 13, 14, 17 13, 15, 13, 15,

Mean Deviation
Can you find the mean of the following data?
3, 6, 6, 7, 8, 11, 15, 16
3 + 6 + 6 +7 + 8 + 11 + 15 + 16 72
Mean (X) = = =9
8 8
The distance of each value from the mean. (No minus sign)
Value Distance From (9)
3 6
6 3
6 3
7 2
8 1
11 2
15 6
16 7
which looks like this.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 321

 Mean (X)

1 2
2
3 6
3
6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Find the mean of those distances and the mean in called mean deviation.
6 + 3 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 6 + 7 30
Mean deviation = = = 3.75
8 8
So, the mean = 9, and the mean deviation = 3.75.
Its tell us on average, how far all values are from the middle.
In that example the values are on average, 3.75 away from the middle.
As we know that range depends on the largest and smallest value of the distribution
and quartile deviation depends on 50% of the total distribution, They are not based
on all the observation and they do not measure the scatterness of the items from
the average value. Thus, they are not consider as good measure of dispersion. But
mean deviation measures the variation of each observation of the total distribution
from the average.
Mean deviation is defined as the average of the absolute values of the deviation
(differences) of each item from mean, median or mode. It is also known as average
deviation. Mean deviation calculated from mean is called mean deviation from mean
or simply mean deviation. Similarly, mean deviation is calculated from median is
known as mean deviation from median or simply mean deviation. Mean deviation
is denoted by M.D.
Mean deviation is absolute measure. So to compare two or more series having
different units, the relative measure corresponding to mean deviation is used,
which is called coefficient of mean deviation.
Calculation of mean deviation and its coefficient
(a) For Individual Series
If X and Md be the arithmetic mean and the median of the set of observations,
then
Σ|X – X| Σ|D|
(i) Mean deviation from mean = =
n n
Where, |D| = |X – X|
Σ|X – Md| Σ|D|
(ii) Mean deviation from median = =
n n

322 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 where, |D| = |X – Md|
n being the number of observations.
(b) For Discrete Series
Σf|X – X| Σf|D|
(i) Mean deviation from mean = =
N N
where, |D| = |X – X|
N = Total sum of frequencies = Σf, X = Mean, f = frequency
Σf|X – Md| Σf|D|
(ii) Mean deviation from median = N =
N
where, |D| = |X – Md|
Md = Median
(c) Coefficient of mean deviation
M.D from mean
(i) Coefficient of mean deviation from mean =
mean
M.D from median
(ii) Coefficient of mean deviation from median =
median

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Calculate the mean deviation from mean of the following data. Also,
find its coefficient.
90, 100, 125, 115. 110, 150
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get
No. of observation (n) = 6
X X– X=D |D|
90 – 25 25
100 – 15 15
110 –5 5
115 0 0
125 10 10
150 35 35
∑X = 690 ∑|D| = 90
ΣX 690
By formula, mean (X) = = = 115
n 6
Σ|D| 90
Now, mean deviation from mean = = = 15
n 6
Meandeviation from Mean 15
and, coefficient of M.D. = = = 0.13
X 115

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 323

2. Find the mean deviation from median of the following data. Also, find
the coefficient of mean deviation.
22, 36, 38, 29, 34, 25, 26, 30
Solution: Here,
Arranging the given data in ascending order, we get
22, 25, 26, 29, 30, 34, 36, 38
No. of observation (n) = 8
n + 1 th
Median (Md) = value of item
2
8 + 1 th
= value of item
2
= value of 4.5th­ item
29 + 30 59
∴ Median (Md) = = = 29.5
2 2
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get

X X – Md = D |D|
22 – 7.5 7.5
25 – 4.5 4.5
26 – 3.5 3.5
29 – 0.5 0.5
30 0.5 0.5
34 4.5 4.5
36 6.5 6.5
38 8.5 8.5
Σ|D| = 36

By formula,
Σ|D| 36
Mean deviation from median = = = 4.5
N 8
M.D. from median 4.5
and the coefficient of M.D. = = = 0.15
Median 29.5
3. Find the mean deviation from mean of the following data. Also, find
the coefficient of mean deviation.
Age (years) 24 36 50 58 78 83
No. of students 5 6 7 9 3 1
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order.

324 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Age (x) No. of students fx X – X = D |X–X= |D| f|D|
(f)
24 5 120 – 25.19 25.19 125.95
36 6 216 –13.19 13.19 79.14
50 7 350 0.81 0.81 5.67
58 9 522 8.81 8.81 79.29
78 3 234 28.81 28.81 86.43
83 1 83 33.81 33.81 33.81
Σf = N = 31 Σfx = 1525 1525 Σf|D|= 410.29
Now, by formula,
Σfx 1525
(X) = = = 49.19
N 31
Σf|D| 410.29
Mean deviation from mean = = = 13.23
N 31
Mean deviation from mean 13.23
and coefficient of M.D. = = = 0.26
X 49.19
4. Calculate the mean deviation from median of the following frequency
table. Also, find its coefficient.
Height ( in cm) 10 20 30 40 50 60
No. of plants 2 3 9 21 11 5
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get

Age (x) No, of student (f) cf X – Md = D |D| f|D|
10 2 2 – 30 30 60
20 3 5 – 20 20 60
30 9 14 – 10 10 90
40 21 35 0 0 0
50 11 46 10 10 110
60 5 51 20 20 100
∑f = 51 ∑f|D| = 420
By formula,
N + 1 th 51 + 1 th
Median (Md) = value of item= value of item
2 2
= value of 26th item
In c.f. column 35 is just greater than 26 and its corresponding value is 40.
∴ Median (Md) = 40
Σf|D| 420
Now, Mean deviation from median = = = 8.23
M.D. from median N 8.23 51
Coefficient of M.D = = = 0.205
Md 40

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 325

 Exercise 8.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) What do you mean by mean deviation or average deviation?
(b) Define coefficient of mean deviation.
2. (a) Write the formula to find the mean deviation from mean, in individual
series.
(b) Write the formula to find the coefficient of mean deviation from median.
Section 'B'
3. (a) An individual series has Σx = 120, N = 10 and Σ|D| = 34. Find the mean
deviation and the coefficient of M.D.
(b) An individual series has Σx = 70, Σf = 7 and Σ|X – X| = 34. Find the
mean deviation and the coefficient of mean deviation.
4. (a) In an individual series, median (Md) = 250, N = 7 and Σ|X – Md| = 600.
Find the mean deviation from median and its coefficient.
(b) In an individual series, median (Md) = 140, N = 5 and Σ|X – Md| = 90.
Find the mean deviation and its coefficient.
5. (a) In a discrete series, Σfx = 750, Σf = 25 and Σf|X – X| = 140. Find the
mean deviation from mean and its coefficient.
(b) In a discrete series, median (Md) = 40, Σf = 52 and Σf|X – Md| = 420.
Find the mean deviation from median and its coefficient.
Section 'C'
6. Find the mean deviation from the mean for each of the following set of
observations. Also, find the coefficient of mean deviation from mean.
(i) 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 11
(ii) 400, 100, 200, 300, 350, 250, 150
(iii) 40, 42, 30, 37, 41, 58, 45, 50, 55, 32
(iv) 10, 5, 15, 25, 45, 50, 30, 20, 35, 40, 55.
7. Calculate the mean deviation from the median for each of the following set of
observations. Also, find the coefficient of M.D. from median.
(i) 105, 100, 125, 130, 140
(ii) 10, 20, 40, 30, 60, 70, 50
(iii) 100, 250, 120, 170, 140, 205
(iv) 32, 34, 20, 36, 27, 24, 28, 23
8. Calculate the mean deviation from mean and its coefficient from the data
given below.

326 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 (i) Age (in yrs.) 6 8 10 12 14
No. of students 4 2 5 3 1

(ii) Marks 40 20 60 10 50 30
No. of students 10 15 3 5 12 15

(iii) Weight (in Kg.) 35 60 50 45 55 70 75 65
No. of people 8 6 5 4 5 7 7 6

(iv) Price (Rs.) 20 25 30 34 40
Frequency 5 8 12 10 5

9. Find the mean deviation from median and its coefficient from the data given
below.
(i) Marks obtained 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
No. of students 1 14 25 27 18 9 4 2

(ii) Weight (in Kg.) 20 25 30 35 40
No. of students 5 8 12 10 5

(iii) X 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
f 2 2 4 5 3 2 1 1

(iv) Income (in Rs.) 200 250 300 350 400

No. of persons 5 9 20 10 6
10. Construct a discrete frequency distribution table from the following data and
find the mean deviation from (i) mean and (ii) median.
(i) 15, 20, 18, 20, 18, 22, 24, 28, 12, 18, 22, 24, 15, 20, 18, 20, 22, 15, 28
(ii) 12, 8, 4, 8, 6, 4, 4, 8, 10, 4, 16, 6, 8, 6, 4, 16, 4, 10, 12, 8, 6, 16, 10, 16, 14.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 327

Standard Deviation
Let us discuss on the followign questions.
(i) Why we should take absolute value of X - A = D to calculate the mean deviation?
(ii) What would be the result in the square of negative number?
(iii) What are the advantages and disadvantages of mean deviation?
Standard deviation is defined as the positive square root of the mean of squares of
the deviations of the given observations taken from mean. It is also known as root
mean square deviation. It is denoted by the Greek letter s (read as sigma). It was
first introduced by Karl Pearson in 1823.
In mean deviation, we use absolute value of the deviation of the items and ignore the
negative sign. Neglectiong the negative sign is the draw back of the mean deviation.
Standard deviation is the best measure of dispersion because
(i) Its value is based on all the observations.
(ii) The deviation of each item is taken from mean.
(iii) All algebraic sign are also considered.
In standard deviation, greater the value of S.D. the greater the dispersion or
variability and greater will be the magnitude of the variation of the value from
mean. In other words, a small standard deviation means a high degree of uniformity
of the observation as well as homogeneity of the series.

Calculation of standard deviation

(a) Individual series:
(i) Actual mean method : In this method, the deviation is taken from actual
mean
Σ(X – X)2 Σd2
Standard deviation (S.D.) = (s) = = n
n
where, d = X – X
n = total number of observation
X = Actual mean
(ii) Direct method:
In this method, the actual given data are used.

ΣX2 – ΣX
Standard deviation (S.D) = (s) =
2
where X = given data.
n n
(iii) Assumed mean method (short cut method)
In this method, we assume the central value of the given data as an
assumed mean.

328 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Standard deviation (S.D.) = (s) = Σd2 – Σd 2

n n
where, d = X – A, and A = assumed mean.
For individual series, n = total no. of observation.
(b) Discrete Series:
(i) Actual mean method:
Σf(X – X)2 Σfd2
Standard deviation (S.D.) = (s) = = N
N
where, d = X – X
(ii) Direct method

Σfx2 – Σfx
Standard deviation (S.D.) = (s) =
2

N N
(iii) Assumed mean method (shortcut method)

Standard deviation (S.D.) = (s) =Σfd2 – Σfd 2

N N
where, d = X – A, A = assumed mean,
In discrete series, N = Sum of the frequency (Sf )
Coefficient of standard deviation
The relative measure of dispersion based on standard deviation is known as
coefficient of standard deviation.
Standard deviation (s) s
∴ Coefficient of S.D. = =
Mean X
Variance and coefficient of variation
The square of the standard deviation is known as variance.
∴ Variance = s2
The value of coefficient of standard deviation is so small, due to that it is
multiplied by 100 and converted into percentage then it is called coefficient of
variation. It is denoted by C.V.
s
∴ Coefficient of variation (C.V) = × 100%
X

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 329

 WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Calculate the standard deviation and its coefficient of the following

data :
4, 8, 20, 16, 12, 24, 28 by
(i) Actual mean method (ii) Direct method (iii) Short cut method
Solution: Here
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get
(i) By actual mean method:

X X– X=D d2
4 – 12 144
8 –8 64
12 –4 16
16 0 0
20 4 16
24 8 64
28 12 144
∑X = 112 ∑d = 144
2

No. of observation (n) = 7

ΣX 112
Now, mean (X) = = = 16
N 7
By formula,
Σd2 448
Standard deviation (s) = = = 64
n 7
∴ S.D. (σ) = 8
(ii) By Direct method : Here,
X X2
4 16
8 64
12 144
16 256
20 400
24 576
28 784
∑X = 112 ∑X = 2,240
2

n=7

330 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 By formula, standard deviation (σ) = ΣX2 – ΣX 2
= 2240 – 112 2

n n 7 7
= 320 – 256 = 64
∴ S.D. (σ) = 8
(iii) By short cut method:
Let the assumed mean (A) = 16
X d=X–A d2
4 – 12 144
8 –8 64
12 –4 16
16 0 0
20 4 16
24 8 64
28 12 144
X d=X–A d2
∑d = 0 ∑d2 = 448
n=7
By formula, S.D. (σ) = Σd2 – Σd 2
= 448 – 0 2
= 64 – 0 = 8
∴ S.D. (σ) = 8 n n 7 7

2. Find the standard deviation from the following data. Also, find the
coefficient of S.D. and coefficient of variance.
Size 6 9 12 15 18
Frequency 7 12 19 10 3
by (i) Actual mean method (ii) Direct method
(iii) Assumed mean method
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get
(i) Actual mean method:
Size (X) Frequency (f) fx X –X=d d2 fd2
6 7 42 – 5.41 29.26 204.87
9 12 108 – 2.41 5.808 69.69
12 19 228 0.59 0.34 7.08
15 10 150 3.59 12.88 193.2
18 3 54 6.59 43.42 118.62
Σf = N = 51 Σfx = 582 Σfd = 593.46
2

Now,

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 331

 Σfx 582
Mean (X) = = = 11.41
N 52
Σd2 593.46
Standard deviation (s) = = = 11.63 = 3.41
n 51
∴ S.D (σ) = 3.41
(ii) Direct method:

Size (x) Frequency (f) fx x2 fx2
6 7 42 36 252
9 12 108 81 972
12 19 228 144 2736
15 10 150 225 2250
18 3 54 324 972
Σf = N = 51 Σfx = 582 Σfx = 7182
2

By formula,
S.D (σ) = Σfx2 – Σfx 2
= 7182 – 582 2

N N 51 51
= 140.82 – 130.22 = 10.6 = 3.25
(iii) Assumed mean method
Let, assumed mean (A) = 12
Size (X) Frequency (f) X–A=d fd d2 fd2
6 7 –6 – 42 36 252
9 12 –3 – 36 9 108
12 19 0 0 0 0
15 10 3 30 9 90
18 3 6 18 36 108
Σf = N = 51 Σfx = 30 Σfd = 558
2

By formula,
Standard deviation (σ) = Σfd2 – Σfd 2
= 558 – –30 2

N N 51 51
= 10.94 – 0.346 = 10.594 = 3.25
Again,
Coefficient of standard deviation =
s
=
3.25 = 0.284
X 11.41
s
and Coefficient of variance (C.V) = × 100% = 0.284 × 100% = 28.48%
Note: X
Sd
(i) In individual series actual mean (X) = A + S
N
Sfd
(ii) In discrete series, actual mean (X) = A + where, A = assumed mean.
N

332 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Exercise 8.5
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define standard deviation.
(b) Write the formula to find the standard deviation of discrete series by
actual mean method and assumed mean method.
2. (a) What do you mean by coefficient of standard deviation?
(b) What is coefficient of variation?
(c) Why coefficient of standard deviation is multiplied by 100?
3. (a) In an individual series, X = 18, Σd2 = 112, Σx = 126 and d = X – X then
find the standard deviation and its coefficient.
(b) In an individual series Σx = 114, X = 19 and Σ(X – X )2 = 232, find
standard deviation and its coefficient.
(c) In an individual series Σd2 = 84, Σd = –20, n = 10, find standard deviation.
4. (a) In a discrete series, Σfd = –20, Σfd2 = 5400, N = 35, d = X – A and A = 40
find S.D and coefficient of S.D..
(b) In a discrete series N = 20, Σfx = 570, Σfx2 = 19100 and X = 28.50 then
find the coefficient of variation.

Section 'B'
5. (a) Find the standard deviation and its coefficient from the following data.
Also, find the coefficient of variation.
(i) Marks: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25
(ii) Weight (Kg.) : 60, 50, 80, 40, 90, 95, 70
(iii) Size : 27, 24, 31, 48, 45, 37, 56
(iv) Rainfall (mm) : 34, 23, 46, 37, 40, 28, 32, 35, 44, 50
(v) Weight (Kg.) : 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130
(vi) Temperature (0°C) : 12, 6, 7, 3, 15, 10, 18, 5

Section 'C'
6. Find the standard deviation, its coefficient and coefficient of variation.
(i) X 61 64 67 70 73
f 5 18 42 27 8

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 333



(ii) Height (in cm) 10 15 20 25 30 35

No. of plants 3 5 6 4 3 1

(iii) Marks 40 44 50 55 60 65
No. of students 2 5 6 4 3 3

(iv) Size 15 25 35 45 55
Frequency 5 8 13 15 12

(v) Age (in years) 10 20 25 30 35 40
No. of Boys 1 5 10 12 8 4

(vi) Marks obtained 35 45 50 55 60 65 70 75
No. of students 8 4 5 5 6 6 6 7
7. Construct the frequency distribution table and find the variance and its
coefficient
(i) Mark obtained by 36 students are :
25, 20, 10, 15, 10, 20, 15, 20, 40, 35, 25, 25, 30, 35, 30, 25, 25, 10, 30, 15,
20, 15, 30, 20, 20, 30, 20, 25, 25, 35, 25, 25, 15, 25, 25, 20, 20
(ii) Wages per hour (Rs.)
55, 65, 35, 55, 45, 75, 55, 65, 75, 55, 45, 65, 35, 75, 45, 55, 65, 75, 55, 65
8. Collect the marks of opt. mathematics obtained by all the students of grade 9
in first terminal examination of your school. Show them in discrete frequency
table and find the standard deviation, its coefficient and coefficient of variation.

334 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 ANSWER SHEET

Exercise 1.1
3. (a) – 3, 5 (b) 4, 3 (c) 1, – 7 (d) 7, 1
(e) 6, 1 (f) 1, 1 (g) 2, – 1 (h) 2, 1
4. (a) (2, 2), (8, 8) (b) (4, 8) (6, 12)
(c) (2, 2), (2, 8), (2, 10), (2, 12), (4, 8), (4, 12), (6, 12), (8, 8)
(d) (2, 2), (2, 4), (6, 3), (8, 2), (8, 8)

Exercise 1.2
8. (a) A × B = {(0, 0), (0, 2), (0, 4), (1, 0), (1, 2), (1, 4), (2, 0), (2, 2), (2, 4)}
B × A = {(0, 0), (0, 1), (0, 2), (2, 0), (2, 1), (2, 2), (4, 0), (4, 1), (4, 2)}
(b) A × B = {(2, 3), (2, – 3), (3, 3), (3, – 3), (4, 3), (4, – 3)}
B × A = {(3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (– 3, 2), (– 3, 3), (– 3, 4)}
(c) A × B = {(0, – 2), (0, 3), (1, – 2), (1, 3), (2, – 2), (2, 3)}
B × A = {(– 2, 0), (– 2, 1), (– 2, 2), (3, 0), (3, 1), (3, 2)}

Exercise 1.3
6. (a) {(2, 1), (4, 2)} (b) { } (c) {(2, 2), (3, 3)} (d) {(4, 2)}
7. (a) {(1, 2)} (b) {(1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 3)}
(c) { } (d) {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2)}
(e) {(3, 2) (3, 3) (f) {(2, 1), (2, 2), (3, 1), (3, 3)}
8. (a) R1 = {(2, 4), (3, 6), (4, 8)} (b) R2 = {(2, 4), (2, 6), (2, 8), (2, 10). (3, 6), (4, 4), (4, 8)}
9. {(1, 3), (1, 7), (2, 3), (2, 7), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 7)}

Exercise 1.4
6. (a) {(2, 2), (3, 3)}, {2, 3}, {2, 3} (b) {(1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 4)}, {1, 2, 3}, {2, 3, 4}
(c) {(1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 2)}, {1, 2, 3}, {2, 3, 4} (d) {(2, 4), (3, 3)}, {2, 3}, {4, 3}

Exercise 1.5
Consult your teacher

Exercise 1.6
Consult your teacher

Exercise 1.7
2. (a) – 17, – 5, 3 (b) – 4, 3, 20 (c) 1 (d) 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 335

3. (a) { – 6, – 1, 4} (b) {– 2, 1, 6, 13}
4. (a) { 1, 2, 3} (b) {– 2, 2, – 3, 3, – 4, 4}
5. (a) (1 –3) (b) (3, 7) (c) (2, 2) (d) (3, 7)
6. (a) 4x + 17, 37 (b) 2x – 5, – 9
x
7. (a) h + 3, x + h + 3, h 8. (a) – 2, 9, – 6, 10 (b) – 1, 1, – 5, –11
1 –1 x 1
9. (a) 2 , 2 , 2 – 2 (b) 2, 1, 2x + 1

Exercise 1.8
–3
9. (a) – 5 (b) – 1 10. (a) 2 (b) 2, 4

Exercise 1.9
x2 1 2x2 19x 1
1. (a) 9x2 – 9x + 10 (b) 7x3 + 3x2 – 6x + 3 (c) 3x3 – 5 + x – 3 (d) x3 + 5 + 6 + 4
2. (a) – 2x2 + 10x – 18 (b) 2x2 + 6x – 6 (c) 6x3 – 6x2 + 10x – 13 (d) 5x4 – 6x3 + 15x + 3
14x2 10x2
3. (a) (i) 5y3 + 4y2 + 4y + 11 (ii) – y3 – 4y2 + 12y – 1 (b) (i) – x + 8 (ii) – 4x + 18
3 3
4. (a) – x2 + 15x – 11 (b) 2x4 – 5x3 + 4x2 + 6 + x
5. (a) x2 – 9 (b) x3 – 3x – 2 (c) x4 + x2 + 1 (d) 5x4 + 18x3 – 16x2 – 10x + 3
7. (a) 5x3 + x2 – 5x + 15 (b) 3x3 – 20x2 + 10x – 6

Exercise 1.10
Consult your teacher

Exercise 1.11
2. (a) 3, 5, 7, 9 (b) 1, 5, 9, 13 (c) 4, 7, 12, 19 (d) 2, 7, 14, 23
3 4 5 5 6 7
(e) 2, – , , – (f) 2, 4 , 8 ,
2 3 4 16
1 1 1 1 3
3. (a) 2, 6, 18, 54 (b) 1, 3 , 9 , (c) – 1, 0, , (d) 1, 2, 3, 5
27 2 4
4. (a) 4n – 2, 58 (b) 13 – 5n, –62 (c) n2 + 3, 228 (d) n2+2n–1, 254
3n – 2 43 2n 30
(e) , (f ) (– 1)n + 1 ,
2n + 1 31 2n + 3 33

Exercise 1.12
5. (a) 45 (b) 141 (c) 34
429 5
(d) 122 (e) (f)
20 16
7 6 10 8
6. (a) ∑ (2n – 1) (b) ∑ 3n
∑ (5n – 20) (c) ∑ (– 1)n . 2n (d)
n=1 n=1 n=1 n=1
5 5
(e) ∑ (– 1)n + 1 . 2n –
1 (f) ∑ (5n – 1 + 1)
n= 1 4n + 1 n= 1

336 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Exercise 2.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5. (a) 3 , 9 , 27, 81, 243 , 729 ; 0 (b) 2 , 8 , 18, 32, 50, 72; 0

1 1 1 11 1 5 8 11 14 17 20
(c) 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 ; 0 (d) 4 , 7 , 10, 13, 16, 19; 1
13 26 49 74 109 1 1
(e) 2, 4 , 9 , 16, 25, 36 ; 3 (f) 0, 1, 0, 2 , 0, 3 ; 0

Exercise 2.2
Consult your teacher

Exercise 2.3
2. (a) 0 (b) 0 (c) 6 (d) ∞
(e) 16 (f) 10
21 45
3. (a) 8, 12, 14, 15, ...... ; 16 (b) 6, 9, , , ...... ; 12
2 4

Exercise 2.4
2. (a) 8, 7.97 (b) 5,5.002 3. (a) 0.04 (b) 2.1198
4. (a) 13 (b) 23,0
5. (a) & (b) Consult your teacher
6. (a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) – 8

Exercise 2.5
4. (a) 3 (b) 2 (c) – 2 (d) 4 (e) 4

Exercise 3.1
2 3 4 1 2 3 3 4 5
5. (a) (b) (c)
3 4 5 2 4 6 5 6 7
1 –1 –3 – 1 1 –1 2 3 4
(d) (e) (f)
4 2 0 – 2 4 –8 5 6 9

Exercise 3.2
1 0 1 9 16
5. (a) (b)
3 2 9 16 25
7
6. (a) –1, 2 (b) 3, (c) 5, – 7 (d) – 2, 6
3
7. (a) 4 (b) – 1, 6
–3 1 3
8. (a) 1, 0 (b) 3, (c) ,
2 2 2
9. (a) 6, 3, – 2, 0 (b) – 4, 2, 7, 7 (c) 3, 2 (d) – 1, 3 (e) –1, 2, –3, – 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 337

Exercise 3.3
3 0 5 –1
5. (a) (b) (4 8 – 1) (c)
1 7 – 11 6
10 12 4 0 –2
4 1
(d) (e) –2 – 4 (f)
12 –5 16
–2 12
5 7 – 16 13 6

–8 8 –3
6. (a)
(b) (4 1 5) (c)
2 1 –3
–6 –1 –5 1 1
2 0 –2
(d) (e) –2 2 (f) 9 12 0
0 0 0
3 4 8 – 15 7

19 – 18 17 – 2 26
8. (a) (b)
– 11 – 3 5 6 14
–3
9. (a) 1, (b) 2, – 2, – 6
2
10. (a) 2, – 5 (b) – 5, 2, 0, – 3
–6 3 0
11. (a) (i) 14 (ii) –7 (iii) 0
–9 11 – 13
13 15 6 3 – 13 – 15
(b) (i) (ii) (iii)
–9 –7 0 –5 9 7

10
13. (a) – 8, , 14 (b) – 1, 1, – 10
3
–9 18 –1 1
14. (a) (b)
20 5 –7 2
2 4 1 2 2 3 1 3
15. (a) , (b) ,
3 5 3 4 4 5 2 4

Exercise 3.4
6. (a) – 1, – 6 (b) – 2, – 5, – 4, 1

Exercise 3.5
2 10 12
1 1 4 – 25
3. (a) ( 5 ) (b) 3 15 18 (c) (d)
0 1 7 –4
0 0 0
0 –2 –5 –7 10 6 –5 –6
4. (a) (b) (c) (d)
8 10 13 15 6 10 9 10
5
6. (a) , 3 (b) 1, 2 (c) 9, – 16 (d) –2
7
7. (a) ± 1 (b) 12 (c) 1, – 2
29 21 14 21 1 1
8. (a) (b) 9.(a) (4 5) (b)
21 18 44 54 18 –4

338 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 2 3 9 2
10. (a) (b) (c)
0 – 4 – 14 –2
11. (a) 3, 8 (b) 3, 2
4 5 1 3 11
13. (a) , 0, (b) 2, , (c) , 104, – 2
3 4 2 2 3

Exercise 3.6
1
4. (a) 3, 2 (b) ,0
2

Exercise 4.1
1. (a) d = (x2 – x1)2 + (y2 – y1)2 (b) Show to your teacher (c) x2 + y2
2. (i) MN = 5 units (ii) MN = 5 units

3. (a) 5 units (b) (i) 10 units, (ii) 26 units

5. (a) k = 1 (b) a = 1 6. (a) (i) x = 4 (ii) y + 3 = 0 (iii) y = 5 (iv) x = 3

7. (a) k = 3 (b) a = 5

8. (a) x + y = 25
2 2
(b) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6x + 9 = 0

9. (a) x2 – 4y + 4 = 0 (b) y2 – 6x + 9 = 0

(c) x + y = z (d) x2 + y2 + h2 + k2 – 2xh – 2yk = r2

10. (a) (i) x2 + y2 = 25, (ii) 3x2 + 3y2 – 50x + 75 = 0

(b) x2 + y2 + 20 = 0

11. ( a) 3x2 + 3y2 – 28x – 2y + 55 = 0 (b) 8x2 + 8y2 + 6x – 36y + 27 = 0

(c) 3x2 + 4y2 + 16x – 40y + 116 = 0 (d) 5x2 + 5y2 + 68x – 94y – 47 = 0

12. (a) 5x2 + 5y2 – 127 – 46y + 77 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 5x + 4 = 0

(c) x=1

Exercise 4.2
3. (a) b = 15 (b) (–1, –4)

4. (a) (i) (0, 0) (ii) (1, 3) (iii) (0, 4) (b) (i) (–5, 4) (ii) (25, –22) (iii) (2, 12)

(c) (i) 3, 34 , internal (ii) (–36, –37), external

7
5. (a) (i) (2, 2) (ii) (0, 2 2 ) (b) x = –1, y = –7 (c) (–1, 1), (1, –1), (3, –4)

6. (a) 1:1 (b) 2:3 7. (a) (4, –2) (b) (4, 2)

3 13
8. (a) m1 : m2 = – 5:8, x = –1 (b) m1 : m2 = 1 : 1, – , 0 (c) m1 : m2 = 5 : 1, 0, –
2 3
9. (a) (i) (2, –3) and (0, – 3) (ii) (–1, 0) and (–4, 2)
7 13
(b) (–1, 2) and (–8, 5) (c) (0, 5), –1, and 1,
2 2

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 339

10. (c) x = 6, y = 3 (d) (i) (–2, 9) (ii) (8, 8)
2 20
11. (a) 5 units, (11, 10) (b) 2 units, (4, 2) 12. – ,–
7 7
14. (a) (3, 0), (1, 4), (–1, –2) (b) 53 units

Exercise 4.3
d–b
1. (c) y = mx + b (d) m = c – a 2. (a) y – 6 = 0 (b) x – 6 = 0
1
3. (a) (i) 3 (ii) ∞ (iii) –1 (iv) – (b) 0°, (ii) 30°, (iii) 135°, (iv) 120°
3
1
4. (a) (i) 3 , (ii) –1 (b) (i) 1, (ii) = 1 (c) –
3
5. (a) 3 x – 7 = 0 (b) x – y + 4 = 0
6. (a) y – 4 = 0 (b) x + 7 = 0

7. (a) (i) 120° (ii) 45° (c) b = 4 (d) x=5

8. (a) r = 4 (b) m=9

9. (a) (i) x – y + 5 = 0 (ii) 3x + y + 1 = 0 (iii) 3x + y = 7

(b) (i) x – 3 y = 0 (ii) 3x – y = 0 (iii) x + y = 0 (iv) x – 3y = 0

(c) y=3

10. (a) (i) 0, 1, – 3 , (ii) 0, 1, – 1 (b) 0, –1, ∞ 1, 0, ∞

12. (a) x – y + 3 = 0 (b) 3x + y = 4

13. (a) x – y + 6 = 0, x + y = 6 (b) x – y = 4, x + y + 4 = 0 (c) x – y = 0, x + y = 0

Exercise 4.4
2. (i) 2x + y = 10, (ii) 2x – y = 8, (iii) 7x – 3y + 21 = 0 3. 3x – 4y = 12

4. (a) (i) x + y = 5, (ii) x + y + 7 = 0 (iii) x – y = 5 (iv) x – y = 11 (b) (i) x + 2y = 7, (ii) 3x + y = 0

5. (a) 4x = 3y = 24 (b) 3x + 2y + 24 = 0

6. (a) 3x + y = 9 (b) 16x + 35y + 140 = 0

7. (a) x + y = 3, 2x + y = 4 (b) x + 2y = 4 (c) x + y = 2, 2x + y = 3

8. (a) 3x + 4y – 24 = 0 or 3x + 4y + 24 = 0 (b) 3x + 2y + 12 = 0, 3x – 2y = 12

Exercise 4.5
2. (i) 3 x + y = 8 (ii) x + 3 y = 2 (iii) 3 x – y + 4 2 = 0 (iv) 7x – 7y + 5 2 = 0

(v) x + 3y = 2

3. ( a) x – 3 y + 6 = 0 (b) 3 x – y + 4 3 = 0 4. (i) 3 x – y + 2 3 = 0 (ii) 3 x + y + 6 = 0

5. (a) x – 3 y + 2 = 0 (b) x + 3 y = 4 6. 3 x +y = 4

340 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Exercise 4.6
x y
1. (a) y = mx + b, + = 1, xcosα + ysinα = p (b) –4, –3 (c) 2, 3
a b
3 4
2. (c) cosα = 5, sinα = 5 and p = 2

3. (i) y = –x + 2, m = –1, b = 2 (ii) y = – 2 x + 6, m = –2 2 , b = 6

7 15 7 15 3 5 3 5
(iii) y = 8x + 8 , m = 8, b = 8 (iv)
y= x– ,m= , b=–
2 2 2 2
x y x y 15
4. (i) – = 1, a = 3, b = –4 (ii) + = 1, a = – 2 , b = 12
3 4 15 12
–
x y x2 y
(iii) + = 1, a = 2, b = 2 3 (iv) 18 + 25 = 1, a = 18, b = 25
2 2 3
3 1 1 1
5. (i) 2 x – y = 2, p = 2 α = 330° (ii) – x + y = 2 2 , p = 2 2 α = 135°
2 2 2
1 1 1 3
(iii) – x + y = 2, p = 2, α = 135° (iv) – x + 2 y = 4, p = 4, α = 150°
2 2 2
5
6. a = 3, b = –5, m = –
3
x y y 1
7. (a) y = 3 x – 4, + = 1, 3 x – = 2 (b) – 3 x + y = 2 p = 2, α = 210
4 –4 2 2 2 2
m 3 1 b b a ab
8. (a) – x+ y= (b) x+ 2 y= 2
m2 + 1 m2 + 1 m2 + 1 a2 + b 2 a + b2 a + b2
9. (a) A = 27sq. units (b) A = 10sq. units (c) h = ± 24

Exercise 4.7
2. (a) y – k = g(x – h) (b) x – y = 0

3. (a) (i) x + y = 5 (ii) 2x – 3y + 8 = 0

(b) (i) 3 x – y – 2(1 + 3 ) = 0 (ii) x + y = 0 (iii) x + 3 y = 1 + 2 3 (iv) x – 3y + 9 = 0

(c) x–y+1=0

4. (i) 2x + y = 1 (ii) 3x – 5y + 18 = 0

(iii) ax – by – ab = 0 (iv) ax – by – 2bx + (b2 + 2ab – a2) = 0

5. (a) (i) 3x + 5y = 0 (ii) 3x + 2y – 6 = 0 (iii) bx + ay = 3ab (iv) 3x + y = 7

1
(b) (i) w = 6 (ii) w = 2 (iii) w = – (iv) w = –1
2
6. (a) x + y = 7, (7, 0) (b) x + y = 3, (0, 3)

7. (a) 7x + y = 11, x + 3y + 7 = 0, 3x – y + 1 = 0 (b) 3x + 4y – 14 = 0, 5 units

(c) x + 8y + 9 = 0, 65 units

8. (a) x – y = 0 (b) x + y + 1 = 0 9. (a) x + 3y = 5 (b) x + y = 0

10. (a) x + y = 6, 4 2 units (b) x + y – 9 = 0 11.(a) 2:1 (b) 1:1

12. (a) 4x – 5y = 0

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 341

Exercise 4.8
33 35
2. (a) (i) units (ii) units (iii) ( 3 – 1) units
5 13
2
(iv) units (v) m2 + n2 units
5
13
(b) (i) m = 20 or 6 (ii) 3 or (iii) z = – 5
21
61 3 1
3. (i) units (ii) units (iii) units
41 2 34
3 3 –5 3
(iv) units 4. 2( 2 – 1) units, 18 ( 2 – 1) units
2
7 5 46
7. (a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) 13 sq. units
2 5
Exercise 4.9
3. (a) (i) 10 sq. units (ii) 26 sq. units (iii) 4 sq. units (iv) 20 sq. units

4. (a) p = 5 (b) k = 4 (c) a + 3b – 7 = 0

6. (a) m = 1 (b) n = 14 or 2

7. (a) (i) 11 sq. units (ii) 72 sq. units (iii) 28 sq. units (iv) 44 sq. units
192
(b) k= (c) a = 4
2
3
9. (c) (i) D(2, 3), E(5, 3) (ii)
sq. units and 6 sq. units
2
9 8
(iii) 300% more (iv) sq. units 10. (a) k = –3 (b) k =
2 5
65
11. (a) O(7, 2) (b) m =
4
9 9
12. (12, 2), (13, 6), (10, 13) taking CB and CD as coordinates axes sq units, sq. units, areas are the
2 2
same in both the case

Exercise 5.1
2. (a) 98146" (b) 68718" (c) 504540" (d) 428450"

(e) 1458" (f) 1256085" (g) 775836" (h) 155600"

(i) 820070" (j) 7589"

3. (a) 50.258° (b) 125.944° (c) 35.3° (d) 140.012°

(e) 0.261°

4. (a) 60.526g (b) 8.0706g (c) 181.56g (d) 20.005g

(e) 0.8557g

5. (a) 140° (b) 500g (c) 30g29'18" (d) 83g8'46"

(e) 114g38'89" (f) 166g68'52" (g) 64'75"

6. (a) 135° (b) 234° (c) 73­°24'28.3" (d) 115°13'40.8"

(e) 185°13'12" (f) 76°30'32.4" (g) 40'57.8"

342 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

7. 42°34'52" 10. 36° 11. 80g 12. 45° and 90°

13. 50g and 30g

Exercise 5.2
 c 2 c 7 c  c
2. (a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 6 4
3 c 13 c
(e) (f)
2 20
3.
(a)
108° (b)
40° (c)
50° (d)
120°

4. (a) 80g (b) 140g (c) 10g (d) 32g

5. (a) 5 : 36 (b) 2 : 7
c
31
6. (a) (b) 117°
180
55 c
7. (a) 305° (b)
36
1000 g 3 c
9. (a) (b) (c) 20g (d) 20g, 40g, 140g
9 10
c
 c 7 c 2
(e) , , (f) 30g, 80g (g) 100g
4 20 5
c
7
(h)
20
10. (a) 60°, 40°, 80° (b) 60°, 51°, 69° (c) 50g, 40g, 110g (d) 81°, 9°

(e) 24°60°, 96° (f) 63°, 72°, 45°

11. (a) (i) 90°,

c (ii) 120°,
2 c
(iii) 144°,
4 C

2 3 5
g
400
(b) (i) 72°, 80g, (ii) 45°, 50g (ii) 40°,
9
(c) 8 (d) 54°, 81°, 108°, 135°, 162° (e) 12°

(f) 10 (g) 12, 6 (h) 18, 6 (i) 8

12. (a) (i) 270° (ii) 150° (iii) 240°

c
 5 c 5 c
(b) (i) (ii) (iii)
2 6 36
c
255
(c) (i) (ii) 90° (iii) 180° (d) 105°
2

Exercise 5.3
4 c
1. (a) (b) 4.6° (c) 171.81°
3
2. (a) 3.67 m (b) 14 cm (c) 12.83 m

3. (a) 175 cm (b) 14.32 cm (c) 35.6 cm

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 343

4. (a) 44 m (b) 41.24 m 5. (a) 37.7 cm (b) 52.38 cm

6. (a) 12 m (b) 0.25c (c) 15 cm

7. (a) 11 cm, 25 cm (b) 19.56 cm, 47.56 cm

(c) 88 cm, 130 cm (d) 66 cm, 91.2 cm

Exercise 5.4
32 1 b a2 – b 2 –9
2. 3. 4. , 5.
5 3 a a 25
x2 + y2 11 1 63
6. 2 7. 12. 14.
x – y2 10 3 65

Exercise 5.5
3 1 1
1. (a) (b) 24 (c) (d)
8 3 8
17 5 9
(e) (f) (g) 8 (h)
4 3 4
–1
(i) (j) 3
2
19 3 5
4. (a) (b) (c)
6 2 4
Exercise 5.6
1. (a) sin2­θ – cos2θ (b) sin3­θ + cos3θ

(c) 35tan2­θ – 31cosθ . tanθ + 6cos2θ (d) 1 – tan4­θ

(e) 6sin4­θ – sin2θ . cos2θ – 2cos4θ

2. (a) 6sinA – 11cosA (b) sin2­θ + 6sinθ

(c) 18sin2A – 4tan2A – 2 (d) (sin2A – cos2A) (sinA – cosA)2

2cosA
(e) – 4sinA . secA (f)
1 – sin2A
2tanA
(g) 2 (h) 1
sec A – tan2A
3. (a) (sinA – cosA) (sinA + cosA) (b) cos2θ (cosθ – tanθ) (cosθ + tanθ)

(c) (sec2θ + cos2θ) (secθ + cosθ) (secθ – cosθ) (d) (sinθ – 2) (4sinθ + 3)

(e) (cosθ – sinθ) (cosθ + sinθ) (sin2θ – sinθ . cosθ + cos2θ) (sin2θ + sinθ . cosθ + cos2θ)

(f) (sin2θ – 2sinθ . cotθ + 2cos2θ) (sin2θ + 2sinθ . cotθ + 2cot2θ)

Exercise 5.7
3 –1 3 3
4. (a) – (b) (c) (d) –
2 2 2 2
–1 1 3 1
(e) (f) (g) (h) –
2 2 2 3

344 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 1
(i) – (j) 1 (k) 2 (l) 2
3
1 1
(m) – (n) 2 (o) –
3 3
1 –1
5. (a) 1 (b) (c) (d) – (2 + 2)
2 3
1
(e)
4
8. (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) – sin2A (d) 1

(e) – 1 (f) – sec2θ (g) 1 (h) cotA

(i) cotA (j) cosA

2 9
10. (a)
(b) – 2 3 (c) (d)
cosecθ
3 3–2
(e) cot2θ (f) 2.

12. (a) 30° (b) 9­° (c) 10° (d)

10°
45°
(e) 10° (f)
2

Exercise 5.8

1. (a) 3 –1 (b) 3 –1 (c) 1 – 3 (d) 3 +1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(e) 2 – 3 (f) 2 – 3 (g) 2 ( 3 + 1) (h) 2 ( 3 – 1)
(i) ( 3 – 2) (j) 1 – 3 (k) 3 – 2 (l) 1 – 3
2 2 2 2
(b) (i) 31 17
56 33
3.(a) (i) (ii) (ii)
65 65 25 2 25 2
(c) (i) 1 (ii) 1 (iii) 1 (iv) 7
7
(d) (i) 1 (ii) 3 (iii) 1 (iv) 0
2 2
14. (a) sinA. cosB cosC + cosA . sinB . cosC + cosA . cosB sinC – sinA sinB. sinC.
(b) cosA. cosB. cosC – sinA.sinB. cosC – sinA . cosB sinC – cosA. sinB. sinC.
tanA + tanB + tanC – tanA tanB tanC
(c) 1 – tanA. tan B. – tanC . tanA – tanB. tanC
(d) sinA cosBcosC + cosA sinB cosC – cosAcosB.sinC + sinA. sinB. sinC
(e) sinA.cosB.cosC – cosA. sinB. cosC + cosA cosB sinC + sinA. sinB.sinC.

Exercise 6.1
4 –4
4. (a) OH = (b) OL =
7 –3
3 –5 8 –2
5. (a) (i) AB = (ii) CD = (iii) EF = (iv)
GH =
2 2 12 3
–1 9
(b) PQ = (–1, –3), (c) RS = (9, 17), ,
–3 17

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 345

 3 5 0
6. (i) OZ = (3, 5) (ii)
OW = (5, 0) (iii) OV = (0, 6)
5 0 6
–4
(iv) OA = (–4,–3)
–3
5 –3
(v) ON = (5, –3) –8 (vi)
OA = (–3, –3) –3
4
8. OA = (5, 5) OM = (–3, –5) ON = 6
OZ = (–4, 6) OR = (–4, 0) OQ = (4, 0)
5
9. (i) For AB x-comp = 5 y-comp = 4 AB = 4
–5
(ii) For EF , x-comp = –5 y-comp = –7 EF = –7
–3
(iii)
For PQ , x-comp = – 3 y-comp = 8 PQ =
8
–10
(iv) For GH x-comp = –10 y-comp = 0 GH = 0
4
(v) For ST x-comp = 4 y-comp = –4 ST = –4
0
(vi) For UV , x-comp = 0 y-comp = –8 UV = –8
10. AB , DC , DA , CB AB = DC , DA = CB
Exercise 6.2
4. (i) like (ii) unlike (iii) unlike

5. (i) 14 units, 120° (ii) 4 2 units, 135° (iii) 7 units, ∞ (iv) 85 units, 130.60°

(v) 61 units, 230.19° (vi) 3 5 units, 153.43°

6. (i) 212° (ii) 90° (iii) 45° (iv) 135°

7. (i) 34 units, 323.13° (ii) 13 units, 56.30° (iii) 2 41 units, 308.65° (iv) 3 2 units, 45°
4
8. (b) –4 or 8 10. (i) 3 , – (ii) 5
,–
3 (iii) 1
,–
1 (iv) (1,1)
5 5 34 34 2 2
2 3 4 5
(v) ,– (vi) 41 , – 41
13 13
7 6 1 3
11. (i) –7 i  – 6 j , – 85 , – 85 (ii) i  – 3 j , 10
,–
10
4 3
(iii) – 4 i  + 3 j , – 5 , 5

12. (a) 0 (b) 2 or –2

13. (a) ± 2 10 , 64.2° or 245.37° (b) ± 2 30 , 32.57° or 147.42° (c) 8 units 14. (c) Yes
2 –2
15. or 16. (a) –7, 10, 4 2 units (b) (2,8) (c) (–1, –11), 2 13 units
2 –2

346 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Exercise 6.3
6 –8
3. (a) (b) (c)
a || b
–9 6
2 4
4. (a) (b) 5. (a) 8 i + 5 j (b) 2 i + 3 j
10 –5
3 (b) –2
6. (a)
1 –15
–1 3
7. (a) , 7 , 2 units, 7 2 units (b) , 7 ,
109 units, 65 units.
1 7 10 4

(c) i – j , 7 i + 7 j , 2 units, 98 units

–12 –14 –3 –6
8. i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
11 15 2 4
–20 –20
(v) (vi)
23 25
10. (a) –4 (b) –4

–5
1 (b) 5 2
11. (a) , (c)
2 12 –12 16

12. (c) (i) AC (ii) AB (iii) BA (iv) AC (v) AC

1 1
13. (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) c – b + a (d)
2 (2 c + a ), 2 ( a – 2 c )
–2 1 3 –1 1 4
14. (a) , 2 10 units, 251.56°, – , (b) , 17 units, 255.96°, – ,–
–6 10 10 –4 17 17
10 1 –1 –1
15. (a) (i) (ii) 2 26 units (iii) (b) (i) (ii)
2 4 3 3
17. (b) (i) m + n (ii) m + n + p = 2 n

Exercise 7.1
2. (i) A' (2, – 3) 3. (i) A' (1, – 9) 4. (i) A' (4, – 6)
(ii) B' (– 6, – 5) (ii) B' (7, 8) (ii) B' (– 7, – 5)
(iii) C' (– 7, 6) (iii) C' (2, – 6) (iii) C' (– 6, 9)
(iv) D'(8, 4) (iv) D'(– 3, – 5) (iv) D'(3, 2)
(v) P (0, 0) (v) E' (– 5, 0) (v) E' (0, 6)
(vi) E' (5, 0) (vi) F' (3, 0) (vi) F'(8, 0)
(vii) F' (– 6, 0) (vii) G'(0, 5) (vii) G'(0, – 5)
(viii) G'(0, – 4) (viii) H' (0, – 2) (viii) H' (9, 0)
(ix) H' (0, 7) G' (0, 5) and
(x) I' (– 9, – 6) H (0, – 2) are invariable points
P' (0, 0), E(5, 0)
F'(– 6, 0) are invariable points
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 347
5. (i) A' (– 7, 0) 6. (i) A' (1, 1) 7. (i) A' (3, 5)
(ii) B' (– 8, 6) (ii) B' (10, 2) (ii) B' (2, 10)
(iii) C' (3, – 5) (iii) C' (6, – 5) (iii) C' (– 1, 11)
(iv) D'(2, 1) (iv) D'(– 3, 6) (iv) D'(– 7, – 2)
8. (i) A' (2, 3), B' (6, – 7), C' (– 8, – 5) (v) E' (10, 0) (v) E' (7, 6)
(ii) A' (– 2, – 3), B' (– 6, 7), C' (8, 5) (vi) F'(– 1, 0) (vi) F'(– 6, 6)
(iii) A' (– 9, 2), B' (1, 6), C' (– 1, – 8) (vii) G'(4, – 7) (vii) G'(0, 11)
(iv) A' (3, – 6), B' (– 7, – 10), C' (– 5, 4) (viii) H' (4, 2) (viii) H' (0, 4)
(v) A' (3, – 2), B' (– 7, – 6), C' (– 5, 8) 10. (i) y-axis 11. (i) A' (5, – 2)
(vi) A' ( - 3, 2), B' (7, 6), C' (5, – 8) (ii) x-axis (ii) B' (– 3, – 3)
9. (i) A (– 7, – 6) (iii) y=x (iii) C' (1, – 6)
(ii) A (– 3, 5) (iv) y=–x
(iii) A (– 6, – 7) (v) x=2
(iv) A' (2, – 6) (vi) y=–3
(v) A' (1, – 3)
(vi) A' (–1, 2)
12. (i) A' (– 6, – 6) 13. (i) A' (– 3, – 2)
(ii) B' (– 3, 4) (ii) B' (1, – 1)
(iii) C' (– 9, 1) (iii) C' (1, 4)
14. A' (– 2, – 3) 15. M' (2, – 1)
B' (– 4, 1) N' (1, – 5)
C' (– 5, – 1) K' (8, – 7)
A" (2, – 3) M" (– 1, 2)
B" (4, 1) N" (– 5, 1)
C" (5, – 1) K" (– 7, 6)

Exercise 7.2
2. (i) A' (– 4, 3) 3. (i) M' (4, 6) 4. (i) A' (6, 7) 5. (i) M' 5, 0)
(ii) B' (– 4, – 6) (ii) N' (5, – 7) (ii) B' (– 8, – 2) (ii) N' (6, 7)
(iii) C' (8, – 6) (iii) O' (– 6, – 2) (iii) C' (– 9, 5) (iii) R' (– 3, – 5)
(iv) D'(5, 1) (iv) K'(– 5, 1) (iv) D'(1, – 3) (iv) S'(7, – 1)
(v) E' (– 8, 0) (v) S' (6, 0) (v) E' (7, 0) 6. (i) A' (– 3, – 6)
(vi) F' (0, – 6) (vi) T' (0, – 7) (vi) F'(0, 5) (ii) B' (5, 7)
(vii) G'(7, 0) (vii) U'(– 8, 0) (vii) G'(– 8, 0) (iii) C' (2, – 1)
(viii) H' (0, 5) (viii) V' (0, 9) (viii) H' (0, – 3) (iv) D'(– 8, 7)

7. A' (– 5, 2), B' (– 3, – 1), C' (– 2, 4) 8. A' (0, 2), B' (– 2, – 1), C' (1, – 2), D' (3, 1)
9. A' (– 3, 2), B' (– 1, 5), C' (3, 4), A" (3, – 2), B" (1, – 5), C" (– 3, – 4)
10. A' (2, – 3), B' (– 1, – 6), C' (– 6, – 1), A" (– 3, – 2), B" (– 6, 1), C" (– 1, 6)

348 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

Exercise 7.3
2. (i) A' (8, 4) 3. (i) A' (6, 5), B' (– 3, – 3), C' (9, – 4), D' (7, – 6)
(ii) B' (– 4, 5) (ii) A' (3, 7), B' (– 6, – 1), C' (6, – 2), D' (4, – 4)
(iii) C' (– 3, – 2) (iii) A' (11, 0), B' (2, – 8), C' (14, – 9), D' (12, – 11)
(iv) D'(11, 1) (iv) A' (1, – 3), B' (– 8, – 11), C' (4, – 12), D' (2, – 14)
(v) E' (3, 8) 4. –3
T= , B' (– 5, – 4), C' (4, – 3)
–5
(vi) F' (11, 2) 5. 2
T= , A' (11, 9), B' (1, 9)
7
(vii) G' (3, –1)
(viii) H' (–3, 2)
6. A'(5, 8), B' (2, 6), C' (9, 4)
7. A'(–2, –1), B' (4, 0), C' (3, –6), D' (–4, –6)
8. P' (– 3, – 11), Q' (0, – 4), R' (1, – 7)
9. (i) A' (8, 7), B' (11, 5), C' (14, 10) (ii) A' (– 4, 8), B' (– 1, 6), C' (2, 11)
10. P' (0, – 1), Q' (– 1, 1), R' (– 6, – 9), S' (4, – 5)

Exercise 7.4
2. (A' (9, 6), B' (– 21, 18), C' (– 6, – 15), D' (27, – 3) 6. A' (2, – 8), B' (– 2, – 16), C' (8, – 14)
3. (i) A' (– 12, 0), B' (0, 10), C' (6, 0), D' (0, – 14) 7. A' (8, – 1), B' (8, 8), C' (17, 5)
(ii) A' (18, 0), B' (0, – 15), C' (– 9, 0), D' (0, 21) 8. [(0, 0), 2]
4. (i) A' (– 7, 0), B' (13, – 10), C' (11, 10), D' (– 1, 12) 9. [(2, 1), 2]
(ii) A' (– 9, – 4), B' (21, – 19), C' (18, 11), D' (0, 14) 10. [(6, 2), 2]
(iii) A' (9, 6), B' (– 11, 16), C' (– 9, – 4), D' (3, – 6) 11. [(0, 0), – 2]
5. A' (4, 8), B' (–6, 10), C' (–4, –6) 12. [(2, – 1), 2]
13. M' (1, 5), N' (9, 7) , S' (7, 13)
14. A' (2, – 5), B' (2, – 8) , C' (– 4, – 5),
D'(–4, –5)

Exercise 8.1
3. (a) (i) 52kg (ii) 16 cm (iii) 130
(b) (i) 95 kg (ii) 41.25 (iii) 15.5 cm
(c) (i) 61 (ii) 23 (iii) 78
4. (a) 7 (b)
20 5. (a)
25 (b) 40
6. (a) 8 (b) Rs.1700 (c) Rs. 70 7. (a) 11kg (b) 25°C
8. (a) 300 (b) 25 (c) 60 kg 9. 19, 20, 30

Exercise 8.2
3. (a) D7 = 31 (b) (i) 59, 75 (ii) 75, 82 4. (a) (i) 14, 26 (ii) 22, 29
5. (a) 34.40, 28.84 (b) 4.70, 9.70 6. (a) 63 (b) 10
7. (a) 55, 55 (b) 15 kg, 30 kg 8. (a) 25 yrs, 30 yrs (b) 20cm, 30 cm
9. (a) Rs. 625, Rs. 900 (b) Rs.15, Rs. 20

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9 349

Exercise 8.3
3. (a) 20, 5 (b) 5
4. (a) 12.5, 0.29 (b) 7.5, 0.6 (c) Q1 = 295
5. (a) 10, 38 (b) 9, 3
6. (a) 30, 0.26 (b) 42, 28 (c) 3y, 0.5
7. (i) Rs.5.5, 0.47 (ii) 4 kg, 0.285 (iii) 5.75 inches, 0.51 (iv) Rs. 8.87, 0.069
8. (i) 5, 0.1 (ii) 10, 0.33, (iii) 5, 0.16, (iv) 12.5, 0.2 9. 1.5, 0.103

Exercise 8.4
3. (a) 3.4, 0.28 (b) 4.8, 0.48
4. (a) 85.71, 0.34 (b) 18, 0.12
5. (a) 5.6, 0.18 (b) 8.07, 0.201
6. (i) 2.85, 0.47 (ii) 17.14, 0.42 (iii) 7.2, 0.167 (iv) 13.63, 0.45
7. (i) 13, 0.104 (ii) 17.14, 0.42 (iii) 44.16, 0.28 (iv) 4.5, 0.163
8. (i) 2.13, 0.22 (ii) 11.83, 0.35 (iii) 11.63, 0.21 (iv) 4.5, 0.15
9. (i) 2.24, 0.18 (ii) 4.75, 0.158 (iii) 2.65, 0.1325 (iv) 41, 0.13
10. (i) 3.2, 3.21, 0.16 (ii) 3.45, 3.36, 0.42

Exercise 8.5
3. (a) 4, 0.22 (b) 6.21, 0.32 (c) 2.09
4. (a) 12.4, 0.31 (b) 41.89 %
5. (i) 7.07, 0.471, 47.1 % (ii) 18.65, 0.27, 27% (iii) 10.95, 0.29, 29%
(iv) 7.05, 0.24, 24 % (v) 6.5, 0.18, 18% (vi) 4.87, 0.51, 51 %
6. (i) 2.92, 0.043, 4.3% (ii) 6.89, 0.336, 33.6% (iii) 7.70, 0.1482, 14.82%
(iv) 12.48, 0.32, 32 % (v) 6.54, 0.225, 22.5% (vi) 19.7, 0.35, 34.8%
7. (i) 51.69, 31.1% (ii) 151, 21.18%

350 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

 Specification Grid
Higher
Knowledge Understanding Application
Ability
Total Total
S.N. Contents
Questions Marks
Each 1 Each 5
Each 2 Marks Each 4 Marks
Marks Marks

1 Algebra 2 3 2 1 8 21

2. Limit and Continuity 1 1 2 5

3. Matrix 1 2 1 4 9

4. Co-ordinate Geometry 2 2 1 1 6 15

5. Trigonometry 2 3 3 8 20

6. Vectors 1 2 1 4 10

7. Transformation 1 1 1 3 10

8. Statistics 1 2 3 10

Total 10 13 11 4 38
100
Marks 10 26 44 20 100

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9

351
Note:
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________

352 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 9